Title:   The Flying U's Last Stand

Subject:  

Author:   B. M. Bower

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Page No 115

Page No 116

Page No 117

Page No 118

Bookmarks





Page No 1


The Flying U's Last Stand

B. M. Bower



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

The Flying U's Last Stand ..................................................................................................................................1

B. M. Bower .............................................................................................................................................1

CHAPTER 1.  OLD WAYS AND NEW .................................................................................................1

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE ..................................................................3

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES ..............................................9

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME ...................................................................15

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS ...................................................................20

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT............................................................................25

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY ..............................................................................29

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY.............................................36

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE............................................41

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY........................................................44

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS........................................................................48

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY 

REMOVED ............................................................................................................................................53

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE ............................................................................59

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER ....................................................................66

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN ........................................................................71

CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER" ..............................................................................76

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" ...........................................................................................................78

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND ........................................................................................83

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY...............................................................................87

CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME .....................................................91

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON ...............................................................................................93

CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS....................................................................................96

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP .....................................................98

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME...............................................102

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP" .....................................................106

CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN ADDITION ..............................109

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST".....................................................................111

CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT ...............................................................................................115


The Flying U's Last Stand

i



Top




Page No 3


The Flying U's Last Stand

B. M. Bower

CHAPTER 1.  OLD WAYS AND NEW 

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT 

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF  CATTLE 

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY 

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS  PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 

CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER" 

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND 

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY 

CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME 

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON 

CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS 

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP 

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE  GAME 

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP" 

CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN  ADDITION 

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST" 

CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT  

CHAPTER 1.  OLD WAYS AND NEW

Progress is like the insidious change from youth to old age,  except that progress does not mean decay. The

change that is  almost  imperceptible and yet inexorable is much the same,  however. You will  see a community

apparently changeless as  the years pass by; and yet,  when the years have gone and you  look back, there has

been a change.  It is not the same. It  never will be the same. It can pass through  further change,  but it cannot

go back. Men look back sick sometimes  with  longing for the things that were and that can be no more;  they

live the old days in memorybut try as they will they  may not go  back. With intelligent, persistent effort

The Flying U's Last Stand 1



Top




Page No 4


they may  retard further  change considerably, but that is the most that  they can hope to do.  Civilization and

Time will continue the  march in spite of all that man  may do. 

That is the way it was with the Flying U. Old J. G. Whitmore  fought doggedly against the changing

conditionsand he  fought  intelligently and well. When he saw the range  dwindling and the way to  the

watering places barred against  his cattle with long stretches of  barbed wire, he sent his  herds deeper into the

Badlands to seek what  grazing was in  the hidden, little valleys and the deep, sequestered  canyons. He cut

more hay for winter feeding, and he sowed his  meadows  to alfalfa that he might increase the crops. He

shipped old cows and  dry cows with his fat steers in the  fall, and he bettered the blood of  his herds and raised

bigger cattle. Therefore, if his cattle grew  fewer in number,  they improved in quality and prices went higher,

so  that the  result was much the same. 

It began to look, then, as though J. G. Whitmore was  cunningly  besting the situation, and was going to hold

out  indefinitely against  the encroachments of civilization upon  the old order of things on the  range. And it

had begun to  look as though he was going to best Time at  his own game, and  refuse also to grow old; as

though he would go on  being the  same pudgy, grizzled, humorously querulous Old Man beloved  of  his men,

the Happy Family of the Flying U. 

Sometimes, however, Time will fill a fourflush with the  joker,  and then laugh while he rakes in the chips. J.

G.  Whitmore had been  going his way and refusing to grow old for  a long timeand then an  accident, which

is Time's joker,  turned the game against him. He stood  for just a second too  long on a crowded crossing in

Chicago,  hesitating between  going forward or back. And that second gave Time a  chance to  play an accident.

A big sevenpassenger touring car mowed  him  down and left him in a heap for the ambulance from the

nearest  hospital to gather on its stretcher. 

The Old Man did not die; he had lived long on the open range  and  he was pretty tough and hard to kill. He

went back to his  beloved  Flying U, with a crutch to help him shuffle from bed  to easy chair and  back again. 

The Little Doctor, who was his youngest sister, nursed him  tirelessly; but it was long before there came a day

when the  Old Man  gave his crutch to the Kid to use for a stickhorse,  and walked  through the living room

and out upon the porch  with the help of a cane  and the solicitous arm of the Little  Doctor, and with the Kid

galloping gleefully before him on  the crutch. 

Later he discarded the help of somebody's arm, and hobbled  down to  the corral with the cane, and with the

Kid still  galloping before him  on "Uncle Gee Gee's" crutch. He stood  for some time leaning against  the corral

watching some of the  boys halterbreaking a horse that was  later to be soldwhen  he was "broke

gentle"and then he hobbled back  again,  thankful for the soft comfort of his big chair. 

That was well enough, as far as it went. The Flying U took it  for  granted that the Old Man was slowly

returning to the old  order of  life, when rheumatism was his only foe and he could  run things with  his old

energy and easy good management. But  there never came a day  when the Old Man gave his cane to the  kid to

play with. There never  came a day when he was not  thankful for the soft comfort of his chair.  There never

came  a day when he was the same Old Man who joshed the  boys and  scolded them and threatened them. The

day was always coming  of course!when his back would quit aching if he walked to  the  stable and back

without a long rest between, but it never  actually  arrived. 

So, imperceptibly but surely, the Old Man began to grow old.  The  thin spot on top of his head grew shiny, so

that the Kid  noticed it  and made blunt comments upon the subject. His  rheumatism was not his  worst foe,

now. He had to pet his  digestive apparatus and cut out  strong coffee with three  heaping teaspoons of sugar in

each cup,  because the Little  Doctor told him his liver was torpid. He had to  stop giving  the Kid jolty rides on

his knees,but that was because  the  Kid was getting too big for baby play, the Old Man declared.  The  Kid


The Flying U's Last Stand

The Flying U's Last Stand 2



Top




Page No 5


was big enough to ride real horses, now, and he ought  to be  ashamed to ride kneehorses any more. 

To two things the Old Man clung almost fiercely; the old  regime of  ranging his cattle at large and starting out

the  wagons in the spring  just the same as if twentyfive men  instead of twelve went with them;  and the

retention of the  Happy Family on his payroll, just as if they  were actually  needed. If one of the boys left to try

other things and  other  fields, the Old Man considered him gone on a vacation and  expected him back when

spring roundup approached. 

True, he was seldom disappointed in that. For the Happy  Family  looked upon the Flying U as home, and six

months was  about the limit  for straying afar. Cowpunchers to the bone  though they were, they bent  backs

over irrigating ditches and  sweated in the hay fields just for  the sake of staying  together on the ranch. I cannot

say that they did  it  uncomplaininglyfor the bunkhouse was saturated to the  ridgepole with their

maledictions while they compared  blistered  hands and pitchfork callouses, and mourned the days  that were

gone;  the days when they rode far and free and  scorned any work that could  not be done from the saddle. But

they stayed, and they did the ranch  work as well as the range  work, which is the main point. 

They became engaged to certain girls who filled their dreams  and  all their waking thoughtsbut they never

quite came to  the point of  marrying and going their way. Except Pink, who  did marry impulsively  and

unwisely, and who suffered himself  to be bullied and called Percy  for seven months or so, and  who balked at

leaving the Flying U for the  city and a  vicarious existence in theaterdom, and so found himself  free  quite as

suddenly as he had been tied. 

They intended to marry and settle downsometime. But there  was  always something in the way of carrying

those intentions  to  fulfillment, so that eventually the majority of the Happy  Family found  themselves not

even engaged, but drifting along  toward permanent  bachelorhood. Being of the optimistic type,  however, they

did not  worry; Pink having set before them a  fine example of the failure of  marriage and having returned  with

manifest relief to the freedom of  the bunkhouse. 

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE

Andy Green, chief prevaricator of the Happy Family of the  Flying  Uand not ashamed of either title or

connection  pushed his new  Stetson back off his untanned forehead,  attempted to negotiate the  narrow

passage into a Pullman  sleeper with his suitcase swinging from  his right hand, and  butted into a woman who

was just emerging from the  dressingroom. He butted into her so emphatically that he was  compelled to swing

his left arm out very quickly, or see her  go  headlong into the window opposite; for a fullsized  suitcase

propelled  forward by a muscular young man may prove  a very efficient instrument  of disaster, especially if it

catches one just in the hollow back of  the knee. The woman  tottered and grasped Andy convulsively to save

herself a  fall, and so they stood blocking the passage until the  porter  arrived and took the suitcase from Andy

with a tipinviting  deference. 

Andy apologized profusely, with a quaint, cowpunchery  phrasing  that caused the woman to take a second

look at him.  And, since Andy  Green would look good to any woman capable of  recognizingand

appreciatinga real man when she saw him,  she smiled and said it  didn't matter in the least. 

That was the beginning of the acquaintance. Andy took her by  her  plump, chiffonveiled arm and piloted her

to her seat,  and he  afterward tipped the porter generously and had his own  belongings  deposited in the section

across the aisle. Then,  with the guile of a  foreign diplomat, he betook himself to  the smokingroom and

stayed  there for three quarters of an  hour. He was not taking any particular  risk of losing the  opportunity of an

unusually pleasant journey, for  the dollar  he had invested in the goodwill of the porter had yielded  the

information that the lady was going through to Great Falls.  Since  Andy had boarded the train at Harlem there


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 3



Top




Page No 6


was plenty  of time to kill  between there and Dry Lake, which was his  destination. 

The lady smiled at him rememberingly when finally he seated  himself across the aisle from her, and without

any serious  motive  Andy smiled back. So presently they were exchanging  remarks about the  journey. Later

on, Andy went over and sat  beside her and conversation  began in earnest. Her name, it  transpired, was

Florence Grace Hallman.  Andy read it engraved  upon a card which added the information that she  was

engaged  in the real estate businessor so the three or  four  words implied. "Homemakers' Syndicate,

Minneapolis and  St. Paul," said  the card. Andy was visibly impressed thereby.  He looked at her with  swift

appraisement and decided that she  was "all to the good." 

Florence Grace Hallman was tall and daintily muscular as to  figure. Her hair was a light yellownot quite

the shade  which  peroxide gives, and therefore probably natural. Her  eyes were brown, a  shade too close

together but cool and calm  and calculating in their  gaze, and her eyebrows slanted  upward a bit at the outer

ends and were  as heavy as beauty  permitted. Her lips were very red, and her chin was  very  firm. She looked

the successful business woman to her  fingertips, and she was eminently attractive for a woman of  that

selfassured type. 

Andy was attractive also, in a purely Western way.  His gray eyes  were deceivingly candid and his voice  was

pleasant with a little,  humorous drawl that matched  well the quirk of his lips when he talked.  He was  headed

for homewhich was the Flying Usober  and sunny and  with enough money to see him through.  He told

Florence Hallman his  name, and said that he  lived "up the road a ways" without being too  definite.  Florence

Hallman lived in Minneapolis, she said; though she  traveled most of the time, in the interests of her firm. 

Yes, she liked the real estate business. One had a chance to  see  the world, and keep in touch with people and

things. She  liked the  West especially well. Since her firm had taken up  the homeseekers'  line she spent most

of her time in the West. 

They had suppershe called it dinner, Andy observed  together,  and Andy Green paid the check, which

was not so  small. It was after  that, when they became more confidential,  that Florence Hallman, with  the

egotism of the successful  person who believes herself or himself  to be of keen interest  to the listener spoke in

greater detail of her  present  mission. 

Her firm's policy was, she said, to locate a large tract of  government land somewhere, and then organize a

homeseekers'  colony,  and settle the landhungry upon the tractat so much  per hunger. She  thought it a

great scheme for both sides of  the transaction. The men  who wanted claims got them. The firm  got the fee for

showing them the  landand certain other  perquisites at which she merely hinted. 

She thought that Andy himself would be a success at the  business.  She was quick to form her opinions of

people whom  she met, and she  knew that Andy was just the man for such  work. Andy, listening with  his

candid, gray eyes straying  often to her face and dwelling there,  modestly failed to  agree with her. He did not

know the first thing  about the  real estate business, he confessed, nor very much about  ranching. Oh, yeshe

lived in this country, and he knew THAT  pretty  well, but 

"The point is right here," said Florence Grace Hallman,  laying her  pink fingertips upon his arm and glancing

behind  her to make sure that  they were practically alonetheir  immediate neighbors being still in  the diner.

"I'm speaking  merely upon impulsewhich isn't a wise thing  to do,  ordinarily. Butwell, your eyes vouch

for you, Mr. Green,  and  we women are bound to act impulsively sometimesor we  wouldn't be  women,

would we?" She laughedrather, she gave a  little, infectious  giggle, and took away her fingers, to the  regret

of Andy who liked the  feel of them on his forearm. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 4



Top




Page No 7


"The point is here. I've recognized the fact, all along, that  we  need a man stationed right here, living in the

country,  who will meet  prospective homesteaders and talk farming; keep  up their enthusiasm;  whip the

doubters into line; talk  climate and soil and the future of  the country; look the  part, you understand." 

"So I look like a rube, do I?" Andy's lips quirked a half  smile at  her. 

"No, of course you don't!" She laid her fingers on his sleeve  again, which was what Andy wantedwhat he

had intended to  bait her  into doing; thereby proving that, in some respects  at least, he amply  justified Hiss

Hallman in her snap  judgment of him. 

"Of course you don't look like a rube! I don't want you to.  But  you do look Westernbecause you are

Western to the bone  Besides, you  look perfectly dependable. Nobody could look  into your eyes and even

think of doubting the truth of any  statement you made to them." Andy  snickered mentally at that  though his

eyes never lost their clear  candor. "And," she  concluded, "being a bona fide resident of the  country, your

word would carry more weight than mine if I were to talk  myself black in the face!" 

"That's where you're dead wrong," Andy hastened to correct  her. 

"Well, you must let me have my own opinion, Mr. Green. You  would  be convincing enough, at any rate. You

see, there is a  certain per  cent oflet us call it waste effortin this  colonization business.  We have to

reckon on a certain number  of nibblers who won't bite"  Andy's honest, gray eyes  widened a hair's breadth

at the frankness of  her language"  when they get out here. They swallow the folders we  send out,  but when

they get out here and see the country, they  can't  see it as a rich farming district, and they won't  invest. They

go back  home and knock, if they do anything. 

"My idea is to stop that waste; to land every homeseeker that  boards our excursion trains. And I believe the

way to do that  is to  have the right kind of a man out here, steer the  doubtfuls against  himand let his

personality and his  experience do the rest. They're  hungry enough to come, you  see; the thing is to keep them

here. A man  that lives right  here, that has all the earmarks of the West, and is  not known  to be affiliated with

our Syndicate (you could have rigs to  hire, and drive the doubtfuls to the tract)don't you see  what an

enormous advantage he'd have? The class I speak of  are the suspicious  onesthose who are from Missouri.

They're  inclined to want salt with  what we say about the resources of  the country. Even our chemical  analysis

of the soil, and  weather bureau dope, don't go very far with  those hicks. They  want to talk with someone who

has tried it, you  see." 

"Isee," said Andy thoughtfully, and his eyes narrowed a  trifle.  "On the square, Miss Hallman, what are the

natural  advantages out  herefor farming? What line of talk do you  give those comeons?" 

Miss Hallman laughed and made a very pretty gesture with her  two  ringed hands. "Whatever sounds the best

to them," she  said. "If they  write and ask about spuds we come back with  illustrated folders of  potato crops

and statistics of average  yields and prices and all that.  If it's dairy, we have dairy  folders. And so on. It isn't

any  fraudthere ARE sections of  the country that produce almost anything,  from alfalfa to  strawberries.

You know that," she challenged. 

"Sure. But I didn't know there was much tillable land left  lying  around loose," he ventured to say. 

Again Miss Hallman made the pretty gesture, which might mean  much  or nothing. "There's plenty of land

'lying around  loose,' as you call  it. How do you know it won't produce,  till it has been tried?" 

"That's right," Andy assented uneasily. "If there's water to  put  on it" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 5



Top




Page No 8


"And since there is the land, our business lies in getting  people  located on it. The towns and the railroads are

back of  us. That is,  they look with favor upon bringing settlers into  the country. It  increases the business of

the countrythe  traffic, the freights, the  merchants' business, everything." 

Andy puckered his eyebrows and looked out of the window upon  a  great stretch of open, rolling prairie,

clothed sparely in  grass that  was showing faint green in the hollows, and with  no water for  milesas he

knew wellexcept for the rivers  that hurried through  narrow bottom lands guarded by high  bluffs that were

for the most part  barren. The land was  there, all right. But 

"What I can't see," he observed after a minute during which  Miss  Florence Hallman studied his averted face,

"what I can't  see is, where  do the settlers get off at?" 

"At Easy street, if they're lucky enough," she told him  lightly.  "My business is to locate them on the land.

Getting  a living off it is  THEIR business. And," she added  defensively, "people do make a living  on ranches

out here." 

"That's right," he agreed againhe was finding it very  pleasant  to agree with Florence Grace Hallman.

"Mostly off  stock, though." 

"Yes, and we encourage our clients to bring out all the young  stock they possibly can; young cows and horses

andall that  sort of  thing. There's quantities of open country around  here, that even the  most optimistic of

homeseekers would  never think of filing on. They  can make out, all right, I  guess. We certainly urge them

strongly to  bring stock with  them. It's always been famous as a cattle  countrythat's one  of our highest

cards. We tell them" 

"How do you do that? Do you go right to them and TALK to  them?" 

"Yes, if they show a strong enough interestand bank  account. I  follow up the best prospects and visit them

in  person. I've talked to  fifty hornyhanded hemen in the past  month." 

"Then I don't see what you need of anyone to bring up the  drag,"  Andy told her admiringly. "If you talk to

'em, there  oughtn't be any  drag!" 

"Thank you for the implied compliment. But there IS a 'drag,'  as  you call it. There's going to be a big one,

too, I'm  afraidwhen they  get out and see this tract we're going to  work off this spring." She  stopped and

studied him as a chess  player studies the board. 

"I'm very much tempted to tell you something I shouldn't  tell,"  she said at length, lowering her voice a little.

Remember, Andy Green  was a very good looking man, and his  eyes were remarkable for their  clear, candid

gaze straight  into your own eyes. Even as keen a  business woman as Florence  Grace Hallman must be

forgiven for being  deceived by them."  I'm tempted to tell you where this tract is. You  may know  it." 

"You better not, unless you're willing to take a chance," he  told  her soberly. "If it looks too good, I'm liable to

jump  it myself." 

Miss Hallman laughed and twisted her red lips at him in what  might  be construed as a flirtatious manner. She

was really  quite taken with  Andy Green. "I'll take a chance. I don't  think you'll jump it. Do you  know

anything about Dry Lake, up  above Havre, toward Great Fallsand  the country out east of  there, towards the

mountains?" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 6



Top




Page No 9


The fingers of Andy Green closed into his palms. His eyes,  however, continued to look into hers with his

most guileless  expression. 

"Yesthat is, I've ridden over it," he acknowledged simply. 

"Wellnow this is a secret; at least we don't want those  mossback  ranchers in there to get hold of it too

soon, though  they couldn't  really do anything, since it's all government  land and the lease has  only just run

out. There's a high  tract lying between the Bear Paws  anddo you know where the  Flying U ranch is?" 

"About where it isyes." 

"Well, it's right up there on that plateaubench, you call  it out  here. There are several thousand acres along

in there  that we're  locating settlers on this spring. We're just  waiting for the grass to  get nice and green, and

the prairie  to get all covered with those  blue, blue wind flowers, and  the meadow larks to get busy with their

nests, and then we're  going to bring them out and" She spread her  hands again. It  seemed a favorite gesture

grown into a habit, and it  surely  was more eloquent than words. "These prairies will be a dream  of beauty, in

a little while," she said. "I'm to watch for  the  psychological time to bring out the seekers. And if I  could just

interest you, Mr. Green, to the extent of being  somewhere around Dry  Lake, with a good team that you will

drive for hire and some samples  of oats and dryland spuds  and stuff that you raised on your claim"  She

eyed him  sharply for one so endearingly feminine. "Would you do  it?  There'd be a salary, and besides that a

commission on each  doubter you landed. And I'd just love to have you for one of  my  assistants." 

"It sure sounds good," Andy flirted with the proposition, and  let  his eyes soften appreciably to meet her last

sentence and  the tone in  which she spoke it. "Do you think I could get by  with the right line  of talk with the

doubters?" 

"I think you could," she said, and in her voice there was a  cooing  note. "Study up a little on the right dope,

and I  think you could  convinceeven me." 

"Could I?" Andy Green knew that cooing note, himself, and one  a  shade more provocative. "I wonder!" 

A man came down the aisle at that moment, gave Andy a keen  glance  and went on with a cigar between his

fingers. Andy  scowled frankly,  sighed and straightened his shoulders. 

"That's what I call hard luck," he grumbled got to see that  man  before he gets off the trainand the hworst

of it is,  I don't know  just what station he'll get off at." He sighed  again. "I've got a deal  on," he told her

confidentially,  "that's sure going to keep me humping  if I pull loose so as  to go in with you. How long did

you say?" 

"Probably two weeks, the way spring is opening out here. I'd  want  you to get perfectly familiar with our

policy and the  details of our  scheme before they land. I'd want you to be  familiar with that tract  and be able to

show up its best  points when you take seekers out  there. You'd be so much  better than one of our own men,

who have the  word 'agent'  written all over them. You'll come back andtalk it over  won't you?" For Andy

was showing unmistakable symptoms of  leaving her  to follow the man. 

"You KNOW it," he declared in a tone of "I won't sleep nights  till  this thing is settledand settled right." He

gave her a  smile that  rather dazzled the lady, got up with much  reluctance and with a glance  that had in it a

certain element  of longing went swaying down the  aisle after the man who had  preceded him. 

Andy's business with the man consisted solely in mixing  cigarette  smoke with cigar smoke and of helping to

stare  moodily out of the  window. Words there were none, save when  Andy was proffered a match  and


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 7



Top




Page No 10


muttered his thanks. The  silent session lasted for half an hour.  Then the man got up  and went out, and the

breath of Andy Green paused  behind his  nostrils until he saw that the man went only to the first  section in the

car and settled there behind a spread  newspaper,  invisible to Florence Grace Hallman unless she  searched the

car and  peered over the top of the paper  to see who was behind. 

After that Andy Green continued to stare out of the  window, seeing  nothing of the scenery but the flicker  of

telegraph posts before his  eyes that were visioning  the future. 

The Flying U ranch hemmed in by homesteaders from the East,  he  saw; homesteaders who were being urged

to bring all the  stock they  could, and turn it loose upon the shrinking range.  Homesteaders who  would fence

the country into squares, and  tear up the grass and sow  grain that might never bear a  harvest. Homesteaders

who would  inevitably grow poorer upon  the land that would suck their strength  and all their  little savings and

turn them loose finally to forage a  living where they might. Homesteaders who would ruin the land  that

ruined them.... It was not a pleasing picture, but it  was more  pleasing than the picture he saw of the Flying U

after these human  grass hoppers had settled there. 

The range that fed the Flying U stock would feed no more and  hide  their ribs at shipping time. That he knew

too well. Old  J. G. Whitmore  and Chip would have to sell out. And that was  like death; indeed, it  IS death of

a sort, when one of the  old outfits is wiped out of  existence. It had happened  beforehappened too often to

make pleasant  memories for Andy  Green, who could name outfit after outfit that had  been  forced out of

business by the settling of the range land; who  could name dozens of cattle brands once seen upon the range,

and  never glimpsed now from spring roundup until fall. 

Must the Flying U brand disappear also? The good old Flying  U, for  whose existence the Old Man had fought

and schemed  since first was  raised the cry that the old range was  passing? The Flying U that had  become a

part of his life?  Andy let his cigarette grow cold; he roused  only to swear at  the porter who entered with dust

cloth and a  deprecating  grin. 

After that, Andy thought of Florence Grace Hallmanand his  eyes  were not particularly sentimental. There

was a hard line  about his  mouth also; though Florence Grace Hallman was but a  pawn in the game,  after all,

and not personally guilty of  half the deliberate crimes  Andy laid upon her dimpled  shoulders. With her it was

pure,  coldblooded business, this  luring of the landhungry to a land whose  fertility was at  best

problematical; who would, for a price, turn  loose the  victims of her greed to devastate what little grazing

ground  was left. 

The train neared Havre. Andy roused himself, rang for the  porter  and sent him after his suitcase and coat.

Then he  sauntered down the  aisle, stopped beside Florence Grace  Hallman and smiled down at her  with a

gleam behind the clear  candor of his eyes. 

"Hard luck, lady," he murmured, leaning toward her. "I'm just  simply loaded to the guards with

responsibilities, and here's  where I  get off. But I'm sure glad I met yuh, and I'll  certainly think day and  night

about you andall you told me  about. I'd like to get in on this  land deal. Fact is, I'm  going to make it my

business to get in on it.  Maybe my way of  working won't suit youbut I'll sure work hard for  any boss  and

do the best I know how." 

"I think that will suit me," Miss Hallman assured him, and  smiled  unsuspectingly up into his eyes, which she

thought she  could read so  easily. "When shall I see you again? Could you  come to Great Falls in  the next ten

days? I shall be stopping  at the Park. Or if you will  leave me your address" 

"No use. I'll be on the move and a letter wouldn't get me.  I'll  see yuh later, anyway. I'm bound to. And when I

do,  we'll get down to  cases. Good bye." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE 8



Top




Page No 11


He was turning away when Miss Hallman put out a soft,  jewelled  hand. She thought it was diffidence that

made Andy  Green hesitate  perceptibly before he took it. She thought it  was simply a masculine  shyness and

confusion that made him  clasp her fingers loosely and let  them go on the instant. She  did not see him rub his

palm down the leg  of his dark gray  trousers as he walked down the aisle, and if she had  she  would not have

seen any significance in the movement. 

Andy Green did that again before he stepped off the train.  For he  felt that he had shaken hands with a traitor

to  himself and his  outfit, and it went against the grain. That  the traitor was a woman,  and a charming woman

at that, only  intensified his resentment against  her. A man can fight a man  and keep his self respect; but a man

does  mortally dread  being forced into a position where he must fight a  woman. 

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES

The KidChip's Kid and the Little Doctor'swas six years  old and  big for his age. Also he was a member

in good  standing of the Happy  Family and he insisted upon being  called Buck outside the house;  within it the

Little Doctor  insisted even more strongly that he answer  to the many  endearing names she had invented for

him, and to the more  formal one of Claude, which really belonged to Daddy Chip. 

Being six years old and big for his age, and being called  Buck by  his friends, the Happy Family, the Kid

decided that  he should have a  man'ssized horse of his own, to feed and  water and ride and proudly  call his

"string." Having settled  that important point, he began to  cast about him for a horse  worthy his love and

ownership, and speedily  he decided that  matter also. 

Therefore, he ran bareheaded up to the blacksmith shop where  Daddy  Chip was hammering tunefully upon

the anvil, and  delivered his  ultimatum from the door way. 

"Silver's going to be my string, Daddy Chip, and  I'm going to feed  him myself and ride him myself and

nobody else can touch him 'thout I  say they can." 

"Yes?" Chip squinted along a dullyglowing iron  bar, laid it back  upon the anvil and gave it another  whack

upon the side that still  bulged a little. 

"Yes, and I'm going to saddle him myself and everything. And  I  want you to get me some jingling silver

spurs like Mig has  got, with  chains that hang away down and rattle when you  walk." The Kid lifted  one small

foot and laid a grimy finger  in front of his heel by way of  illustration. 

"Yes?" Chip's eyes twinkled briefly and immediately became  intent  upon his work. 

"Yes, and Doctor Dell has got to let me sleep in the  bunkhouse  with the rest of the fellers. And I ain't  going

to wear a nightie once  more! I don't have to, do I,  Daddy Chip? Not with lace on it. Happy  Jack says I'm a

girl  long as I wear lace nighties, and I ain't a girl.  Am I, Daddy  Chip?" 

"I should say not!" Chip testified emphatically, and carried  the  iron bar to the forge for further heating. 

"I'm going on roundup too, tomorrow afternoon." The Kid's  conception of time was extremely sketchy and

had no  connection  whatever with the calendar. "I'm going to keep  Silver in the little  corral and let him sleep

in the box  stall where his leg got well that  time he broke it. I 'member  when he had a rag tied on it and teased

for sugar. And the  Countess has got to quit a kickin' every time I  need sugar  for my string. Ain't she, Daddy

Chip? She's got to let us  men  alone or there'll be something doing!" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 9



Top




Page No 12


"I'd tell a man," said Chip inattentively, only half hearing  the  warlike declaration of his offspringas is the

way  with busy  fathers. 

"I'm going to take a ride now on Silver. I guess I'll ride in  to  Dry Lake and get the mailand I'm 'pletely outa

the  makings, too." 

"Uhhunhawhat's that? You keep off Silver. He'll kick  the  daylights out of you, Kid. Where's your hat?

Didn't your  mother tell  you she'd tie a sunbonnet on you if you didn't  keep your hat on? You  better hike back

and get it, young man,  before she sees you." 

The Kid stared mutinously from the doorway. "You said I could  have  Silver. What's the use of having a string

if a feller  can't ride it?  And I CAN ride him, and he don't kick at all.  I rode him just now, in  the little pasture

to see if I liked  his gait better than the others.  I rode Banjo first and I  wouldn't own a thing like him, on a bet.

Silver'll do me till  I can get around to break a real one." 

Chip's hand dropped from the bellows while he stared hard at  the  Kid. "Did you go down in the pasture

andWords failed  him just then. 

"I'd TELL a man I did!" the Kid retorted, with a perfect  imitation  of Chip's manner and tone when crossed.

"I've been  trying out all the  darned benchest you've gotand there  ain't a one I'd give a punched  nickel for

but Silver. I'd a  rode Shootin' Star, only he wouldn't  stand still so I could  get onto him. whoever broke him

did a bum job.  The horse I  break will stand, or I'll know the reason why. Silver'll  stand, all right. And I can

guide him pretty well by slapping  his  neck. You did a pretty fair job when you broke Silver,"  the Kid

informed his father patronizingly. 

Chip said something which the Kid was not supposed to hear,  and  sat suddenly down upon the stone rim of

the forge. It had  never before  occurred to Chip that his Kid was no longer a  baby, but a most  adventurous

manchild who had lived all his  life among men and whose  mental development had more than  kept pace

with his growing body. He  had laughed with the  others at the Kid's quaint precociousness of  speech and at  his

frank worship of range men and range life. He had  gone to  some trouble to find a tractable Shetland pony the

size of a  burro, and had taught the Kid to ride, decorously and fully  protected  from accident. 

He and the Little Doctor had been proud of the Kid's  masculine  traits as they manifested themselves in the

management of that small  specimen of horse flesh. That the  Kid should have outgrown so quickly  his content

with Stubby  seemed much more amazing than it really was.  He eyed the Kid  doubtfully for a minute, and

then grinned. 

"All that don't let you out on the hat question," he said,  evading  the real issue and laying stress upon the small

matter of obedience,  as is the exasperating habit of parents.  "You don't see any of the  bunch going around

bareheaded. Only  women and babies do that." 

"The bunch goes bareheaded when they get their hats blowed  off in  the creek," the Kid pointed out unmoved.

"I've seen  you lose your hat  mor'n once, old timer. That's nothing." He  sent Chip a sudden,  adorable smile

which proclaimed him the  child of his mother and which  never failed to thrill Chip  secretly,it was so like

the Little  Doctor. "You lend me  your hat for a while, dad," he said. "She never  said what hat  I had to wear,

just so it's a hat. Honest to gran'ma, my  hat's in the creek and I couldn't poke it out with a stick or  anything. It

sailed into the swimmin' hole. I was goin' to go  after  it," he explained further, "buta snake was swimmin

and I hated to  'sturb him." 

Chip drew a sharp breath and for one panicky moment  considered  imperative the hiring of a bodyguard for

his Kid. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 10



Top




Page No 13


"You keep out of the pasture, young man!" His tone was stern  to  match his perturbation. "And you leave

Silver alone" 

The Kid did not wait for more. He lifted up his voice and  wept in  bitterness of spirit. Wept so that one could

hear him  a mile. Wept so  that J. G. Whitmore reading the Great Falls  Tribune on the porch, laid  down his

paper and asked the world  at large what ailed that doggoned  kid now. 

"Dell, you better go see what's wrong," he called afterwards  through the open door to the Little Doctor, who

was examining  a jar  of germ cultures in her "office." "Chances is he's  fallen off the  stable or

somethingthough he sounds more  mad than hurt. If it wasn't  for my doggoned back" 

The Little Doctor passed him hurriedly. When her manchild  wept,  it Needed no suggestion from J. G. or

anyone else to  send her flying  to the rescue. So presently she arrived  breathless at the blacksmith  shop' and

found Chip within,  looking in urgent Need of reinforcements,  and the Kid yelling  ragefully beside the door

and kicking the log wall  with  vicious boottees. 

"Shut up now or I'll spank you!" Chip was saying desperately  when  his wife appeared. "I wish you'd take that

Kid and tie  him up, Dell,"  he added snappishly. "Here he's been riding  all the horses in the  little pastureand

taking a chance on  breaking his neck! And he ain't  satisfied with Stubbyhe  thinks he's entitled to Silver!" 

"Well, why not? There, there, honeymen don't cry when  things go  wrong" 

"Nobecause they can take it out in cussing!" wailed the  Kid." I  wouldn't cry either, if you'd let me swear

all I want  to!" 

Chip turned his back precipitately and his shoulders were  seen to  shake. The Little Doctor looked shocked. 

"I want Silver for my string!" cried the Kid, artfully  transferring his appeal to the higher court. "I can ride

him'cause  I have rode him, in the pasture; and he never  bucked once or kicked or  anything. Doggone it, he

likes to  have me ride him! He comes arunnin'  up to me when I go down  there, and I give him sugar. And

then he waits  till I climb  on his back, and then we chase the other horses and play  ride  circle He wants to be

my string!" Something in the feel of  his  mother's arm around his shoulder whispered hope to the  Kid. He

looked  up at her with his most endearing smile. "You  come down there and I'll  show you," he wheedled.

"We're pals.  And I guess YOU wouldn't like to  have the boys call you Tom  Thumb, aridin' Stubby. He's

nothing but a  fivecent sample  of a horse. Big Medicine says so. II'd rather walk  than  ride Stubby. And

I'm going on roundup. The boys said I could  go  when I get a real horse under meand I want Silver. Daddy

Chip said  'yes' I could have him. And now he's Injungiver.  Can't I have him,  Doctor Dell?" 

The grayblue eyes clashed with the brown. "It wouldn't hurt  anything to let the poor little tad show us what

he can do,"  said the  grayblue eyes. 

"Ohall right," yielded the brown, and their owner threw the  iron  bar upon the cooling forge and began to

turn down his  sleeves. "Why  don't you make him wear a hat?" he asked  reprovingly. "A little more  and he

won't pay any attention to  anything you tell him. I'd carry out  that sunbonnet bluff,  anyway, if I were you." 

"Now, Daddy Chip! I 'splained to you how I lost my hat,"  reproached the Kid, clinging fast to the Little

Doctor's  hand. 

"Yesand you 'splained that you'd have gone into that deep  hole  and drownedwith nobody there to pull

you outif you  hadn't been  scared of a water snake," Chip pointed out  relentlessly. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 11



Top




Page No 14


"I wasn't 'zactly scared," amended the Kid gravely.  "He was havin'  such a good time, and he was swimmin'

around  socomf'tableand it  wasn't polite to 'sturb him. Can't I  have Silver?" 

"We'll go down and ask Silver what he thinks about it," said  the  Little Doctor, anxious to make peace

between her two  idols. "And we'll  see if Daddy Chip can get the hat. You must  wear a hat, honey; you  know

what mother told youand you  know mother keeps her word." 

"I wish dad did," the Kid commented, passing over the hat  question. "He said I could have Silver, and keep

him in a box  stall  and feed him my own self and water him my own self and  nobody's to  touch him but me." 

"Well, if daddy said all thatwe'll have to think it over,  and  consult Silver and see what he has to say about

it." 

Silver, when consulted, professed at least a willingness to  own  the Kid for his master. He did indeed come

trotting up  for sugar; and  when he had eaten two grimy lumps from the  Kid's grimier hand, he  permitted the

Kid to entice him up to  a high rock, and stood there  while the Kid clambered upon the  rock and from there to

his sleek  back. Ho even waited until  the Kid gathered a handful of silky mane  and kicked him on  the ribs;

then he started off at a lope, while the  Kid risked  his balance to cast a triumphant grinthat had a gap in  the

middleback at his astonished parents. 

"Look how the little devil guides him!" exclaimed Chip  surrenderingly. "I guess he's safe enough old Silver

seems to  sabe  he's got a kid to take care of. He sure would strike a  different gait  with me! Lord how the time

slides by; I can't  seem to get it through  me that the Kid's growing up." 

The Little Doctor sighed a bit. And the Kid, circling grandly  on  the far side of the little pasture, came

galloping back to  hear the  verdict. It pleased himthough he was inclined to  mistake a great  privilege for a

right that must not be  denied. He commanded his Daddy  Chip to open the gate for him  so he could ride Silver

to the stable  and put him in the box  stall; which was a superfluous kindness, as  Chip tried to  point out and

failed to make convincing. 

The Kid wanted Silver in the box stall, where he could feed  him  and water him his own self. So into the box

stall Silver  reluctantly  went, and spent a greater part of the day with  his head stuck out  through the window,

staring enviously at  his mates in the pasture. 

For several days Chip watched the Kid covertly whenever his  small  feet strayed stableward; watched and was

full of secret  pride at the  manner in which the Kid rose to his new  responsibility. Never did a  "string" receive

the care which  Silver got, and never did rider sit  more proudly upon his  steed than did the Kid sit upon Silver.

There  seemed to be  practically no riskChip was amazed at the Kid's ability  to  ride. Besides, Silver was

growing oldfourteen years being  considered ripe old age in a horse. He was more given to  taking life  with

a placid optimism that did not startle  easily. He carried the  Kid's light weight easily, and he had  not lost all

his springiness of  muscle. The Little Doctor  rode him sometimes, and loved his smooth  gallop and his even

temper; now she loved him more when she saw how  careful he  was of the Kid. She besought the Kid to be

careful of  Silver  also, and was most manfully snubbed for her solicitude. 

The Kid had owned Silver for a week, and considered that he  was  qualified to give advice to the Happy

Family, including  his Daddy  Chip, concerning the proper care of horses. He  stood with his hands  upon his

hips and his feet far apart,  and spat into the corral dust  and told Big Medicine that  nobody but a pilgrim ever

handled a horse  the way Big  Medicine was handling Deuce. Whereat Big Medicine gave a  bellowing

hawhawhaw and choked it suddenly when he saw that  the Kid  desired him to take the criticism seriously. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 12



Top




Page No 15


"All right, Buck," he acceded humbly, winking openly at the  Native  Son. "I'll try m'best, oldtimer. Trouble

with me is,  I never had  nobody to learn me how to handle a hoss." 

"Well, you've got me, now," Buck returned calmly. "I don't  ride MY  string without brushing the hay out of

his tail.  There's a big long  hay stuck in your horse's tail." He  pointed an accusing finger, and  Big Medicine

silently edged  close to Douce's rump and very carefully  removed the big,  long hay. He took a fine chance of

getting himself  kicked,  but he did not tell the Kid that. 

"That all right now, Buck?" Big Medicine wanted to know,  when he  had accomplished the thing without

accident. 

"Oh, it'll do," was the frugal praise he got. "I've  got to go and  feed my string, now. And after a while I'll  water

him. You want to  feed your horse always  before you water him, 'cause eatin' makes him  firsty.  You 'member

that, now." 

"I'll sure try to, Buck," Big Medicine promised soberly, and  watched the Kid go striding away with his hat

tilted at the  approved  HappyFamily angle and his small hands in his  pockets. Big Medicine  was thinking of

his own kid, and  wondering what he was like, and if he  remembered his dad. He  waved his hand in cordial

farewell when the Kid  looked back  and wrinkled his nose in the adorable, LittleDoctor smile  he  had, and

turned his attention to Deuce. 

The Kid made straight for the box stall and told Silver hello  over  the half door. Silver turned from gazing out

of the  window, and came  forward expectantly, and the Kid told him to  wait a minute and not be  so

impatience Then he climbed upon a  box, got down a heavy canvas  nosebag with leather bottom,  and from a

secret receptacle behind the  oats box he brought a  paper bag of sugar and poured about a teacupful  into the

bag.  Daddy Chip had impressed upon him what would be the  tragic  consequences if he fed oats to Silver five

times a day.  Silver  would die, and it would be the Kid that killed him.  Daddy Chip had not  said anything

about sugar being fatal,  however, and the Countess could  not always stand guard over  the sugar sack. So

Silver had a sweet  taste in his mouth  twelve hours of the twentyfour, and was getting a  habit of  licking his

lips reminiscently during the other twelve. 

The Kid had watched the boys adjust nose bags ever since he  could  toddle. He lugged it into the stall, set it

artfully  upon the floor  and let Silver thrust in his head to the eyes:  then he pulled the  strap over Silver's neck

and managed to  buckle it very securely. He  slapped the sleek neck afterward  as his Daddy Chip did, hugged it

the  way Doctor Dell did, and  stood back to watch Silver revel in the bag. 

"'S good lickums?" he asked gravely, because he had once  heard his  mother ask Silver that very question, in

almost  that very tone. 

At that moment an uproar outside caught his youthful  attention. He  listened a minute, heard Pink's voice and

a  shout of laughter, and ran  to see what was going on; for  where was excitement, there the Kid was  also, as

nearly in  the middle of it as he could manage. His going  would not have  mattered to Silver, had he

remembered to close the  halfdoor  of the stall behind him; even that would not have mattered,  had he not left

the outer door of the stable open also. 

The cause of the uproar does not greatly matter, except that  the  Kid became so rapturously engaged in

watching the foolery  of the Happy  Family that he forgot all about Silver. And  since sugar produces  thirst, and

Silver had not smelled water  since morning, he licked the  last sweet grain from the inside  of the nose bag and

then walked out  of the stall and the  stable and made for the creekand a horse cannot  drink with  a nose bag

fastened over his face. All he can do, if he  succeeds in getting his nose into the water, is to drown  himself

most  expeditiously and completely. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 13



Top




Page No 16


Silver reached the creek unseen, sought the deepest hole and  tried  to drink. Since his nose was covered with

the bag ho  could not do so  but he fussed and splashed and thrust his  head deeper until the water  ran into the

bag from the top. He  backed and snorted and strangled,  and in a minute he fell.  Fortunately he struggled a

little, and in  doing so he slid  backward down the bank so that his head was up the  slope a  and the water ran

out of the bag, which was all that saved  him. 

He was a dead horse, to all appearances at least, when Slim  spied  him and gave a yell to bring every human

being on the  ranch at a run.  The Kid came with the rest, gave one scream  and hid his face in the  Little

Doctor's skirts, and trembled  so that his mother was more  frightened for him than for the  horse, and had Chip

carry him to the  house where he could not  watch the firstaid efforts of the Happy  Family. 

They did not say anything, much. By their united strength  they  pulled Silver up the bank so that his limp head

hung  downward. Then  they began to work over him exactly as if he  had been a drowned man,  except that

they did not, of course,  roll him over a barrel. They  moved his legs backward and  forward, they kneaded his

paunch, they  blew into his  nostrils, they felt anxiously for heartbeats. They  sweated  and gave up the fight,

saying that it was no use. They saw a  quiver of the muscles over the chest and redoubled their  efforts,  telling

one another hopefully that he was alive, all  right. They saw  finally a quiver of the nostrils as well, and  one

after another they  laid palms upon his heart, felt there  a steady beating and proclaimed  the fact profanely. 

They pulled him then into a more comfortable position where  the  sun shone warmly and stood around him in

a crude circle  and watched  for more pronounced symptoms of recovery, and  sent word to the Kid  that his

string was going to be all  right in a little while. 

The information was lost upon the Kid, who wept hysterically  in  his Daddy Chip's arms listen to anything

they told him. He  had seen  Silver stretched out dead, with his back in the edge  of the creek and  his feet

sprawled at horrible angles, and  the sight obsessed him and  forbade comfort. He had killed his  string; nothing

was clear in his  mind save that, and he  screamed with his face hidden from his little  world. 

The Little Doctor, with anxious eyes and puckered eyebrows,  poured  something into a teaspoon and helped

Chip fight to get  it down the  Kid's throat. And the Kid shrieked and struggled  and strangled, as is  the way of

kids the world over, and  tried to spit out the stuff and  couldn't, so he screamed the  louder and held his breath

until he was  purple, and his  parents were scared stiff. The Old Man hobbled to the  door in  the midst of the

uproar and asked them acrimoniously why they  didn't make that doggoned Kid stop his howling; and when

Chip, his  nerves already strained to the snapping point, told  him bluntly to get  out and mind his own business,

he hobbled  away again muttering  anathemas against the whole outfit. 

The Countess rushed in from out of doors and wanted to know  what  under the shinin' sun was the matter with

that kid, and  advised his  frantic parents to throw water in his face. Chip  told her exactly what  he had told the

Old Man, in exactly the  same tone; so the Countess  retreated, declaring that he  wouldn't be let to act that way

if he was  her kid, and that  he was plumb everlastingly spoiled. 

The Happy Family heard the disturbance and thought the Kid  was  being spanked for the accident, which put

every man of  them in a  fighting humor toward Chip, the Little Doctor, the  Old Man and the  whole world.

Pink even meditated going up to  the White House to lick  Chipor at least tell him what he  thought of

himand he had plenty  of sympathizers; though  they advised him halfheartedly not to buy in  to any family

mixup. 

It was into this storm centre that Andy Green rode headlong  with  his own burden of threatened disaster. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES 14



Top




Page No 17


CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME

Andy Green was a day late in arriving at the Flying U. First  he  lost time by leaving the train thirty miles short

of the  destination  marked on his ticket, and when he did resume his  journey on the next  train, he traveled

eightyfour miles  beyond Dry Lake, which landed him  in Great Falls in the early  morning. There, with the

caution of a  criminal carefully  avoiding a meeting with Miss Hallman, he spent an  hour in  poring over a plat

of a certain section of Chouteau County,  and in copying certain description of unoccupied land. 

He had not slept very well the night before and he looked it.  He  had cogitated upon the subject of land

speculations and  the welfare of  his outfit until his head was one great, dull  ache; but he stuck to  his

determination to do something to  block the game of the  Homeseekers' Syndicate. Just what that  something

would be he had not  yet decided. But on general  principles it seemed wise to learn all he  could concerning  the

particular tract of land about which Florence  Grace  Hallman had talked. 

The day was past when range rights might be defended  honorably  with rifles and sixshooters and iron

nerved men to  use themand I  fear that Andy Green sighed because it was  so. Give him the "bunch"  and

free swing, and he thought the  Homeseekers would lose their  enthusiasm before even the first  hot wind blew

up from the southwest  to wither their crops.  But such measures were not to be thought of; if  they fought  at all

they must fight with the law behind themand even  Andy's optimism did not see much hope from the law;

none, in  fact,  since both the law and the moneyed powers were eager  for the coming of  homebuilders into that

wide land. All up  along the Marias they had  built their board shacks, and back  over the benches as far as one

could see. There was nothing  to stop them, everything to make their  coming easy. 

Andy scowled at the plat he was studying, and admitted to  himself  that it looked as though the Home Seekers'

Syndicate  were going to  have things their own way; unlessThere he  stuck. There must be some  way out;

never in his life had he  faced a situation which had been  absolutely hopeless; always  there had been some

chance to win, if a  man only saw it in  time and took it. In this case it was the clerk in  the office  who pointed

the way with an idle remark. 

"Going to take up a claim, are you?" 

Andy looked up at him with the blank stare of preoccupation,  and  changed expression as the question filtered

into his  brain and fitted  somehow into the puzzle. He grinned, said  maybe he would, folded the  sheet of paper

filled with what  looked like a meaningless jumble of  letters and figures,  bought a plat of that township and

begged some  government  pamphlets, and went out humming a little tune just above a  whisper. At the door he

tilted his hat down at an angle over  his  right eye and took long, eager steps toward an obscure  hotel and his

meagre baggage. 

There was no train going east until midnight, and he caught  that  train. This time he actually got off at Dry

Lake, ate a  hurried  breakfast, got his horse out of the livery stable and  dug up the dust  of the lane with rapid

hoofbeats so that he  rode all the way to the  first hill followed by a rolling,  gray cloud that never quite caught

him. 

When he rode down the Hog's Back he saw the Happy Family  bunched  around some object on the

creekbank, and he heard  the hysterical  screaming of the Kid up in the house, and saw  the Old Man limping

excitedly up and down the porch. A man  less astute than Andy Green  would have known that some thing  had

happened. He hurried down the  last slope, galloped along  the creekbottom, crossed the ford in a  couple of

leaps and  pulled up beside the group that surrounded Silver. 

"What's been taking place here?" he demanded curiously,  skipping  the usual greetings. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 15



Top




Page No 18


"Hell," said the Native Son succinctly, glancing up at him. 

"Old Silver looked over the fence into Kingdom Come," Weary  enlarged the statement a little. "Tried to take

a drink with  a nose  bag on. I guess he'll come through all right." 

"What ails the Kid?" Andy demanded, glancing toward the house  whence issued a fresh outburst of shrieks. 

The Happy Family looked at one another and then at the White  House. 

"Aw, some folks hain't got a lick of sense when it comes to  kids,"  Big Medicine accused gruffly. 

"The Kid," Weary explained, "put the nose bag on Silver and  then  left the stable door open." 

"They ain'tspanking him for it, are they?" Andy demanded  belligerently. "By gracious, how'd a kid know

any better?  Little bit  of a tad like that" 

"Aw, they don't never spank the Kid!" Slim defended the  parents  loyally. "By golly, they's been times when I

woulda  spanked him, if  it'd been me. Countess says it's plumb  ridiculous the way that Kid  runs over

'emrough shod. If  he's gittin' spanked now, it's the first  time." 

"Well," said Andy, looking from one to another and reverting  to  his own worry as he swung down from his

sweating horse,  "there's  something worse than a spanked kid going to happen  to this outfit if  you fellows

don't get busy and do  something. There's a swarm of  dryfarmers coming in on us,  with their stock to eat up

the grass and  their darned fences  shutting off the water" 

"Oh, for the Lord's sake, cut it out!" snapped Pink. "We  ain't in  the mood for any of your joshes. We've had

about  enough excitement for  once." 

"Ah, don't be a damn' fool," Andy snapped back. "There's no  josh  about it. I've got the whole scheme, just as

they framed  it up in  Minneapolis. I got to talking with a sheagent on  the train, and she  gave the whole snap

away; wanted me to go  in with her and help land  the suckers. I laid low, and made a  sneak to the land office

and got a  plat of the land, and all  the dope" 

"Get any mail?" Pink interrupted him, in the tone that took  no  notice whatever of Andy's ill news. 

"Time I was hearing from them spurs I sent for." Andy  silently  went through his pockets and produced what

mail he  had gleaned from  the postoffice, and led his horse into the  shade of the stable and  pulled off the

saddle. Every movement  betrayed the fact that he was in  the grip of unpleasant  emotions, but to the Happy

Family he said not  another word. 

The Happy Family did not notice his silence at the time. But  afterwards, when the Kid had stopped crying

and Silver had  gotten to  his feet and wobbled back to the stable, led by  Chip, who explained  briefly and

satisfactorily the cause of  the uproar at the house, and  the boys had started up to their  belated dinner, they

began to realize  that for a returned  traveler Andy Green was not having much to say. 

They asked him about his trip, and received brief answers.  Had he  been anyone else they would have wanted

to know  immediately what was  eatin' on him; but since it was Andy  Green who sat frowning at his  toes and

smoking his cigarette  as though it had no comfort or flavor,  the boldest of them  were cautious. For Andy

Green, being a young man  of vivid  imagination and no conscience whatever, had fooled them too  often with

his lies. They waited, and they watched him  covertly and a  bit puzzled. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 16



Top




Page No 19


Silence and gloom were not boon companions of Andy Green, at  any  time. So Weary, having the most

charitable nature of any  among them,  sighed and yielded the point of silent  contention. 

"What was all that you started to tell us about the dry  farmers,  Andy?" he asked indulgently. 

"All straight goods. But there's no use talking to you bone  heads. You'll set around chewing the rag and

looking wise  till it's  too late to do anything but holler your heads off."  He got up from  where he had been

lounging on a bench just  outside the mess house and  walked away, with his hands thrust  deep into his pockets

and his  shoulders drooped forward. 

The Happy Family looked after him doubtfully. 

"Aw, it's just some darned josh uh his," Happy Jack declared.  "I  know HIM." 

"Look at the way he slouches alonglike he was loaded to the  ears  with trouble!" Pink pointed out

amusedly. "He'd fool  anybody that  didn't know him, all right." 

"And he fools the fellows that do know him, oftener than  anybody  else," added the Native Son negligently.

"You're  fooled right now if  you think that's all acting. That HOMBRE  has got something on his  mind." 

"Well, by golly, it ain't dryfarmers," Slim asserted boldly. 

"If you fellows wouldn't say it was a frameup between us  two, I'd  go after him and find out. But . . ." 

"But as it stands, we'd believe Andy Green a whole lot  quicker'n  what we would you," supplemented Big

Medicine  loudly. "You're dead  right there." 

"What was it he said about it?" Weary wanted to know. "I  wasn't  paying much attention, with the Kid yelling

his head  off and old  Silver gaping like a sick turkey, and all. What  was it about them  dryfarmers?" 

"He said," piped Pink, "that he'd got next to a scheme to  bring a  big bunch of dryfarmers in on this bench up

here,  with stock that  they'd turn loose on the range. That's what  he said. He claims the  agent wanted him to go

in on it." 

"Mamma!" Weary held a match poised midway between his thigh  and  his cigarette while he stared at Pink.

"That would be  some mixupif  it was to happen." His sunny blue eyesthat  were getting little  crow'sfeet

at their cornersturned to  look after the departing Andy.  "Where's the josh?" he  questioned the group. 

"The josh is, that he'd like to see us all het up over it,  and  makin' wartalks and laying for the pilgrims some

dark  night with our  sixguns, most likely," retorted Pink, who  happened to be in a bad  humor because in ten

minutes he was  due at a line of postholes that  divided the big pasture into  two unequal parts. "He can't

agitate me  over anybody's  troubles but my own. Happy, I'll help Bud stretch wire  this  afternoon if you'll tamp

the, rest uh them posts." 

"Aw, you stick to your own job! How was it when I wanted you  to  help pull the old wire off that hill fence

and git it  ready to string  down here? You wasn't crazy about workin'  with bob wire then, I  noticed. You

said" 

"What I said wasn't a commencement to what I'll say again,"  Pink  began truculently, and so the subject turned

effectually  from Andy  Green. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 17



Top




Page No 20


Weary smoked meditatively while they wrangled, and when the  group  broke up for the afternoon's work he

went unobtrusively  in search of  Andy. He was not quite easy in his mind  concerning the alleged joke.  He had

looked full at the  possibilities of the situationgranting  Andy had told the  truth, as he sometimes didand

the possibilities  had not  pleased him. He found Andy morosely replacing some broken  strands in his cinch,

and he went straight at the mooted  question. 

Andy looked up from his work and scowled. "This ain't any  joke  with me," he stated grimly. "It's something

that's going  to put the  Flying U out of business if it ain't stopped  before it gets started.  I've been worrying my

head of[, ever  since day before yesterday; I  ain't in the humor to take  anything off those imitation joshers up

thereI'll tell yuh  that much" 

"Well, but how do you figure it can be stopped?" Weary sat  soberly  down on the oats box and absently

watched Andy's  expert fingers while  they knotted the heavy cotton cord  through the cinchring. "We can't

stand 'em off with guns." 

Andy dropped the cinch and stood up, pushing back his hat and  then  pulling it forward into place with the

gesture he used  when he was  very much in earnest. "No, we can't. But if the  bunch is game for it  there's a

way to block their playand  the law does all our fighting  for us. We don't have to yeep.  It's like this, Weary

counting Chip and  the Little Doctor and  the Countess there's eleven of us that can use  our rights up  here on

the bench. I've got it all figured out. If we  can get  Irish and Jack Bates to come back and help us out, there's

thirteen of us. And we can take homesteads along the creeks  and  deserts back on the bench, andsay, do you

know how much  land we can  corral, the bunch of us? Four thousand acres and  if we take our claims  right,

that's going to mean that we get  a dead immortal cinch on all  the bench land that's worth  locating, around

here, and we'll have the  creeks, and also  we'll have the breaks corralled for our own stock. 

"I've gone over the platI brought a copy to show you  fellows  what we can do. And by taking up our claims

right, we  keep a deadline  from the Bear Paws to the Flying U. Now the  Old Man owns Denson's  ranch, all

south uh here is fairly  safeunless they come in between  his south line and the  breaks; and there ain't room

for more than two  or three  claims there. Maybe we can get some of the boys to grab what  there is, and string

ourselves out north uh here too. 

"That's the only way on earth we can save what little feed  there  is left. This way, we get the land ourselves

and hold  it, so there  don't any outside stock come in on us. If  Florence Grace Hallman and  her bunch lands

any settlers here,  they'll be between us and Dry Lake;  and they're dead welcome  to squat on them dry

pinnaclesso long as we  keep their  stock from crossing our claims to get into the breaks.  Savvy  the burro?" 

"Yessbut how'd yuh KNOW they're going to do all this?  Mamma! I  don't want to turn dryfarmer if I

don't have to!" 

Andy's face clouded. "That's just what'll block the game, I'm  afraid. I don't want to, either. None of the boys'll

want to.  It'll  mean going up there and baching, six or seven months of  the year, by  our high lonesomes. We'll

have to fulfill the  requirements, if we  start inbecause them pilgrims'll be  standing around like dogs at a

picnic, waiting for something  to drop so they can grab it and run. It  ain't going to be any  snap. 

"And there's another thing bothers me, Weary. It's going to  be one  peach of a job to make the boys believe it

hard enough  to make their  entries in time." Andy grinned wrily. "By  gracious, this is where I  could see a

giltedged reputation  for telling the truth!" 

"You could, all right," Weary agreed sympathetically. "It's  going  to strain our swallowers to get all that down,

and  that's a fact. You  ought to have some proof, if you want the  boys to grab it, Andy." His  face sobered.

"Who is this  Florence person? If you could get some  kinda proofa letter,  say . . ." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 18



Top




Page No 21


"Easiest thing in the world!" Andy brightened at the  suggestion.  "She's stopping at the Park, in Great Falls,

and  she wanted me to come  up or write. Anybody going to town  right away? I'll send that foxy  dame a letter

that'll produce  proof enough. You've helped ma a lot,  Weary." 

Weary scrutinized him sharply and puckered his lips into a  doubtful expression. "I wish I knew for a fact

whether all  this is  straight goods, Andy," he "said pensively. "Chances  are you're just  stringing me. But if you

are, old boy, I'm  going to take it outa your  hideand don't you forget that."  He grinned at his own mental

predicament. "Honest, Andy, is  this some josh, or do you mean it?" 

"By gracious, I wish it was a josh! But it ain't, darn it. In  about two weeks or so you'll all see the point of this

joke  but  whether the joke's on us or on the homeseekers' Syndicate  depends on  you fellows. Lord! I wish

I'd never told a lie!" 

Weary sat knocking his heels rhythmically against the side of  the  box while he thought the matter over from

start to  hypothetical finish  and back again. Meanwhile Andy Green went  on with his work and scowled  over

his wellearned reputation  that hampered him now just when he  needed the confidence of  his fellows in order

to save their beloved  Flying U from slow  annihilation. Perhaps his mental suffering could  not rightly  be

called remorse, but a poignant regret it most certainly  was, and a sense of complete bafflement which came

out in his  next  sentence. 

"Even if she wrote me a letter, the boys'd call it a frameup  just  the same. They'd say I had it fixed before I

left town.  Doctor Cecil's  up at the Falls. They'd lay it to her." 

"I was thinking of that, myself. What's the matter with  getting  Chip to go up with you? Couldn't you ring him

in on  the agent somehow,  so he can get the straight of it?" 

Andy stood up and looked at Weary a minute. "How'd I make  Chip  believe me enough to GO?" he countered.

"Darn it,  everything looked  all smooth sailing till I got back here to  the ranch and the boys come  at me with

that same old smart  aleck brand uh talk. I kinda forgot  how I've lied to 'em and  fooled 'em right along till

they duck every  time I open my  face." His eyes were too full of trouble to encourage  levity  in his listener.

"You remember that time the boys' rode off  and left me laying out here on the prairie with my leg  broke?" he

went on dismally. "I'd rather have that happen to  me a dozen times  than see 'em set back and give me the

laugh  now, just whenOh, hell!"  He dropped the finished cinch and  walked moodily to the door. "Weary,  if

them dryfarmers come  flockin' in on us while this bunch stands  around callin' me a  liar, I" He did not

attempt to finish the  sentence; but  Weary, staring curiously at Andy's profile, saw a  quivering  of the muscles

around his lips and felt a responsive thrill  of sympathy and belief that rose above his long training in  caution. 

Spite of past experience he believed, at that moment, every  word  which Andy Green had uttered upon the

subject of the  proposed  immigration. He was about to tell Andy so, when Chip  walked  unexpectedly out of

Silver's stall and glanced from  Weary to Andy  standing still in the doorway. Weary looked at  him

enquiringly; for  Chip must have heard every word they  said, and if Chip believed it 

"Have you got that plat with you, Andy?" Chip asked tersely  and  with never a doubt in his tone. 

Andy swung toward him like a prisoner who has just heard a  jury  return a verdict of not guilty to the judge.

"I've got  it, yes," he  answered simply, with only his voice betraying  the emotions he  feltand his eye?

"Want it?" 

"I'll take a look at it, if it's handy," said Chip. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME 19



Top




Page No 22


Andy felt in his inside coat pocket, drew out a thin, folded  map  of that particular part of the county with all

the  government land  marked upon it, and handed it to Chip without  a word. He singled out a  couple of

pamphlets from a bunch of  old letters such as men are in the  habit of carrying upon  their persons, and gave

them to Chip also. 

"That's a copy of the homestead and desert laws," he said.  "I  guess you heard me telling Weary what kinda

deal we're up  against,  here. Better not say anything to the Old Man till  you have to; no use  worrying himhe

can't do nothing." It  was amazing, the change that  had come over Andy's face and  manner since Chip first

spoke. Now he  grinned a little. 

"If you want to go in on this deal," he said quizzically,  "maybe  it'll be just as well if you talk to the bunch

yourself about it,  Chip. You ain't any tin, angel, but I'm  willing to admit the boys'll  believe you; a whole lot

quicker  than they would me." 

"Yesand they'll probably hand me a bunch of pity for  getting  stung by you," Chip retorted. "I'll take a

chance,  anywaybut the  Lord help you, Andy if you can't produce  proof when the time comes." 

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS

Say, Andy, where's them dryfarmers?" Big Medicine inquired  at the  top of his voice when the Happy

Family had reached the  biscuitandsyrup stage of supper that evening. 

"Oh, they're trying to make up their minds whether to bring  the  old fannin'mill along or sell it and buy new

when they  get here,"  Andy informed him imperturbably. "The womenfolks  are busy going  through their rag

bags, cutting the buttons  off all the pants that  ain't worth patching no more, and  getting father's socks all

darned  up." 

The Happy Family snickered appreciatively; this was more like  the  Andy Green with whom they were

accustomed to deal. 

"What's daughter doin', about now?" asked Cal Emmett, fixing  his  round, babyblue stare upon Andy. 

"Daughter? Why, daughter's leaning over the gate telling him  she  wouldn't never LOOK at one of them wild

cowboysthe  idea! She's heard  all about 'em, and they're too rough and  rude for HER. And she's  promising

to write every day, and  giving him a lock of hair to keep in  the back of his dollar  watch. Pass the cane Juice,

somebody." 

"Yeahall right for daughter. If she's a good looker we'll  see if  she don't change her verdict about cowboys." 

"Who will? You don't call yourself one, do yuh?" Pink flung  at him  quickly. 

"Well, that depends; I know I ain't any LADY bronchohey,  cut it  out!" This last because of half a biscuit

aimed  accurately at the  middle of his face. If you want to know  why, search out the history of  a certain War

Bonnet Roundup,  wherein Pink rashly impersonated a lady  bronchofighter. 

"Wher'e they going to live when they git here?" asked Happy  Jack,  reverting to the subject of dry farmers. 

"Close enough so you can holler from here to their back door,  my  boyif they have their say about it," Andy

assured him  cheerfully.  Andy felt that he could afford to be facetious  now that he had Chip  and Weary on his

side. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 20



Top




Page No 23


"Aw, gwan! I betche there ain't a word of truth in all that  scarey  talk," Happy Jack fleered heavily. 

"Name your bet. I'll take it." Andy filled his mouth with hot  biscuit and stirred up the sugar in his coffee like

a man who  is  occupied chiefly with the joys of the table. 

"Aw, you ain't going to git me that way agin," Happy Jack  declared. "They's some ketch to it." 

"There sure is, Happy. The biggest ketch you ever seen in  your  life. It's ketch the Flying U outfit and squeeze

the  life out of it;  that's the ketch." Andy's tone had in it no  banter, but considerable  earnestness. For, though

Chip would  no doubt convince the boys that  the danger was very real,  there was a small matter of personal

pride  to urge Andy into  trying to convince, them himself, without aid from  Chip or  any one else. 

"Well, by golly, I'd like to see anybody try that there  scheme,"  blurted Slim. "That's allI'd just like to see

'em  TRY it once!" 

"Oh, you'll see it, all rightand you won't have to wait  long,  either. Just set around on your haunches a

couple of  weeks or so.  That's all you'll have to do, Slim; you'll see  it tried, fast enough." 

Pink eyed him with a wide, purple glance. "You'd like to make  us  fall for that, wouldn't you?" he challenged

warily. 

Andy gave him a level look. "No, I wouldn't. I'd like to put  one  over on you smart gazabos that think you

know it all; but  I don't want  to bad enough to see the Flying U go outa  business just so I could  holler

didn'tItellyou. There's a  limit to what I'll pay for a,  josh." 

"Well," put in the Native Son with his easy drawl, "I'm  coming to  the centre with my ante, just for the sake of

seeing the cards turned.  Deal 'em out, amigo; state your case  once more, so we can take a good,  square look

at these dry  farmers." 

"Yeahgo ahead and tell us what's bustin' the buttons off  your  vest," Cal Emmett invited. 

"What's the use?" Andy argued. "You'd all just raise up on  your  hind legs and holler your heads off. You

wouldn't DO  anything about  itnot if you knew it was the truth!" This,  of course, was pure guile  upon his

part. 

"Oh, wouldn't we? I guess, by golly, we'd do as much for the  outfit as what you wouldand a hull lot more

if it come to a  showdown." Slim swallowed the bait. 

"Maybe you would, if you could take it out in talking,"  snorted  Andy. "My chips are in. I've got

threehundredand  twenty acres  picked out, up here, and I'm going to file on  'em before these damned

nesters get off the train. Uh course,  that won't be more'n a flea  bitebut I can make it  interesting for my next

door neighbors,  anyway; and every  flea bite helps to keep a dog moving, yuh know." 

"I'll go along and use my rights," Weary offered suddenly and  seriously. "That'll make one section they won't

get, anyway." 

Pink gave him a startled look across the table. "You ain't  going  to grab it, are yuh?" he demanded

disappointedly. 

"I sure amif it's threehundredandtwenty acres of land  you  mean. If I don't, somebody else will." He

sighed  humorously. "Next  summer you'll see me hoeing spuds, most  likelyif the law says I GOT  to." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 21



Top




Page No 24


"Hawhawhaww!" laughed Big Medicine suddenly. "It'd sure be  worth the price, jest to ride up and watch

you two marks down  on all  fours weedin' onions." He laughed again with his big,  bulllike  bellow. 

"We don't have to do anything like that if we don't want to,"  put  in Andy Green calmly. "I've been reading up

on the law.  There's one  little joker in it I've got by heart. It says  that homestead land can  be used for grazing

purposes if it's  more valuable for pasture than  for crops, and that actual  grazing will be accepted instead of

cultivationif it is  grazing land. So" 

"I betche you can't prove that," Happy lack interrupted him.  "I  never heard of that before" 

"The world's plumb full of things you never heard of, Happy,"  Andy  told him witheringly. "I gave Chip my

copy of the  homestead laws, and  a plat of the land up here; soon as he  hands 'em back I can show you  in cold

print where it says  that very identical thing. 

"That's what makes it look good to me, just on general  principles," he went on, his honest, gray eyes taking in

the  circle  of attentive faces. "If the bunch of us could pool our  interests and  use what rights we got, we can

corral about  four thousand acresand  we can head off outsiders from  grazing in the Badlands, if we take our

land right. We've  been overlooking a bet, and don't you forget it.  We've been  fooling around, just putting in

our time and drawing wages,  when we could be owning our own grazing land by now and  shipping our  own

cattle, if we had enough sense to last us  overnight. 

"Acourse, I ain't crazy about turning nester, myselfbut  we've  let things slide till we've got to come

through or get  outa the game.  It's a fact, boys, about them dryfarmers  coming in on us. That  Minneapolis

bunch that the blonde lady  works for is sending out a  colony of farmers to take up this  land between here and

the Bear Paws.  The lady tipped her  hand, not knowing where I ranged and thinking I  wouldn't be  interested in

anything but her. She's a real nice lady,  too,  and goodlookingbut a grafter to her last eye winker. And  she

hit too close home to suit me, when she named the place  where they're  going to dump their colony." 

"Where does the graft come in?" inquired Pink cautiously.  "The  farmers get the land, don't they?" 

"Sure, they get the land. And they pungle up a goodsized fee  to  Florence Grace Hallman and her outfit, for

locating 'em.  Also there's  side money in it, near as I can find out. They  skin the farmers  somehow on the fare

out here. That's their  business, according to the  lady. They prowl around through  the government plats till

they spot a  few thousand acres of  land in a chunk; they take a look at it, maybe,  and then they  boom it like

hell, and get them eastern marks  hookedthem  with money, the lady said. Then they ship a bunch out  here,

locate 'em on the land and leave it up to THEM, whether they  scratch a living or not. She said they urge the

rubes to  bring all  the stock they can, because there's plenty of range  left. She says  they play that up big. You

can see for  yourself how that'll work out,  around here!" 

Pink eyed him attentively, and suddenly his dimples stood  deep.  "All right, I'm It," he surrendered. 

"It'd be a sin not to fall for a yarn like that, Andy. I  expect  you made it all up outa your own head, but that's

all  right. It's a  pleasure to be fooled by a genius like you.  I'll go raising turnips  and cabbages myself." 

By golly, you couldn't raise nothing but hell up on that dry  bench," Slim observed ponderously. "There ain't

any water.  What's the  use uh talking foolish?" 

"They're going to tackle it, just the same," Andy pointed out  patiently. 

"Well, by golly, if you ain't just lyin' to hear yourself,  that  there graftin' bunch had oughta be strung up!" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 22



Top




Page No 25


"Sure, they had. Nobody's going to argue about that. But  seeing we  can't do that, the next best thing is to beat

them  to it. If they came  out here with their herd of pilgrims and  found the land all took up"  Andy smiled

hypnotically upon  the goggling group. 

"Hawhawhaww!" bawled Big Medicine. "It'd be wuth it, by  cripes!" 

"Yeahit would, all right. If that talk Andy's been giving  us is  straight, about grazing the land instead uh

working  it" 

"You can mighty quick find out," Andy retorted. "Go up and  ask  Chip for them land laws, and that plat. And

ask him what  he thinks  about the deal. You don't have to take my word for  it." Andy grinned  virtuously and

pushed back his chair. From  their faces, and the  remarks they had made, he felt very  confident of the ultimate

decision. "What about you, Patsy?"  he asked suddenly, turning to the  bulky, bald German cook who  was

thumping bread dough in a far corner.  "You got any  homestead or desert rights you ain't used?" 

"Py cosh, I got all der rights dere iss," Patsy returned  querulously. "I got more rights as you shmartys. I got

soldier's  rights mit fightin'. Und py cosh, I use him too if  dem fellers coom by  us mit der dry farms alreatty!" 

"Well, you sonofagun!" Andy smote him elatedly upon a fat  shoulder. "What do you know about old

Patsy for a dead game  sport? By  gracious, that makes another three hundred and  twenty to the good.  Gee, it's

lucky this bunch has gone along  turning up their noses at  nesters and thinkin' they couldn't  be real punchers

and hold down  claims too. If any of us had  had sense enough to grab a piece of land  and settle down to  raise

families, we'd be right up against it now.  We'd have to  set back and watch a bunch of downeast rubes light

down  on  us like flies on spilt molasses, and we couldn't do a thing." 

"As it is, we'll all turn nesters for the good of the cause!"  finished Pink somewhat cynically, getting up and

following  Cal and  Slim to the door. 

"Aw, I betche they's some ketch to it!" gloomed Happy Jack.  "I  betche Andy jest wants to see us takin' up

claims on that  dry bench,  and then set back and laugh at us fer bitin' on  his josh." 

"Well, you'll have the claims, won't you. And if you hang  onto  them there'll be money in the deal some day.

Why, darn  your bombproof  skull, can't you get it into your system that  all this country's bound  to settle up?"

Andy's eyes snapped  angrily. "Can't you see the  difference between us owning the  land between here and the

mountains,  and a bunch of outsiders  that'll cut it all up into little fields and  try to farm it.  If you can't see that,

you better go hack a hole in  your head  with an axe, so an idea can squeeze in now and then when you  ain't

looking!" 

"Well, I betche there ain't no colony comin' to settle that  there  bench," Happy Jack persisted stubbornly. 

"Yes there is, by cripes!" trumpeted Big Medicine behind him.  "Yes  there is! And that there colony is goin' to

be us, and  don't you  forget it. It's time I was doin' somethin' fer that  there boy uh mine,  by cripes! And soon

as we git that fence  strung I'm goin' to hit the  trail fer the nearest land  office. Honest to grandma, if Andy's

lyin'  it's goin' to be  the prof't'blest lie HE ever told, er anybody else. I  don't  care a cuss about whether them

dryfarmers is fixin' to light  here or not. That there landpool looks good to ME, and I'm  comin' in  on it with

all four feet!" 

Big Medicine was nothing less than a human land slide when  once he  threw himself into anything, be it a

fight or a  frolic. Now ho blocked  the way to the door with his broad  shoulders and his big bellow and  his

enthusiasm, and his  pale, froglike eyes fixed their protruding  stare accusingly  upon the reluctant ones. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 23



Top




Page No 26


"Cal, you git up there and git that plat and bring it here,"  he  ordered. "And fer criminy sakes git that table

cleared  off, Patsy,  so's't we kin have a place to lay it! What's  eatin' on you fellers,  standin' around like girls to

a party,  waitin' fer somebody to come up  and ast you to dance! Ain't  you got head enough to see what a cinch

we  got, if we only  got sense enough to play it! Honest to grandma you  make me  sick to look at yuh! Down in

Conconino County the boys  wouldn't stand back and wait to be purtypleased into a thing  like  this. You're so

scared Andy's got a josh covered up  somewheres, you  wouldn't take a drink uh whisky if he ast yuh  up to the

bar! You'd  pass up a Chris'mas turkey, by cripes,  if yuh seen Andy washin' his  face and lookin' hungry!

You'd" 

What further reproach he would have heaped upon them was  interrupted by Chip, who opened the door just

then and bumped  Big  Medicine in the back. In his hand Chip carried the land  plat and the  pamphlets, and in

his keen, brown eyes he  carried the light of battle  for his outfit. The eyes of Andy  Green sent bright glances

from him to  Big Medicine, and on to  the others. He was too wise then to twit those  others with  their unbelief.

His wisdom went farther than that; for he  remained very much in the background of the conversation and

contented himself with answering, briefly and truthfully, the  questions they put to him about Florence Grace

Hallman and  the things  she had so foolishly divulged concerning her  plans. 

Chip spread the plat upon an end of the table hastily and  effectually cleared by a sweep of Big Medicine's

arm, and the  Happy  Family crowded close to stare down at the checkerboard  picture of  their own familiar

bench land. They did not doubt,  nownor did they  Hang back reluctantly. Instead they  followed eagerly the

trail Chip's  cigaretteyellowed finger  took across the map, and they listened  intently to what he  said about

that trail. 

The clause about grazing the land, he said, simplified  matters a  whole lot. It was a cinch you couldn't turn

loose  and dryfarm that  land and have even a fair chance of reaping  a harvest. But as grazing  land they could

hold all the land  along One Man Creekand that was a  lot. And the land lying  back of that, and higher up

toward the  foothills, they could  take as desert. And he maintained that Andy had  been right in  his judgment:

If they all went into it and pulled  together  they could stretch a line of claims that would protect the  Badland

grazing effectually. 

"I wouldn't ask you fellows to go into this," said Chip,  straightening from his stooping over the map and

looking from  one  sober face to another, "just to help the outfit. But  it'll be a good  thing for you boys. It'll give

you a  footholdsomething better than  wages, if you stay with your  claims and prove up. Of course, I can't

say anything about us  buying out your claimsthat's fraud, according  to Hoyle; but  you ain't

simplemindedyou know your land won't be  begging  for a buyer, in case you should ever want to sell. 

"There's another thing. This will not only head off the dry  farmers from overstocking what little range is

leftit'll  make a  deadline for sheep, too. We've been letting 'em graze  back and forth  on the bench back

here beyond our leased land,  and not saying much, so  long as they didn't crowd up too  close, and kept going.

With all our  claims under fence, do  you realize what that'll mean for the grass?" 

"Josephine! There's feed for considerable stock, right over  there  on our claims, to say nothing of what we'll

cover,"  exclaimed Pink. 

"I'd tell a man! And if we get water on the desert claims"  Chip  grinned down at him. "See what we've been

passing up,  all this time.  We've had some of it leased, of coursebut  that can't be done again.  There's been

some wirepulling, and  because we ain't politicians we  got turned down when the Old  Man wanted to renew

the lease. I can see  now why it was,  maybe. This dryfarm business had something to do with  it, if  you ask

me." 

"Gee whiz! And here we've been calling Andy a liar," sighed  Cal  Emmett. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS 24



Top




Page No 27


"Aw, jest because he happened to tell the truth once, don't  cut no  ice," Happy Jack maintained with sufficient

ambiguity  to avert the  natural consequences. 

"Of course, it won't be any goldmine," Chip added  dispassionately. "But it's worth picking up, all right; and

if it'll  keep out a bunch of tightfisted settlers that don't  give a darn for  anything but what's inside their own

fence,  that's worth a lot, too." 

"Say, my dad's a farmer," Pink declared defiantly in his soft  treble." And while I think of it, them eastern

farmers ain't  so  worsenot the brand I've seen, anyway. They're narrow,  maybebut  they're human. Damn

it, you fellows have got to  quit talking about 'em  as if they were blackleg stock or  grasshoppers or

something." 

"We ain't saying nothing aginst farmers AS farmers, Little  One"  Big Medicine explained forebearingly. "As

men, and as  women, and as  kids, they're mighty nice folks. My folks have  got an eightyacre farm  in

Wisconsin," he confessed  unexpectedly, "and I think a pile of 'em.  But if they was to  come out here, trying to

horn in on our range, I'd  lead 'em  gently to the railroad, by cripes, and tell 'em goodbye  so's't they'd know I

meant it! Can't yuh see the difference?"  he  bawled, goggling at Pink with misleading savageness in his  ugly

face. 

"Oh, I see," Pink admitted mildly. "I only just wanted to  remind  you fellows that I don't mean anything

personal and I  don't want you  to. Say, what about One Man Coulee?" he asked  suddenly. "That's marked

vacant on the map. I always  thought" 

"Sure, you did!" Chip grinned at him wisely, "because we used  it  for a line camp, you thought we owned a

deed to it. Well,  we don't. We  had that land leased, is all." 

"Say, by golly, I'll file on that, then," Slim declared  selfishly.  For One Man coulee, although a place of

gruesome  history, was also  desirable for one or two reasons. There was  wood, for instance, and  water, and a

cabin that was  habitable. There was also a fence on the  place, a corral and  a small stable. "If Happy's ghost

don't git to  playin' music  too much," he added with his heavyhanded wit. 

"No, sir! You ain't going to have One Man coulee unless Andy,  here, says he don't want it!" shouted Big

Medicine. "I leave  it to  Chip if Andy hadn't oughta have first pick. He's the  feller that's put  us onto this, by

cripes, and he's the  feller that's going to pick his  claim first." 

Chip did not need to sanction that assertion. The whole Happy  Family agreed unanimously that it should be

so, except Slim,  who  yielded a bit unwillingly. 

Till midnight and after, they bent heads over the plat and  made  plans for the future and took no thought

whatever of the  difficulties  that might lie before them. For the coming  colony they had no pity,  and for the

balked schemes of the  Homeseekers' Syndicate no  compunctions whatever. 

So Andy Green, having seen his stratagem well on the way to  success, and feeling once more the wellearned

confidence of  his  fellows, slept soundly that night in his own bed,  serenely sure of the  future. 

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT

Letters went speeding to Irish and Jack Bates, absent members  of  the Happy Family of the Flying U; letters

that explained  the situation  with profane completeness, set forth briefly  the plan of the proposed  pool, and

which importuned them to  come home or make haste to the  nearest landoffice and file  upon certain


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT 25



Top




Page No 28


quartersections therein  minutely described.  Those men who would be easiest believed wrote and  signed the

letters, and certain others added characteristic  postscripts  best calculated to bring results. 

After that, the Happy Family debated upon the boldness of  going in  a body to Great Falls to file upon their

claims, or  the caution of  proceeding instead to Glasgow where the next  nearest landoffice might  be found.

Slim and Happy Jack  favored caution and Glasgow. The others  sneered at their  timidity, as they were wont to

do. 

"Yuh think Florence Grace Hallman is going to stand guard  with a  sixgun?" Andy challenged at last." She's

tied up  till her colony gets  there. She can't file on all that land  herself, can she?" He smiled  reminiscently.

"The lady asked  me to come up to the Falls and see  her," he said softly. "I'm  going. The rest of you can take

the same  train, I reckonshe  won't stop you from it, and I won't. And who's to  stop you  from filing? The

land's there, open for settlement. At least  it was open, day before yesterday. 

"Well, by golly, the sooner we go the better," Slim declared  fussily. "That fencin' kin wait. We gotta go and

git back  before Chip  wants to start out the wagons, too." 

"Listen here, hombres," called the Native Son from the  window,  where he had been studying the

wellthumbed pamphlet  containing the  homestead law. "If we want to play dead safe  on this, we all better

quit the outfit before we go. Call for  our time. I don't like the way  some of this stuff reads." 

"I don't like the way none of it reads," grumbled Happy Jack.  "I  betche we can't make it go; they's some ketch

to it. We'll  never git a  patent. I'll betche anything yuh like." 

"Well, pull out of the game, then!" snapped Andy Green, whose  nerves were beginning to feel the strain put

upon them. 

"I ain't in it yet," said Happy Jack sourly, and banged the  door  shut upon his departure. 

Andy scowled and returned to studying the map. Finally he  reached  for his hat and gloves in the manner of

one who has  definitely made up  his mind to some thing. 

"Well, the rest of you can do as you darned please," he  delivered  his ultimatum from the doorway. "I'm going

to catch  up my horse, draw  a month's wages and hit the trail. I can  catch the evening train to  the Falls, easy,

and be ready to  file on my chunk first thing in the  morning." 

"Ain't in any rush, are yuh?" Pink inquired facetiously. "If  I had  my dinner settled and this cigarette smoked, I

might go  alongprovided you don't take the trail with yuh." 

"Hold on, boys, and listen to this," the Native Son called  out  imperatively. "I think we better get a move on,

too; but  we want to  get a fair running start, and not fall over this  hump. Listen here!  We've got to swear that it

is not for the  benefit of any other person,  persons or corporation, and so  on; and farther along it says we must

not act in collusion  with any person, persons or corporation, to give  them the  benefit of the land. There's more

of the same kind, too, but  you see" 

"Well, who's acting in collusion? What's collusion mean  anyhow?"  Slim demanded aggressively. 

"It means what we're aiming to doif anybody could prove it  on  us," explained the Native Son. "My oldest

brother's a  lawyer, and I  caught some of it from him. And my expert,  legal advice is this: to  get into a row

with the Old Man,  maybeanyway, quit him cold, so we  get our time. We must let  that fact percolate the

alleged brains of  Dry Lake and  vicinityand if we give any reason for taking claims  right  under the nose of


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT 26



Top




Page No 29


the Flying U, why, we're doing it to spite  the Old Man. Sabe? Otherwise we're going to have trouble  unless

that colony scheme is just a pipe dream of Andy's." 

The Happy Family had learned to respect the opinions of the  Native  Son, whose mixture of Irish blood with

good Castilian  may have had  something to do with his astuteness. Once, as  you may have heard, the  Native

Son even scored in a battle of  wits with Andy Green, and scored  heavily. And he had helped  Andy pull the

Flying U out of an extremely  ticklish  situation, by his keen wit saving the outfit much trouble and  money.

Wherefore they heeded now his warning to the extent of  unsmilingly discussing the obstacle he had pointed

out to  them. One  after another they read the paragraph which they  had before passed  over too hastily, and

sensed the  possibilities of its construction.  Afterward they went into  serious consultation as to ways and

means,  calling Happy Jack  back so that he might understand thoroughly what  must be  done. For the Happy

Family was nothing if not thorough, and  their partisanship that had been growing insensibly stronger  through

the years was roused as it had not been since Dunk  Whittaker drove  sheep in upon the Flying U. 

The Old Man, having eaten a slice of roast pork the size of  his  two hands, in defiance of his sister's

professional  prohibition of the  indulgence, was sitting on the sunny side  of the porch trying to  ignore the first

uneasy symptoms of  indigestion. The Little Doctor had  taken his pipe away from  him that morning, and had

badgered him into  taking a certain  decoction whose taste lingered bitterly. The paper he  was  reading was four

days old and he disagreed with its political  policy, and there was no telling when anyone would have time  to

go in  after the mail and his favorite paper. Ranch work  was growing heavier  each year in proportion to the

lightening  of range work. He was going  to sow another twenty acres of  alfalfa, and to do that he must cut

down the size of his  pasturesomething that always went against the  grain. He had  not been able to renew

his lease of government  land,which  also went against the grain. And the Kid, like the last  affliction which

the Lord sent unto JobI've forgotten  whether that  was boils or the butchery of his offspringcame  loping

down the  length of the porch and kicked the Old Man's  bunion with a stubby  boottoe. 

Thus was born the psychological moment when the treachery of  the  Happy Family would cut deepest. 

They came, bunched and talking lowvoiced together with  hatbrims  hiding shamed eyes, a typetrue group

of workers  bearing a grievance.  Not a man was absentthe Happy Family  saw to that! Even Patsy, big  and

sloppy and bearing with him  stale kitchen odors, limped stolidly  in the rear beside Slim,  who looked guilty as

though he had been  strangling somebody's  favorite cat. 

The Old Man, bent headforemost over his growing paunch that  he  might caress his outraged bunion, glared

at them with  belligerent  curiosity from under his graying eyebrows. The  group came on and  stopped short at

the stepsand I don't  suppose the Happy Family will  ever look such sneaks again  whatever crime they may

commit. The Old  Man straightened with  a grunt of pain because of his lame back, and  waited. Which  made it

all the harder for the Happy Family, especially  for  Andy Green who had been chosen spokesmanfor his

sins  perhaps. 

"We'd like our time," blurted Andy after an unpleasant  silence,  and fixed his eyes frigidly upon the lowest

rung of  the Old Man's  chair. 

"Oh, you would, hunh? The whole bunch of yuh?" The Old Man  eyed  them incredulously. 

"Yes, the whole bunch of us. We're going to quit." 

The Old Man's jaw dropped a little, but his eyes didn't waver  from  their Hangdog faces. "Well, I never

coaxed a man to stay  yet," he  stated grimly, "and I'm gittin' too old in the  business to start  coaxin' now. Dell!"

He turned stiffly in  his chair so that he faced  the open door. "Bring me my time  and check books outa the

desk!" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT 27



Top




Page No 30


A gray hardness came slowly to the Old Man's face while he  waited,  his seamed hands gripping the padded

arms of his  chair. A tightness  pulled at his lips behind the grizzled  whiskers. It never occurred to  him now

that the Happy Family  might be perpetrating one of their  jokes. He had looked at  their faces, you see. They

meant to quit  himquit him cold  just as spring work was beginning. They were  ashamed of  themselves, of

course; they had a right to be ashamed, he  thought bitterly. It hurthurt so that he would have died  before he

would ask for excuse, reason, grievance,  explanationfor whatever  motive impelled them. So he waited,  and

he gripped the arms of his  chair, and he clamped his  mouth shut and did not speak a word. 

The Happy Family had expected him to swear at them stormily;  to  accuse them of vile things; to call them

such names as his  memory  could seize upon or his ingenuity invent. They had  been careful to  prepare a list of

plausible reasons for  leaving then. They had first  invented a gold rumor that they  hoped would sound

convincing, but Andy  had insisted upon  telling him straightforwardly that they did not  favor fence  building

and ditchdigging and such backbreaking toil;  that  they were range men and they demanded range work or

none;  that  if they must dig ditches and build fences and perform  like menial  tasks, they preferred doing it for

themselves.  "That," said Andy,  "makes us out such dirty, lowdown sons  ofguns we'd have to climb a  tree

to look a snake in the eye,  but it's got the grain of truth  that'll make it go down. We  DON'T love this farming

graft, and the Old  Man knows it. He's  heard us kicking often enough. That's where it'll  git him.  He'll believe

this last stretch of fence is what made us  throw him down, and he'll be so mad he'll cuss us out till  the

neighbors'll think the smoke's a prairie fire. We'll get  our time, all  right' and the things he'll say will likely

make us so hot we can all  talk convincing when we hit town.  Keep a stiff upper lip, boys. We got  to do it, and

he'll make  us mad, so it won't be as hard as you  imagine." 

The theory was good, and revealed a knowledge of human nature  that  made one cease to wonder why Andy

was a prince of  convincing liars.  The theory was goodnothing in the world  was the matter with it,  except

that in this particular  instance it did not work. The Old Man  did not ask for their  reasons, excuses or

explanations. Neither did he  say anything  or do anything to make them mad. He just sat there, with  his  face

gray and hard, and said nothing at all. 

The Little Doctor appeared with the required books and a  fountain  pen; saw the Happy Family standing there

like  condemned men at the  steps; saw the Old Man's face, and  trembled wideeyed upon the verge  of speech.

Then she decided  that this was no time for questioning and  hurried, still wide  of eye, away from sight of

them. The Happy Family  did not  look at one anotherthey looked chiefly at the wall of the  house. 

The Old Man reckoned the wages due each one, and wrote a  check for  the exact amount. And he spoke no

word that did not  intimately concern  the matter in hand. He still had that  gray, hard look in his face that  froze

whatever explanation  they would otherwise have volunteered. And  when he handed the  last manwho was

Patsyhis check, he got up  stiffly and  turned his back on them, and went inside and closed the  door  while

yet they lingered, waiting to explain. 

At the bunkhouse, whence they walked silently, Slim turned  suddenly upon their leader. His red face had

gone a sallow  white, and  the whites of his eyes were veined with red. 

"If that there land business falls down anywhere because you  lied  to us, Andy Green' I'll kill you fer this" he

stated  flatly. 

"If it Does, Slim, I'll stand and let yuh shoot me as full of  lead  as you like," Andy promised, in much the same

tone. Then  he strove to  shake off the spell of the Old Man's stricken  silence. "Buck up, boys.  He'll thank us

for what we aim to  dowhen he knows all about it." 

"Well, it seems to me," sighed Weary lugubriously, "we mighta  managed it without hitting the Old Man a

wallop in the back,  like  that." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT 28



Top




Page No 31


"How'n hell did I know he'd take it the way he did?" Andy  questioned sharply, and began throwing his

personal  belongings into  his "warbag" as if he had a grudge against  his own clothes. 

"Aw, looks to me like he was glad to git shet of us!"  grumbled  Happy Jack. "I betche he's more tickled than

sorry,  right now." 

It was an exceedingly unhappy Family that rode up the Hog's  Back  upon their private mounts, and away from

the Flying U;  in spite of  Chip's assurance that he would tell the Old Man  all about it as soon  as he could, it

was an illhumored  Family that rode into Dry Lake and  cashed their several  checks at the desk of the General

store which  also did an  informal banking business, and afterwards took the train  for  Great Falls. 

The news spread through the town that old J. G. Whitmore had  fired  the Happy Family in a bunch for some

unforgivable crime  against the  peace and dignity of the outfit, and that the  boys were hatching up  some

scheme to get even. From the  gossip that was rolled relishfully  upon the tongues of the  Dry Lake scandal

lovers, the Happy Family must  have been more  than sufficiently convincing. 

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY

If you would see northern Montana at its most beautiful best,  you  should see it in midMay when the

groundswallows are  nesting and the  meadow larks are puffing their throats and  singing of their sweet

ecstasy with life; when curlews go  sailing low over the green, grassy  billows, peering and  perking with long

bills thrust rapierwise  through the sunny  stillness, and calling shrilly, "CorrECK,  correck!"  which, I

take it, is simply their opinion of world and  weather given tersely in plain English. You should see the  high

prairies then, when all the world is ashimmer with  green velvet  brocaded brightly in blue and pink and

yellow  flowerpatterns; when  the heat waves go quivering up to meet  the sun, so that the far  horizons wave

like painted drop  scenes stirred by a breeze; when a  hypnotic spell of peace  and bright promises is woven

over the  rangelandyou should  see it then, if you would love it with a sweet  unreason that  will last you

through all the years to come. 

The homeseekers' Syndicate, as represented by Florence Grace  Hallmanshe of the wheatyellow hair and

the tempting red  lips and  the narrow, calculating eyes and stubborn chindid  well to wait for  the spell of the

prairies when the wind  flowers and the lupines blue  the hillsides and the new grass  paints green the hollows. 

There is in us all a deeprooted instinct to create, and  never is  that instinct so nearly dominant as in the spring

when the grass and  the flowers and the little, new leaves and  the birds all sing the song  of Creation together.

Then is  when casehardened city dwellers study  the bright array of  seedpackets in the stores, and meditate

rashly  upon the  possibilities of backyard gardening. Then is when the  seasoned countrydwellers walk over

their farms in the sunset  and  plan largely for harvest time. Then is when the salaried  folk read  avidly the

realestate advertisements, and pore  optimistically over  folders and dream of chicken ranches and  fruit

ranches and the like.  Surely, then, the homeseekers'  Syndicate planned well the date of  their excursion into

the  land of large promise (and problematical  fulfillment) which  lay east of Dry Lake. 

Rumors of the excursion seeped through the channels of gossip  and  set the town talking and chuckling and

speculatingafter  the manner  of very small towns. 

Rumors grew to definite though erroneous statements of what  was to  take place. Definite statements became

certified facts  that bore fruit  in detailed arrangements. 

Came Florence Grace Hallman smilingly from Great Falls, to  canvass  the town for "accommodations."

Florence Grace Hallman  was a capable  woman and a persuasive one, though perhaps a  shade too much


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 29



Top




Page No 32


inclined  to take certain things for granted  such as Andy's anchored interest  in her and her project, and  the

probability of the tract remaining  just as it had been  when last she went carefully over the plat in the  land

office. Florence Grace Hallman had been busy arranging the  details of the coming of the colony, and she had

neglected to  visit  the land office lately. Since she cannily represented  the excursion as  being merely a

sightseeing tripor some  such innocuous projectshe  failed also to receive any  inkling of recent

settlements. 

On a certain sunny morning in midMay, the Happy Family stood  upon  the depot platform and waited for the

westbound  passenger, that had  attached to it the special car of the  homeseekers' Syndicate. The  Happy Family

had been very busy  during the past three weeks. They had  taken all the land they  could, and had sighed

because they could still  look from  their claims upon pinnacles as yet unclaimed save by the  government.

They had done well. From the south line of  Meeker's land  in the very foothills of the Bear Paws, to the  north

line of the  Flying U, the chain of newlyfiled claims  remained unbroken. It had  taken some careful work

upon the  part of the Happy Family to do this  and still choose land not  absolutely worthless except from a

scenic  viewpoint. But they  had managed it, with some bickering and a good  deal of  maneuvering. Also they

had hauled loads of lumber from Dry  Lake, wherewith to build their monotonously modest tenby  twelve

shacks with one door and one window apiece and a round  hole in the  roof big enough for a length of

stovepipe to  thrust itself  aggressively into the open and say by its smoke  signal whether the  owner was at

home. And now, having heard  of the mysterious excursion  due that day, they had come to  see just what

would take place. 

"She's fifteen minutes late," the agent volunteered,  thrusting his  head through the open window. "Looking for

friends, boys?" 

"Andy is," Pink informed him cheerfully. "The rest of us are  just  hanging around through sympathy. It's his

girl coming." 

"Well, I guess he thinks he needs a housekeeper now," the  agent  grinned. "Why don't you fellows get busy

now and rustle  some cooks?" 

"Girls don't like to cook over a campfire," Cal Emmett told  him  soberly. "We kinda thought we ought to

build our shacks  first." 

"You can pick you out some when the train gets in," said the  agent, accepting a match from Weary. "There's a

carload of"  He  pulled in his head hurriedly and laid supple fingers on  the telegraph  key to answer a call,

and the Happy Family  moved down to the other end  of the platform where there was  more shade. 

The agent presently appeared pushing the truck of outgoing  express, a cheap trunk and a basket "telescope"

belonging to  one of  the hotel girlswho had quit her job and was sitting  now inside  waiting for the train and

seeing what she could of  the Flying U boys  through the windowand the mail sack. He  placed the truck

where the  baggage car would come to a halt,  stood for a minute looking down the  track where a smudge of

smoke might at any moment be expected to show  itself over the  low ridge of a hill, glanced at the lazy group

in the  patch  of shade and went back into the office. 

"There's her smoke," Cal Emmett announced in the midst of an  apathetic silence. 

Weary looked up from whittling a notch in the end of a  platform  plank and closed his jackknife languidly. 

Andy pushed his hat backward and then tilted it forward over  one  eyebrow and threw away his cigarette. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 30



Top




Page No 33


"Wonder if Florence Grace will be riding point on the bunch?"  he  speculated aloud. "If she is, I'm liable to

have my hands  full.  Florence Grace will sure be sore when she finds out how  I got into the  game." 

"Aw, I betche there ain't no such a person," said Happy Jack,  doubter to the last. 

"I wish there wasn't," sighed Andy. "Florence Grace is kinda  getting on my nerves. If I done what I feel like

doing, I'd  crawl  under the platform and size up the layout through a  crack. Honest to  gracious, Boys, I hate to

meet that lady." 

They grinned at him heartlessly and stared at the black  smudge  that was rolling toward them. "She's sure

hittin' her  up," Pink  vouchsafed with a certain tenseness of tone. That  train was not as  ordinary trains; dimly

they felt that it was  relentlessly bringing  them trouble, perhaps; certainly a  problemunless the homeseekers

hovered only so long as it  took them to see that wisdom lay in looking  elsewhere for a  home. Still 

"If this was August instead of May, I wouldn't worry none  about  them pilgrims staying long," Jack Bates

voiced the  thought that was  uppermost in their minds. 

"There comes two livery rigs to haul 'em to the hotel," Pink  pointed out as he glanced toward town. And

there's another  one.  Johnny told me every room they've got is spoke for, and  two in every  bed." 

"That wouldn't take no crowd," Happy Jack grumbled,  remembering  the limitations of Dry Lake's hotel.

"Here come  Chip and the missus.  Wonder what they want?" 

The Little Doctor left Chip to get their tickets and walked  quickly toward them. 

"Hello, boys! Waiting for someone, or just going somewhere?" 

"Waiting. Same to you, Mrs. Chip," Weary replied. 

"To me? Well, we're going up to make our filings. Claude  won't  take a homestead, because we'll have to stay

on at the  Flying U, of  course, and we couldn't hold one. But we'll both  file desert claims.  J. G. hasn't been a

bit well, and I  didn't dare leave him beforeand  of course Claude wouldn't  go till I did. That the passenger

coming, or  a freight?" 

"It's the trainwith the dryfarmers," Andy informed her  with a  glance at the nearing smokesmudge. 

"Is it? We aren't any too soon then, are we? I left Son at  homeand he threatened to run away and live with

you boys. I  almost  wish I'd brought him along. He's been perfectly awful.  So have the men  Claude hired to

take your places, if you want  to know, boys. I believe  that is what made J. G. sickhaving  those strange men

on the place.  He's been like a bear." 

"Didn't Chip tell him" 

"He did, yes. He told him right away, that evening. But  J. G.  has such stubborn ideas. We couldn't make

him believe  that anyone  would be crazy enough to take up that land and  try to make a living  farming it.

He" She looked sidewise at  Andy and pursed her lips to  Keep from smiling. 

"He thinks I lied about it, I suppose," said that young man  shrewdly. 

"That's what he says. He pretends that you boys meant to  quit, and  just thought that up for an excuse. He'll be

all  rightyou mustn't  pay any attention" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 31



Top




Page No 34


"Here she comes!" 

A black nose thrust through a Deep cut that had a curve to  it. At  their feet the rails began to hum. The Little

Doctor  turned hastily to  see if Chip were coming. The agent came out  with a handful of papers  and stood

waiting with the rest.  Stragglers moved quickly, and the  discharged waitress  appeared and made eyes covertly

at Pink, whom she  considered  the handsomest one of the lot. 

The train slid up, slowed and stopped. Two coaches beyond the  platform a worried porter descended and

placed the boxstep  for  landing passengers, and waited. From that particular  coach began  presently to emerge

a fluttering, exclaiming  stream of humanityat  first mostly feminine. They hovered  there upon the cindery

path and  lifted their faces to watch  for others yet to come, and the babble of  their voices could  be, heard

above the engine sounds. 

The Happy Family looked dumbly at one another and drew back  closer  to the depot wall. 

"Aw, I knowed there was some ketch to it!" blurted Happy Jack  with  dismal satisfaction. "That there ain't no

colonyIt's  nothin' but a  bunch of schoolma'ams!" 

"That lady ridin' point is the lady herself," Andy murmured,  edging behind Weary and Pink as the flutter

came closer.  "That's  Florence Grace Hallman, boys." 

"Well, by golly, git out and speak your little piece, then!"  muttered Slim, and gave Andy an unexpected push

that sent him  staggering out into the open just as the leaders were coming  up. 

"Why, how de do, Mr. Green!" cried the blonde leader of the  flock.  "This is an unexpected pleasure, I'm

sure." 

"Yes ma'am, it is," Andy assented mildly, with an eye cocked  sidewise in search of the guilty man. 

The blonde leader paused, her flock coming to a fluttering,  staring stand behind her. The nostrils of the

astonished  Happy Family  caught a mingled odor of travel luncheons and  perfume. 

"Well, where have you been, Mr. Green? Why didn't you come  and see  me?" demanded Florence, Grace

Hallman in the tone of  one who has a  right to ask leading questions. Her cool,  brown, calculating eyes went

appraisingly over the Happy  Family while she spoke. 

"I've been right around here, all the time," Andy gave meek  account of himself. "I've been busy." 

"Oh. Did you go over the tract, Mr. Green?" she lowered her  voice. 

"YessI went over it." 

"And what do you think of itprivately?" 

"Privatelyit's pretty big." Andy sighed. The bigness of  that  tract had worried the Happy Family a good

deal. 

"Well, the bigger the better. You see I've got 'em started."  She  flicked a glance backward at her waiting

colony. "You men  are  perfectly exasperating! Why didn't you tell me where you  were and what  you were

doing?" She looked up at him with  charming disapproval. "I  feel like shaking you! I could have  made good

use of you, Mr. Green." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 32



Top




Page No 35


"I was making pretty good use of myself," Andy explained, and  wished he knew who gave him that

surreptitious kick on the  ankle. Did  the chump want an introduction? Well! In that  case 

"Miss Hallman, if you don't mind I'd like to introduce some  men I  rounded up and brought here," he began

before the Happy  Family could  move out of the danger zone of his imagination.  "Representative  citizens, you

see. You can sic your bunch  onto 'em and get a lot of  information. This is Mr. Weary  Davidson, Miss

Hallman: He's a hayseed  that lives out that  way and he talks spuds better than anything else.  And here's

SlimI don't know his right namehe raises hogs to a  fare  youwell. And this is Percy

Perkins"meaning Pink"and  he's  another successful dryfarmer. Goats is his trade. He's  got a lot of  'em.

And Mr. Jack Bates, he raises peanutsor  he's trying 'em this  yearand has contracts to supply the  local

market. Mr. Happy Jack is  our local undertaker. He  wants to sell out if he can, because nobody  ever dies in

this  country and that makes business slow. He's thinking  some of  starting a duckranch. This man"

indicating Big Medicine"  has got the finest looking crop of volunteer wild oats in the  country. He knows

all about 'em. Mr. Emmett, here, can put  you wise  to cabbageheads; that's his specialty. And Mr.  Miguel

Rapponi is up  here from Old Mexico looking for a  favorable location for an extensive  rubber plantation. The

natural advantages here are simply great for  rubber. 

"I've gone to some trouble gathering this bunch together for  you,  Miss Hallman. I don't reckon you knew

there was that  many dryfarmers  in the country. They've all got ranches of  their own, and the  prettiest folders

you ever sent under a  fourcent stamp can't come up  to what these men can tell you.  Your bunch won't have

to listen to one  man, onlyhere's half  a dozen ready and waiting to talk." 

Miss Hallman was impressed. A few of the closest homeseekers  she  beckoned and introduced to the

perspiring Happy Family  mostly  feminine homeseekers, of whom there were a dozen or  so. The men

whom  the hotel had sent down with rigs waited  impatiently, and the  unintroduced male colonists stared at  the

low rim of Lonesome Prairie  and wondered if over there  lay their future prosperity. 

When the Happy Family finally made their escape, redfaced  and  muttering threats, Andy Green had

disappeared, and no one  knew when he  went or where. He was not in Rusty Brown's place  when the Happy

Family  went to that haven and washed down  their wrongs in beer. Pink made a  hurried trip to the livery  stable

and reported that Andy's horse was  gone. 

They were wondering among themselves whether he would have  the  nerve to go home and await their

cominghome at this  stage of the  game meaning One Man coulee, which Andy had  taken as a homestead

and  desert claim and where the Happy  Family camped together until such  time as their claim shacks  were

habitable. Some thought that he was  hiding in town, and  advised a thorough search before they took to  their

horses.  The Native Sonhe of mixed Irish and Spanish  bloodtold  them with languid certainty that Andy

was headed straight  for  the camp because he would figure that in camp was where they  would least expect to

find him. 

The opinions of the Native Son were usually worth adopting.  In  this case, however, it brought them into the

street at the  very moment  when Florence Grace Hallman and two homeseekers  had ventured from the  hotel in

search of them. Slim and Jack  Bates and Cal Emmett saw them  in time and shied across the  street and into the

new barber shop where  they sat themselves  down and demanded unnecessary haircuts and a  shampoo

apiece,  and spied upon their unfortunate fellows through the  window  while they waited; but the others met

the women fairly since  it was too late to turn back without making themselves  ridiculous. 

"I was wondering," began Miss Hallman in her brisk, business  tone,  "if some of you gentlemen could not

help us out in the  matter of  conveyances. I have made arrangements for most of  my guests, but we  simply

can't squeeze another one into the  rigs I have engagedand  I've engaged every vehicle in town  except a

wheelbarrow I saw in the  back yard of the hotel." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 33



Top




Page No 36


"How many are left out?" asked Weary, since no one else  showed any  symptoms of speech. 

"Oh, not many, thank goodness. Just us three here. You've met  Miss  Allen, Mr. Davidsonand Miss Price.

And so have you  other gentlemen,  because I introduced you at the depot. I  went blandly ahead and told

everybody just which rig they  were to ride in, and put three in a  seat, at that, and in  counting noses I forgot to

count our own" 

"I really don't see how she managed to overlook mine," sighed  Miss  Allen, laying a dainty, gloved finger

upon a nose that  had the tiniest  possible tilt to it. "Nobody ever overlooked  my nose before; it's  almost worth

walking to the tract." 

Irish, standing close beside Weary and looking enough like  him to  be a twin instead of a mere cousin, smiled

down at her  with traitorous  admiration. Miss Allen's nose was a nice  nose, and above it twinkled a  pair of

warm brown eyes with  humorous little wrinkles , around them;  and still above them  fluffed a kinkycurly

mass of brown hair. Weary  looked at her  also, but he did not smile, because she looked a little  like  his own

schoolma'am, Miss Ruty Satterlyand the resemblance  hurt a sore place in his heart. 

"So if any of you gentlemen could possibly take us out to  the  tract, we'd be eternally grateful, besides

keeping our  independence  intact with the usual payment. Could you help us  out?" 

"We all came in on horseback," Weary stated with a gentle  firmness  that was intended to kill their hopes as

painlessly  as possible. 

"Wouldn't there be room on behind?" asked Miss Allen with  hope  still alive and flourishing. 

"Lots of room," Weary assured her. "More room than you could  possibly use." 

"But isn't there any kind of a rig that you could buy, beg,  borrow  or steal?" Miss Hallman insisted. "These

girls came  from Wisconsin to  take up claims, and I've promised to see  that they get the best there  is to be had.

They are hustlers,  if I know what the word means. I have  a couple of claims in  mind, that I want them to

seeand that's why we  three hung  back till the rest were all arranged for. I had a rig  promised that I was

depending on, and at the last minute  discovered  it was not to be had. Some doctor from Havre came  and got it

for a  trip into the hills. There's no use talking;  we just must get out to  the tract as soon as the others doa

little sooner wouldn't hurt.  Couldn't you think of some way?" 

"We'll try," Irish promised rashly, his eyes tying to meet  Miss  Allen's and succeeding admirably. 

"What has become of Mr. Green?" Miss Hallman demanded after  she  had thanked Irish with a smile for the

qualified  encouragement. 

"We don't know,," Weary answered mildly. "We were trying to  locate  him ourselves." 

"Oh, were you? He seems a rather uncertain young man. I  rather  counted on his assistance; he promised" 

"Mr. Irish has thought of a rig he can use, Miss Hallman,"  said  the Allen girl suddenly. "He's going to drive

us out  himself. Let's  hurry and get ready, so we can start ahead of  the others. How many  minutes will it take

you, Mr. Irish, to  have that team here, for us?" 

Irish turned red. He HAD thought of a rig, and he had thought  of  driving them himself, but he could not

imagine how Miss  Allen could  possibly; have known his thoughts. Then and there  he knew who would

occupy the other half of the front seat, in  case he did really drive  the team he had in mind. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 34



Top




Page No 37


"I told you she's a hustler," laughed Miss Hallman. "She'll  be  raising bigger crops than you mengive her a

year to get  started.  Well, girls, come on, then." 

They turned abruptly away, and Irish was left to his  accounting  with the Happy Family. He had not denied

the  thoughts and intentions  imputed to him by the twinklingeyed  Miss Allen. They walked on toward  the

livery stablewhere  was manifested an unwonted activitywaiting  for Irish to  clear himself; which he did

not do. 

"You going to drive them women out there?" Pink demanded  after an  impatient silence. 

"Why not ? Somebody'll have to." 

"What team are you going to use!" asked Jack Bates. 

"Chip's" Irish did not glance around, but kept striding down  the  middle of the road with his hands stuck deep

in his  pockets. 

"Don't you think you need help, amigo?" the Native Son  insinuated  craftily. "You can't talk to three girls at

once;  I could be hired to  go along and take one off your hands.  That should help some." 

"Like hell you will!" Irish retorted with characteristic  bluntness. Then he added cautiously, "Which one?" 

"That old girl with the blue eyes should not be permitted to  annoy  the driver," drawled the Native Son. "Also,

Florence  Grace might want  some intelligent person to talk to." 

"Well, I got my opinion of any man that'll throw in with that  bunch," Pink declared hotly. "Why don't you

fellows keep your  own  side the fence. What if they are women farmers? They can  do just as  much

harmand a darn sight more. You make me  sick." 

"Let 'em go," Weary advised calmly. "They'll be a lot sicker  when  the ladies discover what they've helped do

to that  benchland. Come  on, boyslet's pull out, away from all  these lunatics. I hate to see  them get stung,

but I don't see  what we can do about itonly, if they  come around asking me  what I think of that land, I'm

going to tell  'em." 

"And then they'll ask you why you took claims up there, and  you'll  tell 'em that, toowill you?" The Native

Son turned  and smiled at him  ironically. 

That was it. They could not tell the truth without harming  their  own cause. They could not do anything except

stand  aside and see the  thing through to whatever end fate might  decree. They thought that  Irish and the

Native Son were  foolish to take Chip's team and drive  those women fifteen  miles or so that they might seize

upon land much  better left  alone; but that was the business of Irish and the Native  Son,  who did not ask for

the approval of the Happy Family before  doing anything they wanted to do. 

The Happy Family saddled and rode back to the claims, gravely  discussing the potentialities of the future.

Since they rode  slowly  while they talked, they were presently overtaken by a  swirl of dust,  behind which

came the matched browns which  were the Flying U's crack  driving team, bearing Irish and  Miss Allen of the

twinkling eyes upon  the front seat of a two  seated springwagon that had seen far better  days than this.

Native Son helped to crowd the back seat  uncomfortably, and  waved a hand with reprehensible cheerfulness

as  they went  rattling past. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY 35



Top




Page No 38


The Happy Family stared after them with frowning disapproval,  and  Weary turned in the saddle and looked

ruefully at his  fellows. 

"Things won't ever be the same around here," he predicted  soberly.  "There goes the beginning of the end of

the Flying  U, boysand we  ain't big enough to stop it." 

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY

Andy Green rode thoughtfully up the trail from his cabin in  One  Man coulee, his hat tilted to the south to

shield his  face from the  climbing sun, his eyes fixed absently upon the  yellow soil of the  hillside. Andy was

facing a problem that  concerned the whole Happy  Familyand the Flying U as well.  He wanted Weary's

opinion, and  Miguel Rapponi's, and Pink's  when it came to that, he wanted the  opinion of them all. 

Thus far the boys had been wholly occupied with getting their  shacks built and in rustling cooking outfits and

getting  themselves  settled upon their claims with an air of  convincing permanency. Also  they had watched

with keen  interestwhich was something more vital  than mere  curiositydevelopments where the

homeseekers were  concerned,  and had not given very much thought to their next step,  except in a purely

general way. 

They all recognized the fact that, with all these new  settlers  buzzing around hunting claims where there was

some  promise of making  things grow, they would have to sit very  tight indeed upon their own  land if they

would avoid trouble  with "jumpers." Not all the  homeseekers were women. There  were men, plenty of them;

a few of them  were wholly lacking  in experience it is true, but perhaps the more  greedy for  land because of

their ignorance. The old farmers had looked  askance at the high, dry prairie land, where even drinking  water

must  be hauled in barrels from some deepset creek  whose shallow gurgling  would probably cease altogether

when  the dry season came on the heels  of June. The old farmers had  asked questions that implied doubt. They

had wanted to know  about subsoil, and average rainfall, and late  frosts, and  markets. The profusely

illustrated folders that used blue  print for emphasis here and there, seemed no longer to  satisfy them. 

The Happy Family did not worry much about the old farmers who  knew  the game, but there were town men

who had come to see  the fulfillment  of their dreams; who had burned their  bridges, some of them, and would

suffer much before they  would turn back to face the ridicule of their  friends and the  disheartening task of

getting; a fresh foothold in the  wage  market. These the Happy Family knew for incipient enemies  once  the

struggle for existence was fairly begun. And there  were the  womendaring rivals of the men in their  fight

for independencewho  had dreamed dreams and raised up  ideals for which they would fight  tenaciously.

School  teachers who hated the routine of the schools,  and who wanted  freedom; who were willing to work

and wait and forego  the  little, cheap luxuries which are so dear to women; who would  cheerfully endure

loneliness and spoiled complexions and  roughened  hands and broken nails, and see the prairie winds  and sun

wipe the  sheen from their hair; who would wear  coarse, heavysoled shoes and  keep all their pretty finery

packed carefully away in their trunks  with dainty sachet pads  for month after month, and take all their

pleasure in  dreaming of the future; these would fight also to have and  to  holdand they would fight harder

than the men, more  dangerously  than the men, because they would fight  differently. 

The Happy Family, then, having recognized these things and  having  measured the fightingelement, knew

that they were  squarely up against  a slow, grim, relentless war if they  would save the Flying U. They  knew

that it was going to be a  pretty stiff proposition, and that they  would have to obey  strictly the letter and the

spirit of the land  laws, or there  would be contests and quarrels and trouble without end. 

So they hammered and sawed and fitted boards and nailed on  tarpaper and swore and jangled and joshed

one another and  counted  nickelswhere they used to disdain counting anything  but resultsand  badgered


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 36



Top




Page No 39


the life out of Patsy because he  kicked at being expected to  cook for the bunch just the same  as if he were in

the Flying U  messhouse. Py cosh, he  wouldn't cook for the whole country just  because they were  too lazy to

cook for themselves, and py cosh if they  wanted  him to cook for them they could pay him sixty dollars a

month,  as the Old Man did. 

The Happy Family were no millionaires, and they made the fact  plain to Patsy to the full extent of their

vocabularies. But  still  they begged bread from him, a loaf at a time, and  couldn't see why he  objected to

making pie, if they furnished  the stuff. Why, for gosh  sake, had they planted him in the  very middle of their

string of  claims, then? With a dandy  spring too, that never went dry except in  the driest years,  and not more

than seventyfive yards, at the  outside, to  carry water. Up hill? Well, what of that? Look at  Pinkhad  to

haul water half a mile from One Man Creek, and no trail.  Look at Wearyhad to pack water twice as far as

Patsy. And  hadn't  they clubbed together and put up his darned shack  first thing, just so  he COULD get busy

and cook? What did the  old devil expect, anyway? 

Wellyou see that the Happy Family had been fully occupied  in the  week since the arrival of the

homeseekers' excursion.  They could not  be expected to give very much thought to their  next steps. But there

was Andy, who had only to move into the  cabin in One Man coulee, with  a spring handy, and a stable  for his

horse, and a corral and  everything. Andy had not been  harassed with the housebuilding and  settling, except

as he  assisted the others. As fast as the shacks were  up, the Happy  Family had taken possession, so that now

Andy was alone,  stuck down there in the coulee out of sight of everybody.  Pink had  once named One Man

coulee as the lonesomest hole in  all that country,  and he had not been far wrong. But at any  rate the

lonesomeness had  served one good purpose, for it had  started Andy to thinking out the  details of their so

called  landpool. Now the thinking had borne fruit  to the extent  that he felt an urgent need of the Happy

Family in  council  upon the subject. 

As he topped at last the final rise which put him on a level  with  the great undulating benchland gashed here

and there  with coulees and  narrow gulches that gave no evidence of  their existence until one rode  quite close,

he lifted his  head and gazed about him half regretfully,  half proudly. He  hated to see that wide upland dotted

here and there  with new,  raw buildings, which proclaimed themselves claimshacks as  far a one could see

them. Andy hated the sight of claim  shacks with  a hatred born of long range experience and the  vital

interests of the  cattleman. A claimshack stuck out on  the prairie meant a barbed wire  fence somewhere in

the  immediate vicinity; and that meant a hindrance  to the easy  handling of herds. A claimshack meant a

nester, and a  nester  was a nuisance, with his plowed fields and his few head of  cattle that must be

painstakingly weeded out of a herd to  prevent a  howl going up to high heaven. Therefore, Andy Green

instinctively  hated the sight of a shack on the prairie. On  the other hand, those  shacks belonged to the Happy

Family  and that pleased him. From where  he sat on his horse he could  count five in sight, and there were

more  hidden by ridges and  tucked away in hollows. 

But there were others going upshacks whose owners he did  not  know. He scowled when he saw, on distant

hilltops, the  yellow  skeletons that would presently be fattened with boards  and paper and  made the

dwellingplace of interlopers. To be  sure, they had as much  right to take government land as had  he or any of

his friendsbut  Andy, being a normally selfish  person, did not think so. 

From one partially built shack three quarters of a mile away  on a  bald ridge which the Happy Family had

passed up because  of its  barrenness and the barrenness of the coulee on the  other side, and  because no one

was willing to waste even a  desert right on that  particular eightyacres, a team and  light buggy came swiftly

toward  him. Andy, trained to quick  thinking, was puzzled at the direction the  driver was taking.  That eighty

acres joined his own west line, and  unless the  driver was lost or on the way to One Man coulee, there was  no

reason whatever for coming this way. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 37



Top




Page No 40


He watched and saw that the team was comin' straight toward  him  over the uneven prairie sod, and at a pace

that  threatened damage to  the buggysprings. Instinctively Andy  braced himself in the saddle. At  a half mile

he knew the  team, and it did not require much shrewdness  to guess at the  errand. He twitched the reins,

turned his spurred  heels  against his horse and went loping over the grassland to meet  the person who drove in

such haste; and the probability that  he was  meeting trouble halfway only sent him the more eagerly  forward. 

Trouble met him with hard, brown eyes and corn yellow hair  blown  in loose strands across cheeks roughened

by the spring  winds and  sunglare of Montana. Trouble pulled up and twisted  sidewise in the  seat and kicked

the heads off some wild  larkspurs with her whip while  her tongue flayed the soul of  Andy Green with

sarcasm. 

"Well, I have found out just how you helped me colonize this  tract, Mr. Green," she began with a hard

inflection under the  smoothness of her voice. "I must compliment you upon your  promptness  and

thoroughness in the matter; for an amateur you  have made a  remarkable showinginin treachery and

deceit.  I really did not  suppose you had it in you." 

"Remember, I told you I might buy in if it looked good to  me,"  Andy reminded her in the mildest tone of

which he was  capableand he  could be as mild as new milk when he chose. 

Florence Grace Hallman looked at him with a lift of her full  upper  lip at the left side. "It does look good,

then? You  told Mr. Graham  and that Mr. Wirt a different story, Mr.  Green. You told them this  land won't

raise white beans, and  you were at some pains, I believe,  to explain why it would  not. You convinced them,

by some means or  other, that the  whole tract is practically worthless for agricultural  purposes. Both Mr. Wirt

and Mr. Graham had some capital to  invest  here, and now they are leaving, and they have  persuaded several

others  to leave with them. Does it really  look good to youthis land  proposition?" 

"Not your propositionno, it don't." Andy faced her with a  Keen  level glance as hard as her own. One could

get the truth  straight from  the shoulder if one pushed Andy Green into a  corner. "You know and I  know that

you're trying to colddeck  this bunch. The land won't raise  white beans or anything else  without water, and

you know it. You can  plant folks on the  land and collect your money and tell 'em goodbye  and go to  itand

that settles your part of it. But how about the poor  devils that put in their time and money?" 

Florence Grace Hallman spread her hands in a limited gesture  because of the reins, and smiled unpleasantly.

"And yet, you  nearly  broke your neck filing on the land yourself and  getting a lot of your  friends to file," she

retorted. "What  was your object, Mr.  Greensince the land is worthless?" 

"My object don't matter to anyone but myself." Andy busied  himself  with his smoking material and did not

look at her. 

"Oh, but it Does! It matters to me, Mr. Green, and to my  company,  and to our clients." 

"I'll have to buy me a new dictionary," Andy observed  casually,  reaching behind him to scratch a match on

the skirt  of his saddle.  "The one I've got don't say anything about  'client' and 'victim'  meaning the same thing.

It's getting  all outa date." 

"I brought enough clients" she emphasized the word" to  settle  every eighty acres of land in that whole

tract. The  policy of the  company was eminently fair. We guaranteed to  furnish a claim of  eighty, acres to

every person who joined  our homeseekers' Club, and  free pasturage to all the stock  they wanted to bring.

Failing to do  that, we pledged  ourselves to refund the fee and pay all return  expenses. We  could have located

every member of this lot, and  moreonly  for YOU." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 38



Top




Page No 41


"Say, it'd be just as easy to swear as to say 'you' in that  tone  uh voice," Andy pointed out placidly. 

"You managed to gobble up just exactly four thousand acres of  this  tractand you were careful to get all the

water and all  the best  land. That means you have knocked us out of fifty  settlements" 

"Fifty wads of coin to hand back to fifty comeons, and fifty  return tickets for fifty fellows glad to get

backtough  luck, ain't  it?" Andy smiled sympathetically. "You oughta be  glad I saved your  conscience that

much of a load, anyway." 

Florence Grace Hallman bit her lip to control her rage.  "Smart  talk isn't going to help you, Mr. Green. You've

simply  placed yourself  in a position you can't' hold. You've put it  up to us to fightand  we're going to do it.

I'm playing fair  with you. I'll tell you this  much: I've investigated you and  your friends pretty thoroughly, and

it's easy to guess what  your object is. We rather expected the Flying  U to fight this  colonization scheme, so

we are neither surprised nor  unprepared. Mr. Green, for your own interest and that of your  employer, let me

advise you to abandon your claims now,  before we  begin action in the matter. It will be simpler, and  far, far

cheaper.  We have our clients to look after, and we  have the law all on our  side. These are bona fide settlers

we  are bringing in; men and women  whose sole object is to make  homes for themselves. The land laws are

pretty strict, Mr.  Green. If we set the wheels in motion they will  break the  Flying U." 

Andy grinned while he inspected his cigarette. "FunnyI  heard a  man brag once about how he'd break the

Flying U, with  sheep," he  drawled. "He didn't connect, though; the Flying U  broke him." He  smoked until he

saw an angry retort parting  the red lips of the lady,  and then continued calmly: 

"The Flying U has got nothing to do with this case. As a  matter of  fact, old man Whitmore is pretty sore at us

fellows  right now, because  we quit him and turned nesters right under  his nose. Miss Hallman,  you'll have

one sweet time proving  that we ain't bona fide settlers.  We're just crazy to make  homes for ourselves. We

think it's time we  settled downand  we're settling here because we're used to this  country. We're  real sorry

you didn't find it necessary to pay your  folks for  the fun of pointing out the land to us and steering us to  the

land officebut we can't help that. We needed the money to  buy  plows." He looked at her full with his

honest, gray eyes  that could so  deceive his fellow mento say nothing of  women. "And that reminds me,

I've got to go and borrow a  garden rake. I'm planting a patch of  onions," he explained  engagingly. "Say, this

farming is a great game,  isn't it?  Well, good day, Miss Hallman. Glad I happened to meet you." 

"You won't be when I get through with you!" predicted the  lady  with her firm chin thrust a little forward.

"You think  you've got  everything your own way, don't you? Well, you've  just simply put  yourself in a

position where we can get at  you. You deceived me from  the very startand now you shall  pay the penalty.

I've got our  clients to protectand besides  that I shall dearly love to get even.  Oh, you'll squeal for  mercy,

believe me!" She touched up the horses  with her whip  and went bumping away over the tough sod. 

"Wow!" ejaculated Andy, looking after her with laughter in  his  eyes. "She's sure one mad lady, all right. But

shucks!"  He turned and  galloped off toward the farthest claim, which  was Happy Jack's and the  last one to be

furnished with a  lawful habitation. 

He was lucky. The Happy Family were foregathered there,  wrangling  with Happy Jack over some trifling

thing. He joined  zealously in the  argument and helped them thrash Happy Jack  in the wordwar, before he

came at his errand. 

"Say, boys, we'll have to get busy now," he told them  seriously at  last. "Florence Grace is onto us bigger'n a

wolfand if I'm any  judge, that lady's going to be some  fighter. We've either got to plow  up a bunch of

ground and  plant some darn thing, or else get stock on  and pasture it.  They ain't going to over look any bets

from now on. I  met her  back here on the bench. She was so mad she talked too much  and I got next to their


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 39



Top




Page No 42


schemeseems like we've knocked the  Syndicate outa quite a bunch of money, all right. They want  this

land, and they think they're going to get it. 

"Now my idea is this: We've got to have stock, or we can't  graze  the land. And if we take Flying U cattle and

throw 'em  on here,  they'll contest us for taking fake claims, for the  outfit. So what's  the matter with us buying

a bunch from the  Old Man?" 

"I'm broke," began Pink promptly, but Andy stopped him. 

"Listen here. ;We buy a bunch of stock and give him mortgages  for  the money, with the cattle for security.

We graze 'em  till the  mortgage runs outtill we prove up, that meansand  then we don't  spot up, and the

Old Man takes the stock back.  see? We're grazing our  own stock, according to lawbut the  outfit" 

"Where do we git off at?" demanded Happy Jack suspiciously.  "We  got to liveand it takes money to buy

grub, these days." 

"Well, we'll make out all right. We can have so many head of  cattle named for the mortgage; there'll be

increase, and we  should  get that. By the time we all prove up we'll have a  little bunch of  stock of our own'

d',uh see? And we'll have  the rangewhat there is  left. These squatters ain't going to  last over winter, if you

ask me.  And it'll be a long, cold  day when another bunch of greenhorns bites  on any colony  scheme." 

"How do you know the Old Man'll do that, though?" Weary  wanted to  know. "He's pretty mad. I rode over to

the ranch  last week to see  Chip, and the Old Man wouldn't have anything  to say to me." 

"Well, what's the matter with all of us going? He can't pass  up  the whole bunch. We can put it up to him just

the way it  is, and he'll  see where it's going to be to his interest to  let us have the cattle.  Why, darn it, he can't

help seeing  now why we quit!" Pink looked ready  to start then, while his  enthusiasm was fresh. 

"Neither can Florence Grace help seeing why we did it," Andy  supplemented dryly. "She can think what she

darn pleasesall  we got  to do is deliver the goods right up to the handle, on  these claims and  not let her

prove anything on us." 

"It'll take a lot uh fencing," Happy Jack croaked  pessimistically.  "We ain't got the money to buy wire and

posts, ner the time to build  the fence." 

"What's the matter with rangherding 'em?" Andy seemed to  have  thought it all out, and to have an answer

for every  objection. "We can  take turns at thatand we must all be  careful and don't let 'em graze  on our

neighbors!" 

Whereat the Happy Family grinned understandingly. 

"Maybe the Old Man'll let us have three or four hundred head  uh  cows on shares," Cal hazarded

optimistically. 

"Can't take 'em that way," said the Native Son languidly. "It  wouldn't be safe. Andy's right; the way to do is

buy the  cattle  outright, and give a mortgage on the bunch. And I  think we better  split the bunch, and let every

fellow buy a  few head. We can graze 'em  togetherthe law can't stop us  from doing that." 

"Sounds goodif the Old Man will come to the centre," said  Weary  dubiously. The chill atmosphere of

Flying U coulee,  with strangers in  the bunkhouse and with the Old Man  scowling at his paper on the  porch,

had left its effect upon  Weary, sunnysouled as he was. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY 40



Top




Page No 43


"Oh, he'll come through," cried Cal, moving toward his horse.  "gee  whiz, he's got to! Come onlet's go and

get it done  with. As it  stands now, we ain't got a thing to do but set  around and look  wiseunless we go

spoiling good grass with  plows. First thing we know  our neighbors will be saying we  ain't improving our

claims!" 

"You improve yours every time you git off it!" stated Happy  Jack  spitefully because of past wrongs. "You

could improve  mine a whole lot  that way, too," he added when he heard the  laugh of approval from the

others. 

They rung all the changes possible upon that witticism while  they  mounted and rode away, every man of

them secretly glad  of some excuse  for making overtures to the Old Man. Spite of  the excitement of  getting on

to their claims, and of watching  strangers driving here and  there in haste, and hauling loads  of lumber

toilfully over the  untracked grass and building  chickencoop dwellings as nearly alike as  the buttons on a new

shirtspite of all that they had felt keenly  their exile  from Flying U ranch. They had stayed away, for two

reasons:  one was a latent stubbornness which made them resent the Old  Man's resentment; the other was a

matter of policy, as  preached by  Andy Green and the Native Son. It would not do,  said these two  cautious

ones, to be running to the Flying U  outfit all the time. 

So the Happy Family had steered clear since that afternoon  when  they had simulated treachery to the outfit.

And fate  played them a  scurvy trick in spite of their caution, for  just as they rode down the  Hog's Back and

across the ford,  Florence Grace Hallman rode away from  the White House and met  them fairly at the stable. 

Florence Grace smiled a peculiar smile as she went past them.  A  smile that promised she would not forget; a

smile that told  them how  sure she felt of having caught them fairly. With the  smile went a  chilly, supercilious

bow that was worse than a  direct cut, and which  the Happy Family returned doubtfully,  not at all sure of the

rules  governing warfare with a woman. 

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE

With the Kid riding gleefully upon Weary's shoulder they  trooped  up the path their own feet had helped wear

deep to  the bunkhouse.  They looked in at the open door and snorted  at the cheerlessness of  the place. 

"Why don't you come back here and stay?" the Kid demanded. "I  was  going to sleep down here with

youand now Doctor Dell  won't let me.  These hobees are no good. They're damn' bone  head. Daddy Chip

says  so. I wish you'd come back, so I can  sleep with you. One man's named  Ole and he's got a funny eye  that

looks at the other one all the time.  I wish you'd come  back." 

The Happy Family wished the same thing, but they did not say  so.  Instead they told the Kid to ask his mother

if he  couldn't come and  visit them in their new shacks, and  promised indulgences that would  have shocked

the Little  Doctor had she heard them. So they went on to  the house,  where the Old Man sat on the porch

looking madder than when  they had left him three weeks before. 

"Why don't yuh run them nesters outa the country?" he  demanded  peevishly when they were close enough for

speech.  "Here they come and  accuse me to my face of trying to defraud  the gov'ment. Doggone you  boys,

what you think you're up to,  anyway? What's three or four  thousand acres when they're  swarming in here like

flies to a  butcherin'? They can't make  a livingserve 'em right. What you  doggone rowdies want  now?" 

Not a cordial welcome, thatif they went no deeper than his  words. But there was the old twinkle back of

the  querulousness in the  Old Man's eyes, and the old pucker of  the lips behind his grizzled  whiskers. "You've

got that  doggone Kid broke to foller yuh so we can't  keep him on the  ranch no more," he added fretfully.


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE 41



Top




Page No 44


"Tried to run away  twice,  on Silver. Chip had to go round him up. Found him last time  pretty near over to

Antelope coulee, hittin' the high places  for  town. Might as well take yuh back, I guess, and save time  running

after the Kid." 

"We've got to hold down our claims," Weary minded him  regretfully.  In three weeks, he could see a

difference the  Old Man, and the change  hurt him. 

Lines were deeper drawn, and the kind old eyes were a shade  more  sunken. 

"What's that amount to?" grumbled the Old Man, looking from  one to  the other under his graying eye brows.

"You can't stop  them  dryfarmers from taking the country. Yuh might as well  try to dip the  Missouri dry with

a bucket. They'll flood the  country with stock" 

"No, they won't," put in Big Medicine, impatient for the real  meat  of their errand. "By cripes, we got a

scheme to beat  thatyou tell  'im, Weary." 

"We want to buy a bunch of cattle from you," Weary said  obediently. "We want to graze our claims, instead

of trying  to crop  the land. We haven't any fence up, so we'll have to  rangeherd our  stock, of course. Idon't

hardly think any  nester stock will get by  us, J. G. And seeing our land runs  straight through from Meeker's

line  fence to yours, we kinda  think we've got the nesters pretty well  corralled. They're  welcome to the range

between Antelope coulee and  Dry Lake,  far as we're concerned. Soon as we can afford it," he added

tranquilly, "we'll stretch a fence along our west line  that'll hold  all the darn milkcows they've a mind to ship

out  here." 

"Huh!" The Old Man studied them quizzically, his chin on his  chest. 

"How many yuh want?" he asked abruptly. 

"All you'll sell us. We want to give mortgages, with the  stock for  security." 

"Oh, yuh do, ay? What if I have to foreclose on yuh?" The  pucker  of his lips grew more pronounced." Where

do you git  off at, then?" 

"Well, we kinda thought we could fix it up to save part of  the  increase outa the wreck, anyway." 

"Oh. That's it ay?" He studied them another minute. "You'll  want  all my best cows, too, I reckonall that

grade stock I  shipped in  last spring. Ay?" 

"We wouldn't mind," grinned Weary, glancing at the others  roosting  at ease along the edge of the porch. 

"Think you could handle fivehundred headthe pick uh the  bunch?" 

"Sure, we could! We'd rather split 'em up amongst us,  thoughlet  every fellow buy so many. We can throw

in  together on the herding." 

"Think you can keep the milkcows between you and Dry Lake,  ay?"  The Old Man chuckledthe first little

chuckle since the  Happy Family  left him so unceremoniously three weeks before.  "How about that,  Pink?" 

"Why, I think we can," chirped Pink cheerfully. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE 42



Top




Page No 45


"Huh! Well, you're the toughest bunch, take yuh up one side  and  down the other, I ever seen keep onta jailI

guess maybe  you can do  it. But lemme tell you boys somethingand I want  you to remember it:  You don't

want to git the idea in your  heads you're going to have any  snap; you ain't. If I know B  from a bull's foot,

you've got your work  cut out for yuh.  I've been keeping cases pretty close on this dryfarm  craze,  and this

stampede for claims. Folks are land crazy. They've  got the idea that a few acres of land is going to make 'em

free and  independentand it don't matter much what the land  is, or where it  is. So long as it's land, and they

can git it  from the government for  next to nothing, they're satisfied.  And yuh want to remember that. Yuh

don't want to take it for  granted they're going to take a look at your  deadline and  back up. If they ship in

stock, they're going to see to  it  that stock don't starve. You'll have to hold off men and  women  that's making

their last stand, some of 'em, for a home  of their own.  They ain't going to give up if they can help  it. You get

a man with  his back agin the wall, and he'll  fight till he drops. I don't need to  tell yuh that." 

The Happy Family listened to him soberly, their eyes staring  broodily at the picture he conjured. 

"Well, by golly, we're makin' our last stand, too," Slim  blurted  with his customary unexpectedness. "Our

back's agin  the wall right  now. If we can't hold 'em back from takin'  what little range is left,  this outfit's going

under. We got  to hold 'em, by golly, er there  won't be no more Flying U." 

"Well," said Andy Green quietly, "that's all right. We're  going to  hold 'em." 

The Old Man lifted his bent head and looked from one to  another.  Pride shone in his eyes, that had lately

stared  resentment. "Yuh know,  don't yuh, the biggest club they can  use?" He leaned forward a little,  his lips

working under his  beard. 

"Sure, we know. We'll look out for that." Weary smiled  hearteningly. 

"We want a good lawyer to draw up those mortgages," put in  the  Native Son lazily. "And we'll pay eight per

cent.  interest." 

"Doggonedest crazy bunch ever I struck," grumbled the Old Man  with  grateful insincerity. "What you fellers

don't think of,  there ain't  any use in mentioning. Oh, Dell! Bring out that  jug Blake sent me!  Doggoned thirsty

bunch out herewon't  stir a foot till they sample  that wine! Got to get rid of 'em  somehowthey claim to be

full uh  business as a jack rabbit  is of fleas! When yuh want to git out and  round up them cows?  Wagon's over

on Dry creek som'ersor ought to be.  Yuh might  take your soogans and ride ove' there tomorrow or next

day  and ketch 'em. I'll write a note to Chip and tell 'im what's  to be  done. And while you're pickin' your bunch

you can draw  wages just the  same as ever, and help them doubledutch  blisterin' milkfed pilgrims  with the

calf crop." 

"We'll sure do that," promised Weary for the bunch. "We can  start  in the morning, all right." 

"Take a taste uh this wine. None of your tobaccojuice stuff;  this  comes straight from Fresno. Senator Blake

sent it the  other day. Fill  up that glass, Dell! What yuh want to be so  doggone stingy fer? Think  this bunch uh

freaks are going to  stand for that? They can't git the  taste outa less'n a pint.  This ain't any doggone livertonic

like you  dope out." 

The Little Doctor smiled understandingly and filled their  glasses  with the precious wine from sunland. She

did not know  what had  happened, but she did know that the Old Man had  seized another  handhold on life in

the last hour, and she  was grateful. She even  permitted the Kid to take a tiny sip,  just because the Happy

Family  hated to see him refused  anything he wanted. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE 43



Top




Page No 46


So Flying U coulee was for the time being filled with the  same old  laughter and the same atmosphere of

carefree  contentment with life.  The Countess stewed uncomplainingly in  the kitchen, cooking dinner for  the

boys. The Old Man  grumbled hypocritically at them from his big  chair, and named  their faults in the tone that

transmuted them into  virtues.  The Little Doctor heard about Miss Allen and her three  partners, who were

building a fourroom shack on the four  corners of  four claims, and how Irish had been caught more  than once

in the act  of staring fixedly in the direction of  that shack. She heard a good  many things, and she guessed a

good many more. 

By mid afternoon the Old Man was fifty per cent brighter and  better than he had been in the morning, and he

laughed and  bullied  them as of old. When they left he told them to clear  out and stay out,  and that if he caught

them hanging around  his ranch, and making it  look as if he were backing them and  trying to defraud the

government,  he'd sic the dog onto them.  Which tickled the Kid immensely, because  there wasn't any dog  to

sic. 

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY

In the softcreeping dusk came Andy Green, slouched in the  saddle  with the weariness of riding since dawn;

slouched to  one side and  singing, with his hat far back on his head and  the last of a red  sunset tinting darkly

the hills above him.  Tiptoe on a pinnacle a  great, yellow star poised and winked  at him knowingly. Andy's

eyes  twinkled answer as he glanced  up that way. "We've got her going,  oldtimer," he announced  lazily to

the star. 

Six miles back toward the edge of the "breaks" which are  really  the beginning of the Badlands that border the

Missouri  River all  through that part of Montana, an even five hundred  head of the Flying  U's best grade cows

and their calves were  settling down for the night  upon a knoll that had been the  bedground of many a herd.

At the  Flying U ranch, in the care  of the Old Man, were the mortgages that  would make the Happy  Family

nominal owners of those five hundred cows  and their  calves. In the morning Andy would ride back and help

bring  the herd upon its spring grazing ground, which was the  claims; in the  meantime he was leisurely

obeying an impulse  to ride into One Man  coulee and spend the night under his own  roof. And, say what you

will,  there is a satisfaction not to  be denied in sleeping sometimes under  one's own roof; and it  doesn't matter

in the least that the roof is  made of prairie  dirt thrown upon cottonwood poles. So he sang while he  rode,  and

his voice boomed loud in the coulee and scared long  stilled  echoes into repeating the song: 

        "We're here because we're here, because we're here,

        because we're here,

        We're here because we're here, because we're here,

        because we're here"

That, if you please, is a song; there are a lot more verses  exactly like this one, which may be sung to the tune

of Auld  Lang  Syne with much effectiveness when one is in a certain  mood. So Andy  sang, while his tired

horse picked its way  circumspectly among the  scattered rocks of the trail up the  coulee. 

        "It's time you're here, it's time you're here,

        It's time that you were here"


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY 44



Top




Page No 47


mocked an echo not of the hills. 

Andy swore in his astonishment and gave his horse a kick as a  mild  hint for haste. He thought he knew every

womanvoice in  the  neighborhoodor had until the colony camebut this  voice, high and  sweet and with a

compelling note that stirred  him vaguely, was  absolutely strange. While he loped forward,  silenced for the

moment,  he was conscious of a swift, keen  thankfulness that Pink had at the  last minute decided to stay  in

camp that night instead of accompanying  Andy to One Man.  He was in that mood when a sentimental

encounter  appealed to  him strongly; and a woman's voice, singing to him from One  Man cabin, promised

undetermined adventure. 

He did not sing again. There had been something in the voice  that  held him quiet, listening, expectant. But

she also was  silent after  that last, high notelike a meadow lark  startled in the middle of his  song, thought

Andy whimsically. 

He came within sight of the cabin, squatting in the shadow of  the  grove at its back. He half expected ,to see a

light, but  the window  was dark, the door closed as he had left it. He  felt a faint,  unreasoning disappointment

that it was so. But  he had heard her. That  high note that lingered upon the word  "here" still tingled his senses.

His eyes sent seeking  glances here and there as he rode up. 

Then a horse nickered welcomingly, and someone rode out from  the  deeper shadow at the corner of the cabin,

hesitated as  though tempted  to flight, and came on uncertainly. They met  full before the cabin,  and the

woman leaned and peered  through the dusk at Andy. 

"Is thisMr. MalloryIrish?" she asked nervously. "Oh dear!  Have  I gone and made a fool of myself

again?" 

"Not at all! Good evening, Miss Allen." Andy folded his hands  upon  the saddle horn and regarded her with a

little smile,  Keen for what  might come next. 

"But you're not Irish Mallory. I thought I recognized the  voice,  or I wouldn't have" She urged her horse a

step  closer, and Andy  observed from her manner that she was not  accustomed to horses. She  reined as if she

were driving, so  that the horse, bewildered, came  sidling up to him. "Who are  you?" she asked him sharply. 

"Me? Why, I'm a nice young mana lot better singer than  Irish. I  guess you never heard him, did you?" He

kept his  hands folded on the  horn, his whole attitude passivea  restful, reassuring passivity that  lulled her

uneasiness more  than words could have done. 

"Oh, are you Andy Green? I seem to connect that name with  your  voiceand what little I can see of you." 

"That's something, anyway." Andy's tone was one of gratitude.  "It's two per cent. better than having to tell

you right out  who I  am. I met you three different times, Miss Allen," he  reproached. 

"But always in a crowd," she defended, "and I never talked  with  you, particularly." 

"Oh, well, that's easily fixed," he said. "It's a nice  night," he  added, looking up appreciatively at the

brightening starsprinkle.  "Are you living on your claim now?  We can talk particularly on the way  over." 

Miss Allen laughed and groped for a few loose hairs, found  them  and tucked them carefully under her

hatcrown. Andy  remembered that  gesture; it helped him to visualize her  clearly in spite of the  deepening

night. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY 45



Top




Page No 48


"How far have you ridden today, Mr. Green?" she asked  irrelevantly. 

"Since daylight, you mean? Not so very far counting milesWe  were  trailing a herd, you see. But I've been

in the saddle  since sunrise,  except when I was eating." 

"Then you want a cup of coffee, before you ride any farther.  If I  get down, will you let me make it or you? I'd

love to.  I'm crazy to  see inside your cabin, but I only rode up and  tried to peek in the  window before you

came. I have two  brothers and a cousin, so I  understand men pretty well and I  know you can talk better when

you  aren't hungry." 

"Are you living on your claim?" he asked again, without  moving. 

"Why, yes. We moved in last week." 

"Well, we'll ride over, then, and you can make coffee there.  I'm  not hungry right now." 

"Oh." She leaned again and peered at him, trying to read his  face.  "You don't WANT me to go in!" 

"Yes, I dobut I don't. If you stayed and made coffee,  tomorrow  you'd be kicking yourself for it, and you'd

be  blaming me." Which,  considering the life he had lived, almost  wholly among men, was rather  astute of

Andy Green. 

"Oh." Then she laughed. "You must have some sisters, Mr.  Green."  She was silent for a minute, looking at

him. "You're  right," she said  quietly then. "I'm always making a fool of  myself, just on the impulse  of the

moment. The girls will be  worried about me, as it is. But I  don't want you to ride any  farther, Mr. Green.

What I came to say need  not take very  long, and I think I can find my way home alone, all  right." 

"I'll take you home when you're ready to go," said Andy  quietly.  All at once he had wanted to shield her, to

protect  her from even so  slight an unconventionality as making his  coffee for him. He had felt  averse to

putting her at odds  with her conventional self, of inviting  unfavorable criticism  of himself; dimly, because

instinct rather than  cold analysis  impelled him. What he had told her was the sum total of  his  formulated

ideas. 

"Well, I'm ready to go now, since you insist on my being  conventional. I did not come West with the

expectation of  being tied  to a book of etiquette, Mr. Green. But I find one  can't get away from  it after all.

Still, living on one's own  claim twelve miles from a  town is something!" 

"That's a whole lot, I should say," Andy assured her  politely, and  refrained from asking her what she expected

to  do with that eighty  acres of arid land. He turned his tired  horse and rode alongside her,  prudently waiting

for her to  give the key. 

"I'm not supposed to be away over here, you know," she began  when  they were near the foot of the bluff up

which the trail  wound seeking  the easiest slopes and avoiding boulders and  deep cuts. "I'm supposed  to be

just out riding, and the girls  expected me back by sundown. But  I've been trying and trying  to find some of

you Flying U boysas they  call you men who  have taken so much landon your claims. I don't know  that

what I could tell you would do you a particle of goodor  anyone  else. But I wanted to tell you, anyway, just

to clear  my own mind." 

"It does lots of good just to meet you," said Andy with  straightforward gallantry. "Pleasures are few and far

between, out  here." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY 46



Top




Page No 49


"You said that very nicely, I'm sure," she snubbed. "Well,  I'm  going to tell you, anywayjust on the chance

of doing  some good."  Then she stopped. 

Andy rode a rod or two, glancing at her inquiringly, waiting  for  her to go on. She was guiding her horse

awkwardly where  it needed only  to be let alone, and he wanted to give her a  lesson in riding. But it  seemed

too early in their  acquaintance for that, so he waited another  minute. 

"Miss Hallman is going to make you a lot of trouble," she  began  abruptly. "I thought perhaps it might be

better for  youall of  youif you knew it in advance, so there would be  no sudden anger and  excitement.

All the settlers are  antagonistic, Mr. Greenall but me,  and one or two of the  girls. They are going to do

everything they can  to prevent  your landscheme from going through. You are going to be  watched

andand your land contested" 

"Well, we'll be right there, I guess, when the dust settles,"  he  filled in her thought unmoved. 

"Ialmost hope so," she ventured. "For my part, I can see  the  sideyour side. I can see where it is very

hard for the  cattle men to  give up their range. It is like the big  plantations down south, when  the slaves were

freed. It had to  be done, and yet it was hard upon  those planters who depended  on free labor. They resented it

deeply;  deeply enough to shed  bloodand that is one thing I dread here. I  hope, Mr. Green,  that you will not

resort to violence. I want to urge  you all  toto" 

"I understand," said Andy softly. "Acourse, we're pretty bad  when  we get started, all right. We're liable to

ride up on  dark nights and  shoot our enemies through the windowI can't  deny it, Miss Allen. And  if it

comes right to a showdown, I  may as well admit that some of us  would think nothing at all  of taking a man

out and hanging him to the  first three we  come to, that was big enough to hold him. But now that  ladies  have

come into the country, acourse we'll try and hold our  tempers down all we can. Miss Hallman, nowI don't

suppose  there's a  man in the bunch that would shoot her, no matter  what she done to us.  We take pride in

being polite to women.  You've read that about us,  haven't you, Miss Allen? And  you've seen us on the

stagewell, it's a  fact, all right.  Bad as we are, and wild and tough, and savage when  we're  crossed, a lady

can just do anything with us, if she goes at  it  the right way." 

"Thank you. I felt sure that you would not harm any of us.  Will  you promise not to be violentnot

toto" 

Andy sat sidewise in the saddle, so that he faced her. Miss  Allen  could just make out his form distinctly; his

face was  quite hidden,  except that she could see the shine of his  eyes. 

"Now, Miss Allen," he protested with soft apology "You musta  known  what to expect when you moved out

amongst us rough  characters. You  know I can make any promises about being mild  with the men that try to

get the best of us. If you've got  friendsbrothersanybody here that  you think a lot of Miss  Allen, I advise

you to send 'em outa the  country, before  trouble breaks loose; because when she starts she'll  start a  popping.

I know I can't answer for my self, what I'm liable  to do if they bother me; and I'm about the mildest one in the

bunch.  What the rest of the boys would doIrish Mallory for  instanceI hate  to think, Miss Allen.

Ihatetothink!" 

Afterwards, when he thought it all over dispassionately, Andy  wondered why he had talked to Miss Allen like

that. He had  not done  it deliberately, just to frighten heryet he had  frightened her to a  certain extent. He

had roused her  apprehension for the safety of her  neighbors and the ultimate  wellbeing of himself and his

fellows. She  had been so  anxious over winning him to more peaceful ways that she  had  forgotten to give him

any details of the coming struggle.  Andy  was sorry for that. He wished, on the way home, that he  knew just

what  Florence Grace Hallman intended to do. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY 47



Top




Page No 50


Not that it mattered greatly. Whatever she did, Andy felt  that it  would be futile. The Happy Family were

obeying the  land laws  implicitly, except as their real incentive had been  an unselfish one.  He could not feel

that it was wrong to try  and save the Flying U; was  not loyalty a virtue? And was not  the taking of land for

the  preservation of a fine, fair  dealing outfit that had made itself a  power for prosperity  and happiness in that

country, a perfectly  laudable  enterprise? Andy believed so. 

Even though they did, down in their deepest thoughts, think  of the  Flying U's interest, Andy did not believe

that  Florence Grace Hallman  or anyone else could produce any  evidence that would justify a contest  for their

land. Though  they planned among themselves for the good of  the Flying U,  they were obeying the law and

the dictates of their  range  conscience and their personal ideas of right and justice and  loyalty to their friends

and to themselves. They were not  conspiring  against the general prosperity of the country in  the hope of great

personal gain. When you came to that, they  were saving fifty men from  bitter disappointmentcounting  one

settler to every eighty acres, as  the Syndicate  apparently did. 

Still, Andy wondered why he had represented himself and his  friends to be such bloodthirsty devils. He

grinned wickedly  over some  of the things he had said, and over her womanly  perturbation and  pleading that

they would spare the lives of  their enemies. Oh,  wellif she repeated half to Florence  Grace Hallman, that

lady would  maybe think twice before she  tackled the contract of boosting the  Happy Family off their  claims.

So at the last he managed to justify  his lying to  her. He liked Miss Allen. He was pleased to think that at  least

she would not forget him the minute he was out of her  sight. 

He went to sleep worrying, not over the trouble which  Florence  Grace Hallman might be plotting to bring

upon him,  but about Miss  Allen's given name and her previous condition  of servitude. He hoped  that she was

not a stenographer, and  he hoped her first name was not  Mary; and if you know the  history of Andy Green

you will remember that  he had a reason  for disliking both the name and the vocation. 

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS

Having nothing more than a general warning of trouble ahead  to  disturb him, Andy rode blithely back down

the coulee and  met the herd  just after sunrise. Dreams of Miss Allen had  left a pleasant mood  behind them,

though the dreams  themselves withdrew behind the veil of  forgetfulness when he  awoke. He wondered what

her first name was. He  wondered how  far Irish's acquaintance with her had progressed, but he  did  not worry

much about Irish. Having represented himself to be  an  exceedingly dangerous man, and having permitted

himself to  be  persuaded into promising reform and a calm demeanorfor  her sakehe  felt tolerably sure of

her interest in him. He  had heard that a woman  loves best the taming of a dangerous  man, and he whistled

and sang and  smiled until the dust of  the coming herd met him full. Since he felt  perfectly sure of  the result,

he hoped that Florence Grace Hallman  would start  something, just so that he might show Miss Allen how

potent  was her influence over a bad, bad man who still has virtues  worth nurturing carefully. 

Weary, riding point on the loitering herd, grinned a wordless  greeting. Andy passed with a casual wave of his

hand and took  his  place on the left flank. From his face Weary guessed that  all was well  with the claims, and

the assurance served to  lighten his spirits. Soon  he heard Andy singing at the top of  his voice, and his own

thoughts  fell into accord with the  words of the ditty. He began to sing also,  whenever he knew  the words.

Farther back, Pink took it up, and then  the others  joined in, until all unconsciously they had turned the

monotonous drive into a triumphal march. 

"They're a little bit rough I must confess, the most of them  at  least," prompted Andy, starting on the second

verse alone  because the  others didn't know the song as well as he. He  waited a second for them  to join him,

and went on extolling  the valor of all true cowboys: 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 48



Top




Page No 51


"But long's you do not cross their trail you can live with  them at  peace. 

"But if you do they're sure to rule, the day you come to  their  land, 

"For they'll follow you up and shoot it out, and do it man to  man." 

"Say, Weary! They tell me Florence Grace is sure hittin' the  warpost! Ain't yuh scared?" 

Weary shook his head and rode forward to ease the leaders  into a  narrow gulch that would cut off a mile or so

of the  journey. 

"Taking 'em up One Man?" called Pink, and got a nod for  answer.  There was a lull in the singing while they

shouted  and swore at these  stubborn cows who would have tried to  break back on the way to a  clover patch,

until the gulch  broadened into an arm of One Man Coulee  itself. It was all  peaceful and easy and just as they

had planned. The  morning  was cool and the cattle contented. They were nearing their  claims, and all that

would remain for them to do was the  holding of  their herd upon the appointed grazing ground. So  would the

requirements of the law be fulfilled and the  machinations of the  Syndicate be thwarted and the land saved  to

the Flying U, all in one. 

And then the leaders, climbing the hill at a point half a  mile  below Andy's cabin, balked, snorted and swung

back.  Weary spurred up  to push them forward, and so did Andy and  Pink. They rode up over the  ridge

shouting and urging the  reluctant cattle ahead, and came plump  into the very dooryard  of a brand new shack.

A man was standing in the  doorway  watching the disturbance his presence had created; when he  saw the

three riders come bulging up over the crest of the  bluff, his  eyes widened. 

The three came to a stop before him, too astonished to do  more  than stare. Once past the fancied menace of

the new  building and the  man, the cattle went trotting awkwardly  across the level, their calves  galloping

alongside. 

"Hello," said Weary at last, "what do you think you're doing  here?" 

"Me? I'm holding down a claim. What are you doing?" The man  did  not seem antagonistic or friendly or even

neutral toward  them. He  seemed to be waiting. He eyed the cattle that kept  coming, urged on by  those who

shouted at them in the coulee  below. He watched them spread  out and go trotting away after  the leaders. 

"Say, when did yuh take this claim?" Andy leaned negligently  forward and looked at him curiously. 

"Oh, a week or so ago. Why?" 

"I just wondered. I took it up myself, four weeks ago. Four  forties I've got, strung out in a line that runs from

here to  yonder.  You've got over on my landby mistake, of course. I  just thought I'd  tell yuh he added

casually, straightening  up, "because I didn't think  you knew it before." 

"Thanks." The man smiled onesidedly and began filling a pipe  while he watched them. 

"Acourse it won't be much trouble to move your shack," Andy  continued with neighborly interest. "A

wheelbarrow will take  it,  easy. Back here on the bench a mile or so, yuh may find a  patch of  ground that

nobody claims." 

"Thanks." The man picked a match from his pocket and striking  it  on the new yellow doorcasing lighted his

pipe. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 49



Top




Page No 52


Andy moved uneasily. He did not like that man, for all he  appeared  so thankful for information. The fellow

had a narrow  forehead and  broad, high cheek bones and a predatory nose.  His eyes were the wrong  shade of

blue and the lids drooped  too much at the outer corners. Andy  studied him curiously.  Did the man know what

he was up against, or did  he not? Was  he sincere in his ready thanks, or was he sarcastic? The  man  looked up

at him then. His eyes were clean of any hidden  meaning,  but they were the wrong shade of bluethe shade

that is opaque and  that you feel hides much that should be  revealed to you. 

"Seems like there's been quite a crop of shacks grown up  since I  rode over this way," Weary announced

suddenly,  returning from a brief  scurry after the leaders, that  inclined too much toward the south in  their

travel. 

"Yes, the country's settling up pretty fast," conceded the  man in  the doorway. 

"Well, by golly!" bellowed Slim, popping up from below on a  heaving horse. Slim was getting fatter every

year, and his  horses  always puffed when they climbed a hill under his  weight. His round  eyes glared

resentfully at the man and the  shack and at the three who  were sitting there so quietly on  their horsesjust as

if they had  ridden up for a friendly  call. "Ain't this shack on your land?" he  spluttered to Andy. 

"Why, yes. It is, just right at present." Andy admitted,  following  the man's example in the matter of a smoke,

except  that Andy rolled  and lighted a cigarette. "He's going to move  it, though." 

"Oh. Thanks." With the onesided smile. 

"Say, you needn't thank ME," Andy protested in his polite  tone.  "YOU'RE going to move it, you know." 

"You may know, but I don't," corrected the other. 

"Oh, that's all right. You may not know right now, but don't  let  that worry yuh. This is sure a great country

for pilgrims  to wise up  in." 

Big Medicine came up over the hill a hundred feet or so from  them;  goggled a minute at the bold trespass and

came loping  across the  intervening space. "Say, by cripes, what's this  mean?" he bawled.  "Claimjumper,

hey? Say, young feller, do  you realize what you're  doingsquattin' down on another  man's land. Don't yuh

know  claimjumpers git shot, out here?  Or lynched?" 

"Oh, cut out all that rough stuff!" advised the man wearily.  "I  know who you are, and what your bluff is

worth. I know you  can't held  a foot of land if anybody is a mind to contest  your claims. I've filed  a contest on

this eighty, here, and  I'm going to hold it. Let that  soak into your minds. I don't  want any troubleI'm even

willing to  take a good deal in the  way of bluster, rather than have trouble. But  I'm going to  stay. See?" He

waved his pipe in a gesture of finality  and  continued to smoke and to watch them impersonally, leaning

against the door in that lounging negligence which is so  irritating  to a disputant. 

"Oh, all rightif that's the way you feel about it," Andy  replied  indifferently, and turned away. "Come on,

boysno  use trying to bluff  that gazabo. He's wise." 

He rode away with his face turned over his shoulder to see if  the  others were going to follow. When he was

past the corner  and therefore  out of the man's sight, he raised his arm and  beckoned to them  imperatively,

with a jerk of his head to add  insistence. The four of  them looked after him uncertainly.  Weary kicked his

horse and started,  then Pink did the same.  Andy beckoned again, more emphatically than  before, and Big

Medicine, who loved a fight as he loved to win a  jackpot,  turned and glared at the man in the doorway as be

passed.  Slim was rumbling bygolly ultimatums in his fat chest when  he came  up. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 50



Top




Page No 53


"Pink, you go on back and put the boys next, when they come  up  with the drag they won't do anything much

but hand out a  few remarks  and ride on." Andy said, in the tone of one who  knows exactly what he  means to

do. "This is my claimjumper.  Chances are I've got three more  to handleor will have.  Nothing like starting

off right. Tell the  boys just rag the  fellow a little and ride on, like we did. Get the  cattle up  here and set Happy

and Slim dayherding and the rest of  us'll  get busy." 

"You wouldn't tell for a dollar, would yuh?" Pi asked him  with his  dimples showing. 

"I've got to think it out first," Andy evaded. feel all the  symptoms of an idea. You let me alone a while." 

"Say, yuh going to tell him he's been found out and yuh know  his  past," began Slim, "like yuh done Dunk?

I'll bet, by  golly" 

"Go on off and lay down!" Andy retorted pettishly. "I never  worked  the same one off on you twice, did I?

Think I'm  getting feebleminded?  It ain't hard to put his nibs on the  runthat's dead easy. Trouble is  I went

and hobbled myself.  I promised a lady I'd be mild." 

"Mamma!" muttered Weary, his sunny eyes taking in the shack  dotted horizon. "Mild!and all these

jumpers on our hands!" 

"Oh, wellthere's more'n one way to kill a cat," Andy  reminded  them cheerfully. "You go on back and post

the boys,  Pink, not to get  too riled." 

He galloped off and left them to say and think what they  pleased.  He was not uneasy over their following his

advice or  waiting for his  plan. For Andy Green had risen rapidly to a  tacit leadership, since  first he told them

of the coming  colony. From being the official  Ananias of the outfit, king  of all jokemakers, chief irritator of

the  bunch, whose  lightest word was suspected of hiding some deep meaning  and  whose most innocent action

was analysed, he had come to the  point  where they listened to him and depended upon him to see  a way out

of  every difficulty. They would depend upon him  now; of that he was  suretherefore they would wait for

his  plan. 

Strange as it may seem, the Happy Family had not seriously  considered the possibility of having their claims

"jumped" so  long as  they kept valid their legal residence. They had  thought that they  would be watched and

accused of collusion  with the Flying U, and they  intended to be extremely careful.  They meant to stay upon

their claims  at least seven months in  the year, which the law required. They meant  to have every  blade of

grass eaten by their own cattle, which would be  counted as improving their claims. They meant to give a

homelike air  of permanency to their dwellings. They had  already talked over a  tentative plan of bringing

water to  their desert claims, and had  ridden over the benchland for  two days, with the plat at hand for

reference, that they  might be sure of choosing their claims wisely.  They had  prepared for every contingency

save the one that had arisen  which is a common experience with us all. They had not  expected that  their

claims would be jumped and contests filed  so early in the game,  as long as they maintained their  residence. 

However, Andy was not dismayed at the turn of events. It was  stimulating to the imagination to be brought

face to face  with an  emergency such as this, and to feel that one must  handle it with  strength and diplomacy

and a mildness of  procedure that would find  favor in the eyes of a girl. 

He looked across the waving grass to where the four roomed  shack  was built upon the four corners of four

"eighties" so  that four women  might live together and yet be said to live  upon their own claims.  That was

drawing the line pretty fine,  of course; finer than the Happy  Family would have dared to  draw it. But no one

would raise any  objection, on account of  their being women and timid about living  alone. Andy smiled

sympathetically because the four conjunctive  corners of the  four claims happened to lie upon a bald pinnacle


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 51



Top




Page No 54


bare  of  grass or shelter or water, even. The shack stood bleakly  revealed  to the four windsbut also it over

looked the  benchland and the  rolling, halfbarren land to the west,  which comprised Antelope Coulee  and

Dry Coulee and several  other goodfornothing coulees capable of  supporting nothing  but coyotes and

prairie dogs and gophers. 

A mile that way Andy rode, and stopped upon the steep side of  a  gulch which was an arm of Antelope

Coulee. He looked down  into the  gulch, searched with his eyes for the stake that  marked the southeast  corner

of the eighty lying off in this  direction from the shack, and  finally saw it fifty yards away  on a bald patch of

adobe. 

He resisted the temptation to ride over and call upon Miss  Allenthe resistance made easier by the hour,

which was  eight  o'clock or thereaboutsand rode back to the others  very well  satisfied with himself and his

plan. 

He found the whole Happy Family gathered upon the level land  just  over his west line, extolling resentment

while they  waited his coming.  Grinning, he told them his plan, and set  them grinning also. He gave  them

certain work to be done, and  watched them scatter to do his  bidding. Then he turned and  rode away upon

business of his own. 

The claimjumper, watching the bench land through a pair of  field  glasses, saw a herd of cows and calves

scattered and  feeding  contentedly upon the young grass a mile or so away.  Two men on  horseback loitered

upon the outer fringe of the  herd. From a distance  hilltop came the staccato sound of  hammers where an other

shack was  going up. Cloud shadows slid  silently over the land, with bright  sunlight chasing after.  Of the other

horsemen who had come up the  bluff with the  cattle, he saw not a sign. So the man yawned and went  in to  his

breakfast. 

Many times that day he stood at the corner of his shack with  the  glasses sweeping the benchland. Toward

noon the cattle  drifted into a  coulee where there was water. In a couple of  hours they drifted  leisurely back

upon high ground and  scattered to their feeding, still  watched and tended by the  two horsemen who looked

the most harmless of  individuals. One  was fat and redfaced and spent at least half of his  time  lying prone

upon some slope in the shade of his horse. The  other  was thin and awkward, and slouched in the saddle or sat

upon the  ground with his knees drawn up and his arms clasped  loosely around  them, a cigarette dangling

upon his lower lip,  himself the picture of  boredom. 

There was nothing whatever to indicate that events were  breeding  in that peaceful scene, and that adventure

was  creeping close upon the  watcher. He went in from his fourth  or fifth inspection, and took a  nap. 

That night he was awakened by a pounding on the side of the  shack  where was his window. By the time he

had reached the  middle of the  floorand you could count the time in seconds  a similar pounding  was at

the door. He tried to open the  door and couldn't. He went to  the window and could see  nothing, although the

night had not been dark  when he went to  bed. He shouted, and there was no reply; nor could he  hear  any

talking without. His name, by the way, was H. J. Owens,  though his name does not matter except for

convenience in  mentioning  him. Owens, then, lighted a lamp, and almost  instantly was forced to  reach out

quickly and save it from  toppling, because one corner of the  shack was lifting,  lifting . . . 

Outside, the Happy Family worked in silence. Before they had  left  One Man Coulee they had known exactly

what they were to  do, and how to  do it. They knew who was to nail the hastily  constructed shutter over  the

window. They knew who was to  fasten the door so that it could not  be opened from within.  They knew also

who were to use the crowbars,  who were to  roll the skids under the shack. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS 52



Top




Page No 55


There were twelve of thembecause Bert Rogers had insisted  upon  helping. In not many more minutes than

there were men,  they were in  their saddles, ready to start. The shack lurched  forward after the  straining

horses. Once it was fairly  started it moved more easily than  you might think it could  do, upon crude runners

made of cottonwood  logs eight inches  or so in diameter and long enough for cross pieces  bolted in  front and

rear. The horses pulled it easily with the ropes  tied to the saddlehorns, just as they had many times pulled

the  roundup wagons across mirey creeks or up steep slopes;  just as they  had many times pulled stubborn

cattle or dead  cattlejust as they had  been trained to pull anything and  everything their masters chose to

attach to their ropes. 

Within, Owens called to them and cursed them. When they had  just  gained an even pace, he emptied his

revolver through the  four sides of  the shack. But he did not know where they were,  exactly, so that he  was

compelled to shoot at random. And  since the five shots seemed to  have no effect whatever upon  the steady

progress of the shack, he  decided to wait until he  could see where to aim. There was no use, he  reflected, in

wasting good ammunition when there was a strong  probability  that he would need it later. 

After a half hour or more of continuous travel, the shack  tilted  on a steep descent. H. J. Owens blew out his

lamp and  swore when a box  came sliding against his shins in the dark.  The descent continued  until it was

stopped with a jolt that  made him bite his tongue  painfully, so that tears came into  the eyes that were the

wrong shade  of blue to please Andy  Green. He heard a laugh cut short and a  muttered command, and  that was

all. The shack heaved, toppled, righted  itself and  went on down, and down, and down; jerked sidewise to the

left, went forward and then swung joltingly the other way.  When  finally it came to a permanent stand it was

sitting with  an almost  level floor. 

Then the four corners heaved upward, two at a time, and  settled  with a final squeal of twisted boards and

nails.  There was a sound of  confused trampling, and after that the  lessening sounds of departure.  Mr. Owens

tried the door  again, and found it still fast. He relighted  the lamp,  carried it to the window and looked upon

rough boards  outside  the glass. He meditated anxiously and decided to remain quiet  until daylight. 

The Happy Family worked hard, that night. Before daylight  they  were in their beds and snoring except the

two who  guarded the cattle.  Each was in his own cabin. His horse was  in his corral, smoothcoated  and dry.

There was nothing to  tell of the night's happenings,nothing  except the satisfied  grins on their faces when

they woke and  remembered. 

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND

PAINFULLY REMOVED

"I'm looking rather seedy now, while holding down my

     claim,

And my grub it isn't always served the best,

And the mice play shyly round me as I lay me down to rest In

my little old sod shanty on my claim.

Oh, the hinges are of leather and the windows have no glass,

And the roof it lets the howling blizzards in,

And I hear the hungry kiote as he sneaks up through


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 53



Top




Page No 56


grass

"Say! have they got down the hill yet, Pink;"  Pink took his  cigarette from his fingers, leaned  and peered

cautiously through the  grimy window. "Unhhuh.  They're coming up the flat." 

Whereupon Andy Green, ostentatiously washing his  breakfast dishes,  skipped two or three verses and lifted

his voice in song to fit the  occasion. 

"How I wish that some kindhearted girl would pity on me

        take,

And relieve me of the mess that I am in!

Oh, the angel, how I'd bless her if her home with me she'd

        make,

In my little old sod shanty

"Got her yet?" And he craned his neck to look. "Aw, they've  pulled  up, out there, listening!" 

"My clothes are plastered o'er with dough, I'm looking like a

        fright,

And everything is scattered round the room"

"Why don't yuh stop that caterwauling?" Pink demanded  fretfully.  "You'll queer the whole play if you keep it

up.  They'll swear you're  drunk!" 

There was sense in that. Andy finished the line about  remaining  two happy lovers in his little old sod shanty,

and  went to the door  with the dishpan. He threw out the water,  squeezed the dishrag in one  hand and gave the

inside of the  pan a swipe before he appeared to  discover that Miss Allen  and Florence Grace Hallman were

riding up to  his door. As a  matter of fact, he had seen them come over the top of  the  bluff and had long ago

guessed who they were. 

He met them with a smile of surprised innocence, and invited  them  inside. They refused to come, and even

Miss Allen showed  a certain  reproachful coolness toward him. Andy felt hurt at  that, but he did  not manifest

the fact. Instead he informed  them that it was a fine  morning. And were they out taking a  look around? 

They were. They were looking up the men who had perpetrated  the  outrage last night upon four settlers. 

"Outrage?" Andy tilted the dishpan against the cabin wall,  draped  the dishrag over the handle and went

forward, pulling  down his  sleeves. "What outrage is that, Miss Hallman?  Anybody killed?" 

Miss Hallman watched him with her narrowed glance. She saw  the  quick glance he gave Miss Allen, and her

lids narrowed  still more. So  that was it! But she did not swerve from her  purpose, for all this  unexpected

thrust straight to the heart  of her selflove. 

"You know that no one was killed. But you damaged enough  property  to place you on the wrong side of the

law, Mr.  Green. Not one of those  shacks can be gotten out of the gulch  except in pieces!" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 54



Top




Page No 57


Andy smiled inside his soul, but his face was bewildered; his  eyes  fixed themselves blankly upon her face.

"Me? Damaging  property? Miss  Hallman, you don't know me yet! "Which was  perfectly true. "What  shacks

are you talking about? In what  gulch? All the shacks I've seen  so far have been stuck up on  bald pinnacles

where the blizzards will  hit 'em coming and  going next winter." He glanced again at Miss Allen  with a  certain

sympathetic foretaste of what she would suffer next  winter if she stayed in her shack. 

"Don't try to play innocent, Mr. Green." Florence Grace  Hallman  drew her brows together. "We all know

perfectly well  who dragged those  shacks off the claims last night." 

"Don't you mean that you think you know? I'm afraid you've  kinda  taken it for granted I'd be mixed up in any

deviltry  you happened to  hear about. I've got in bad with youI know  thatbut just the same,  I hate to be

accused of everything  that takes place in the country.  All this is sure interesting  news to me. Whereabouts

was they taken  from? And when, and  where to? Miss Allen, you'll tell me the straight  of this,  won't you? And

I'll get my hoss and you'll show me what gulch  she's talking about, won't you?" 

Miss Allen puckered her lips into a pout which meant  indecision,  and glanced at Florence Grace Hallman.

And Miss  Hallman frowned at  being shunted into the background and  referred to as she, and set her  teeth into

her lower lip. 

"Miss Allen prefers to choose her own company," she said with  distinct rudeness. "Don't try to wheedle

heryou can't do  it. And  you needn't get your horse to ride anywhere with us,  Mr. Green. It's  useless. I just

wanted to warn you that  nothing like what happened  last night will be tolerated. We  know all about you

Flying U menyou  Happy Family." She said  it as if she were calling them something  perfectly  disgraceful.

"You may be just as tough and bad a you  please  you can't frighten anyone into leaving the country or into

giving up one iota of their rights. I came to you because you  are  undoubtedly the ringleader of the gang."

She accented  gang. "You  ought to be shot for what you did last night. And  if you keep on"  She left the

contingency to his  imagination. 

"Well, if settling up the country means that men are going to  be  shot for going to bed at dark and asleeping

till sunup,  all I've got  to say is that things ain't like they used to  be. We were all plumb  peaceful here till

your colony came,  Miss Hallman. Why, the sheriff  never got out this way often  enough to know the trails! He

always had  to ask his way  around. If your bunch of town mutts can't behave  themselves  and leave each other

alone, I don't know what's to be done  about it. We ain't hired to keep the peace." 

"No, you've been hired to steal all the land you can and make  all  the trouble you can. We understand that

perfectly." 

Andy shook his head in meek denial, and with a sudden impulse  turned toward the cabin. "Oh, Pink!" he

called, and brought  that  boyishfaced young man to the door, his eyes as wide and  as pure as  the eyes of a

child. 

Pink lifted his hat with just the proper degree of confusion  to  impress the girls with his bashfulness and his

awe of  their presence.  His eyes were the same pansypurple as when  the Flying U first made  tumultuous

acquaintance with him.  His apparent innocence had  completely fooled the Happy  Family, you will remember.

They had called  him Mamma's Little  Lamb and had composed poetry and horrific personal  history  for his

benefit. The few years had not changed him. His hair  was still yellow and curly. The dimples still dodged into

his  cheeks  unexpectedly; he was still much like a stick of  dynamite wrapped in  white tissue and tied with a

ribbon. He  looked an angel of innocence,  and in reality he was a little  devil. 

Andy introduced him, and Pink bowed and had all the  appearance of  blushingthough you will have to ask

Pink how  he managed to create  that optical illusion. "What did you  want?" he asked in his soft,  girlish voice,


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 55



Top




Page No 58


turning to Andy  bashfully. But from the corner of his  eye Pink saw that a  little smile of remembrance had

come to soften  Miss  Hallman's angry features, and that the other girl was smiling  also. Pink hated that

attitude of pleasant patronage which  women were  so apt to take toward him, but for the present it  suited his

purpose  to encourage it. 

"Pink, what time was it when we went to bed last night?"  Andy  asked him in the tone of one who wished to

eliminate all  doubt of his  virtue. 

"Whyit was pretty early. We didn't light the lamp at all,  you  remember. You went to bed before I didwe

couldn't see  the cards"  He stopped confusedly, and again he gave the two  women the impression  that he

blushed. "We weren't playing for  money," he hurriedly  explained. "Just for pastime. It's  pretty

lonesomesometimes." 

"Somebody did something to somebody last night," Andy  informed  Pink with a resentful impatience. "Miss

Hallman  thinks we're the  guilty partiesme in particular, because  she don't like me. It's  something about

some shacksdamaging  property, she called it. Just  what was it you said was done,  Miss Hallman?" He

turned his honest,  gray eyes toward her and  met her suspicious look steadily. 

Miss Hallman bit her lip. She had been perfectly sure of the  guilt  of Andy Green, and of the others who were

his friends.  Now, in spite  of all reason she was not so sure. And there  had been nothing more  tangible than

two pairs of innocent  looking eyes and the  irreproachable manners of two men to  change her conviction. 

"Well, I naturally took it for granted that you did it," she  weakened. "The shacks were moved off  eighties that

you have filed  upon, Mr. Green. Mr. Owens told  me this morning that you men came by  his place and

threatened  him yesterday, and ordered him to move. No  one else would  have any object in molesting him or

the others." Her  voice  hardened again as her mind dwelt upon the circumstances. "It  must have been you!"

she finished sharply. 

Whereupon Pink gave her a distressed look that made Miss  Hallman  flush unmistakably. "I'm just about

distracted, this  morning," she  apologized. "I took it upon myself to see these  settlers throughand  everybody

makes it just as hard as  possible for me. Why should all you  fellows treat us the way  you do? We" 

"Why, we aren't doing a thing!" Pink protested diffidently.  "We  thought we'd take up some claims and go to

ranching for  ourselves,  when we got discharged from the Flying U. We  didn't mean any  harmeverybody's

taking up claims. We've  bought some cattle and we're  going to try and get ahead, like  other folks. WeI

wanted to cut out  all this wildness" 

"Are those your cattle up on the hill? Some men shipped in  four  carloads of young stock, yesterday, to Dry

Lake. They  drove them out  here intending to turn them on the range, and  a couple of men" 

"Four men," Miss Allen corrected with a furtive twinkle in  her  eyes. 

"Some men refused to let them cross that big coulee back  there.  They drove the cattle back toward Dry Lake,

and told  Mr. Simmons and  Mr. Chase and some others that they shouldn't  come on this bench back  here at

all. That was another thing I  wanted to see you men about." 

"Maybe they were going to mix their stock up with ours," Pink  ventured mildly. 

"Your men shot, and shot, and shotthe atmosphere up there  is  shot so full of holes that the wind just

whistles  through!" Miss Allen  informed then gravely, with her eyebrows  all puckered together and the  furtive

little twinkle in her  eyes. "And they yelled so that we could  hear them from the  house! They made those poor


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 56



Top




Page No 59


cows and those poor,  weenty  calves just go trotting back across the coulee. My new book  on  farming says

you positively must not hurry cattle. Itoh,  it does  something to the butterfatjoggles it all up or

somethingI'll lend  you the book. I found the chapter on  Proper Treatment of Dairy Stock,  and I watched

those men with  the book in my hands. Why, it was  terribly unscientific, the  way they drove those

cowcritters!" 

"I'll come over and get the book," Andy promised her, with a  look  in his eyes that displeased Miss Hallman

very much.  "We're ashamed of  our ignorance. We'd like to have you learn  us what's in the book." 

"I will. And every weekjust think of that! I'm to get a  real  farm paper." 

"I'd like to borrow the paper too," Andy declared instantly. 

"Oh, andwhat's going to be done about all those bullet  holes?  Theythey might create a draught" 

"We'll ride around that way and plug 'em up," Andy assured  her  solemnly. "Whenever you've got time to

show me about  where they're  at." 

"It will be a pleasure. I can tell where they are, but  they're too  high for me to reach. Wherever the wind

whistles  there's a hole in the  atmosphere. And there are places where  the air just quivers, so you  can see it.

That is the shock  those bold, bad men gave it with the  words they used. They  usedwords, Mr. Green! If

we could scheme  some way to pull  out all those wrinklesI do love a nice, clean,  smooth  atmosphere where

I live. It's so wrinkly" 

"I'll attend to all that, right away." 

Miss Hallman decided that she had nothing further to say to  Mr.  Green. She wheeled her horse rather

abruptly and rode off  with a curt  goodbye. Miss Allen, being new at the business of  handling a horse,  took

more time in pulling her mount around.  While her back was turned  to Florence Grace and her face was  turned

toward Pink and Andy, she  gave them a twinkling glance  that had one lowered eyelid to it,  twisted her lips,

and  spoke sharply to her horse. They might make of  it what they  would. Florence Grace looked back

impatientlyperhaps  suspiciously alsoand saw Miss Allen coming on with docile  haste. 

So that ended the interview which Miss Hallman had meant to  be so  impressive. A lot of nonsense that left a

laugh behind  and the idea  that Miss Allen at least did not disapprove of  harassing  claimjumpers. Andy

Green was two hundred per cent.  more cheerful  after that, and his brain was more active and  his

determination more  fixed. For all that he stared after  them thoughtfully. 

"She winked at usif I've got eyes in my head. What do you  reckon  she meant, Pink?" he asked when the

two riders had  climbed over the  ridge. "And what she said about the bold,  bad men shooting holes that  have

to be plugged upand about  liking a nice, smooth atmosphere? Do  you suppose she meant  that it's liable to

take bold, bad men to clean  the  atmosphere, or" 

"What difference does it make what she meant? There's jumpers  lefttwo on Bud's placeand he's

oaryeyed over it, and was  going  to read 'em the riot act proper, when I left to come  over here. And a  couple

of men drove onto that south eighty  of Mig's with a load of  lumber, just as I come by. Looks to  me like we've

got our hands full,  Andy. There'll be holes to  plug up somewhere besides in the  atmosphere, if you ask me." 

"Long as they don't get anything on us I ain't in the state  of  mind where I give a darn. That little browneyed

Susan'll  keep us  posted if they start anything newwhat did she mean  by that wink, do  you reckon?" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 57



Top




Page No 60


"Ah, don't get softening of the emotions," Pink advised  impatiently. "That's the worst thing we've got to steer

clear  of,  Andy! All them women in the game is going to make it four  times as  hard to stand 'em off. Irish is

foolish over this  one you're gettin'  stuck onyou'll be fighting each other,  if you don't look out. That

Florence Grace lady ain't so  slowshe's going to use the women to  keep us fellows  guessing. 

Andy sighed. "We can block that play, of course," he said.  "Come  on, Pink. let's go round up the boys and see

what's  been taking place  with them cattle. Shipped in four carloads  already, have they?" He  began pulling on

his chaps rather  hurriedly. "Worst of it is, you  can't stampede a bunch of  darned tame cows, either," he

complained. 

They found Irish and the Native Son on dayherd, with the  cattle  scattered well along the western line of the

claims.  Big Medicine,  Weary, Cal Emmett and Jack Bates were just  returning from driving the  settlers' stock

well across  Antelope Coulee which had been decided  upon as a hypothetical  boundary line until such time as

a fence could  be built. 

They talked with the dayherders, and they talked with the  other  four. Chip came up from the ranch with the

Kid riding  proudly beside  him on Silver, and told them that the  Honorable Mr. Blake was at the  Flying U and

had sent word  that he would be pleased to take the legal  end of the fight,  if the Happy Family so desired.

Which was in itself  a vast  encouragement. The Honorable Blake had said that they were  well within their

rights thus far, and advised them to permit  service  of the contest notices, and to go calmly on  fulfilling the

law. Which  was all very well as far as it  went, providing they were permitted to  go on calmly. 

"What about them cattle they're trying to git across our  land?"  Slim wanted to know. "We got a right to keep

'em off,  ain't we?" 

Chip said that he thought they had, but to make sure, he  would ask  the Honorable Blake. Trespassing, he said,

might be  avoided 

Right there Andy was seized with an idea. He took Chip  because  of his artistic talents which, he said, had

been  plumb wasted  latelyto one side. After wards they departed  in haste, with Pink and  Weary galloping

close at their heels.  In a couple of hours they  returned to the boundary where the  cattle still fed all scattered

out  in a long line, and behind  them drove Pink and Weary in the one wagon  which the Family  possessed. 

"It oughta help some," grinned Andy, when the Native Son came  curiously over to see what it was they were

erecting there on  the  prairie. "It's a fair warning, and shows 'em where to  head in at." 

The Native Son read the sign, which was three feet long and  stood  nailed to two posts ready for planting

solidly in the  earth. He showed  his even, white teeth in a smile of  approval. "Back it up, and it  ought to do

some good," he  said. 

They dug holes and set the posts, and drove on to where they  meant  to plant another sign exactly like the first.

That day  they planted  twelve signboards along their west line. They  might not do any good,  but they were a

fair warning and as  such were worth the trouble. 

That afternoon Andy was riding back along the line when he  saw a  rider pull up at the first sign and read it

carefully.  He galloped in  haste to the spot and found that his  suspicions were correct; it was  Miss Allen. 

"Well," she said when he came near, "I suppose that means me.  Does  it?" She pointed to the sign, which read

like this: 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED 58



Top




Page No 61


WARNING ! !  N0 TRESPASSING EAST OF HERE  All Shacks, LiveStock  and Pilgrims Promptly  AND

Painfully Removed From These Premises 

"I'm over the line," she notified him, pulling her horse  backward  a few feet. "You're getting awfully

particular,  seems to me. Oh, did  you know that a lot of men are going to  play it's New Year's Eve and  hold

watch meetings tonight?" 

"Never heard a word about it," he declared truthfully, and  waited  for more. 

"That's not strangeseeing it's a surprise party. StillI'm  sure  you are expected toattend." 

"And where is all this to take place?" Andy looked at her  intently, smiling a little. 

"Oh, over thereand thereand there." She pointed to three  new  shacksthe official dwellings of certain

contestants."  Stag parties,  they are, I believe. But I doubt if they'll  have any very exciting  time; most of these

new settlers are  too busy getting the ground ready  for crops, to go to  parties. Some people are pretty

disgusted, I can  tell you,  Mr. Green. Some people talk about ingratitude and wonder why  the colony doesn't

hang together better. Some people even  wonder why  it is that folks are interested mainly in their  own affairs,

and  decline to attend watch meetings and  receptions. So I'm afraid very  few, except your nearest

neighbors, will be present, after all might I  ask when you  expect toto MOVE again, Mr. Green?" 

Smiling still, Andy shook his head. "I expect to be pretty  busy  this spring," he told her evasively. "Aren't any

of you  ladies invited  to those parties, Miss Allen?" 

Not a one. But let me tell you something, Mr. Green. Some  folks  think that perhaps we ladysettlers ought to

organize a  club for the  well being of our intellects. Some folks are  trying to get up parties  just for

womensee the point? They  think it would be better for  theatmosphere." 

"Oh." Andy studied the possibilities of such a move. If  Florence  Grace should set the women after them, he

could see  how the Happy  Family would be hampered at every turn. "Well,  I must be going. Say,  did you

know this country is full of  wild animals, Miss Allen? They  prowl around nights. And  there's a gang of wild

men that hang out up  there in those  mountainsthey prowl around nights, too. They're  outlaws.  They kill off

every sheriff's party that tries to round them  up, and they kidnap children and ladies. If you should hear  any

disturbance, any time, don't be scared. Just stay inside  after dark  and keep your door locked. And if you

should  organize that ladies'  club, you better hold your meetings in  the afternoon, don't you  think?" 

When he had ridden on and left her, Andy was somewhat ashamed  of  such puerile falsehoods. But then, she

had started the  allegorical  method of imparting advice, he remembered. So  presently went whistling  to round

up the boys and tell them  what he had learned. 

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE

Big Medicine with Weary and Chip to bear him company, rode up  to  the shack nearest his own, which had

been hastily built by  a rawboned  Dane who might be called truly Americanized. Big  Medicine did not  waste

time in superfluities or in making  threats of what he meant to  do. He called the Dane to the

doorclaimjumpers were keeping close  to their cabins, these  daysand told him that he was on another

man's  land, and  asked him if he meant to move. 

"Sure I don't intend to move!" retorted the Dane with  praiseworthy  promptness. "I'm going to hold 'er down

solid." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 59



Top




Page No 62


"Yuh hear what says, boys." Big Medicine turned to his  companions  "He ain't going to git off'n my land, he

says.  Weary, yuh better go  tell the bunch I need'em." 

Weary immediately departed. He was not gone so very long, and  when  he returned the Happy Family was

with him, even to Patsy  who drove the  wagon with all the ease of a veteran of many  roundups. The Dane tried

bluster, but that did not seem to  work. Nothing seemed to work, except  the Happy Family. 

There in broad daylight, with no more words than were  needful,  they moved the Dane, and his shack. When

they began  to raise the  building he was so unwise as to flourish a gun,  and thereby made it  perfectly right and

lawful that Big  Medicine should take the gun away  from him and march him  ahead of his own fortyfive. 

They took the shack directly past one of the trespassing  signs,  and Big Medicine stopped accommodatingly

while the  Dane was permitted  to read the sign three times aloud. That  the Dane did not seem truly

appreciative of the privilege was  no fault of Big Medicine's, surely.  They went on, skidding  the little building

sledlike over the uneven  prairie. They  took it down into Antelope Coulee and left it there,  right  side up and

with not even a pane of glass broken in the  window. 

"There, darn yuh, live there awhile!" Andy gritted to when  the  timbers were withdrawn from beneath the

cabin and they  were ready to  leave. "You can't say we damaged your  propertythis time. Come back,  and

there's no telling what  we're liable to do." 

Since Big Medicine kept his gun, the Dane could do nothing  but  swear while he watched them ride up the hill

and out of  sight. 

They made straight for the next interloper, remarking  frequently  that it was much simpler and easier to do

their  moving in daylight.  There they had an audience, for Florence  Grace rode furiously up just  as they were

getting under way.  The Happy Family spoke very nicely to  Florence Grace, and  when she spoke very sharply

to them they were  discreetly hard  of hearing and became absorbed in their work. 

Several settlers came before that shack was moved, but they  only  stood around and talked among themselves,

and were  careful not to get  in the way or to hinder, and to lower  their voices so that the Happy  Family need

not hear unless  they chose to listen. 

So they slid that shack into the coulee, righted it carefully  and  left it therewhere it would be exceedingly

difficult to  get it out,  by the way; since it is much easier to drag a  building down hill than  up, and the steeper

the hill and the  higher, the greater the  difference. 

They loaded the timbers into the wagon and methodically on to  the  next shack, their audience increased to a

couple of dozen  perturbed  settlers. The owner of this particular shack,  feeling the strength of  numbers behind

him, was disposed to  argue the point. 

"Oh, you'll sweat for this!" he shouted impotently when the  Happy  Family was placing the timbers. 

"Ah, git outa the way!" said Andy, coming toward him with a  crowbar. "We're sweating now, if that makes

yuh feel any  better." 

The man got out of the way, and went and stood with the group  of  onlookers, and talked vaguely of having

the law on them  whatever he  meant by that. 

By the time they had placed the third shack in the bottom of  the  coulee, the sun was setting. They dragged the

timbers up  the steep  bluff with their ropes and their saddlehorses,  loaded them on to the  wagon and threw


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 60



Top




Page No 63


the crowbars and  rolling timbers in, and turned to  look curiously and  unashamed at their audience. Andy, still

tacitly  their  leader, rode a few steps forward. 

"That'll be all today," he announced politely. "Except that  load  of lumber back here on the bench where it

don't belong  we aim to  haul that over the line. Seeing your considerable  interest in our  affairs, I'll just say

that we filed on our  claims according to law,  and we're living on 'em according to  law. Till somebody proves

in  court that we're not, there  don't any shack, or any stock, stay on our  side the line any  longer than it takes to

get them off. There's the  signs,  folksread 'em and take 'em to heart. You can go home now.  The show's

over." 

He lifted his hat to the womenand there were several now  and  went away to join his fellows, who had

ridden on slowly  till he might  overtake them. He found Happy Jack grumbling  and predicting evil, as  it was

his nature to do, but he  merely straightened his aching back  and laughed at the  prophecies. 

"As I told you before, there's more than one way to kill a  cat,"  he asserted tritely but never the less

impressively.  "Nobody can say  we wasn't mild; and nobody can say we hadn't  a right to get those

chickencoops off our land. If you ask  me, Florence Grace will have to  go some now if she gets the  best of the

deal. She overlooked a bet. We  haven't been  served with any contest notices yet, and so we ain't  obliged  to

take their sayso. Who's going to stand guard tonight?  We've got to stand our regular shifts, if we want to

keep  ahead of  the game. I'm willing to be It. I'd like to make  sure they don't slip  any stock across before

daylight." 

"Say, it's lucky we've got a bunch of boneheads like them to  handle," Pink observed thankfully. Would a

bunch of natives  have  stood around like that with their hands in their pockets  and let us  get away with the

moving job? Not so you could  notice!" 

"What we'd better do," cut in the Native Son without any  misleading drawl, "is try and rustle enough money

to build  that  fence." 

"That's right," assented Cal. "Maybe the Old Man" 

"We don't go to the Old Man for so much as a bacon rind!"  cried  the Native Son impatiently. "Get it into your

systems,  boys, that  we've got to ride away around the Flying U. We  ought to be able to  build that fence, all

right, without help  from anybody. Till we do  we've got to hang and rattle, and  keep that nester stock from

getting  past us. I'll stand guard  till midnight." 

A little more talk, and some bickering with Slim and Happy  Jack,  the two chronic kickers, served to knock

together a  fair working  organization. Weary and Andy Green were  informally chosen joint  leaders, because

Weary could be  depended upon to furnish the mental  ballast for Andy's  imagination. Patsy was told that he

would have to  cook for  the outfit, since he was too fat to ride. They suggested that  he begin at, once, by

knocking together some sort of supper.  Moving  houses, they declared, was work. They frankly hoped  that

they would  not have to move many moreand they were  very positive that they  would not be compelled to

move the  same shack twice, at any rate. 

"Say, we'll have quite a collection of shacks down in  Antelope  Coulee if we keep on," Jack Bates reminded

them.  "Wonder where they'll  get water?" 

"Where's the rest of them going to get water?" Cal Emmett  challenged the crowd. "There's that spring the

four women up  here  pack water frombut that goes dry in August. And  there's the  creekthat goes dry too.

On the dead, I feel  sorry for the womenand  so does Irish," he added dryly. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 61



Top




Page No 64


Irish made an uncivil retort and swung suddenly away from the  group. "I'm going to ride into town, boys," he

announced  curtly.  "I'll be back in the morning and go on dayherd." 

"Maybe you will and maybe you won't," Weary amended somewhat  impatiently. "This is certainly a poor

time for Irish to  break out,"  he added, watching his double go galloping toward  the town road. 

"I betche he comes back full and tries to clean out all them  nesters," Happy Jack predicted. For once no one

tried to  combat his  pessimismfor that was exactly what every one of  them believed would  happen. 

"He's stayed sober a long whilefor him," sighed Weary, who  never  could quite shake off a sense of

responsibility for the  moral  defections of his kinsman. "Maybe I better go along and  ride herd on  him." Still,

he did not go, and Irish presently  merged into the dusky  distance. 

As is often the case with a family's black sheep, his  intentions  were the best, even though they might have

been  considered unorthodox.  While the Happy Family took it for  granted that he was gone because an  old

thirst awoke within  him, Irish was thinking only of the welfare of  the outfit. He  did not tell them, because he

was the sort who does not  prattle of his intentions, one way or the other. If he did  what he  meant to do there

would be time enough to explain; if  he failed there  was nothing to be said. 

Irish had thought a good deal about the building of that  fence,  and about the problem of paying for enough

wire and  posts to run the  fence straight through from Meeker's south  line to the north line of  the Flying U. He

had figured the  price of posts and the price of wire  and had come somewhere  near the approximate cost of the

undertaking.  He was not at  all sure that the Happy Family had faced the actual  figures  on that proposition.

They had remarked vaguely that it was  going to cost some money. They had made casual remarks about

being  broke personally and, so far as they knew, permanently. 

Irish was hotheaded and impulsive to a degree. He was given  to  occasional tumultuous sprees, during which

he was to be  handled with  extreme careor, better still, left entirely  alone until the spell  was over. He looked

almost exactly like  Weary, and yet he was almost  his opposite in disposition.  Weary was optimistic,

peaceloving,  steady as the sun above  him except for a little surfacebubbling of  fun that kept him  sunny

through storm and calm. You could walk all  over Weary  figuratively speakingbefore he would show

resentment.  You  could not step very close to Irish without running the risk  of  consequences. That he should,

under all that, have a  streak of  calculating, hardheaded business sense, did not  occur to them. 

They rode on, discussing the present situation and how best  to  meet it; the contingencies of the future, and

how best to  circumvent  the active antagonism of Florence Grace Hallman  and the colony for  which she stood

sponsor. They did not  dream that Irish was giving his  whole mind to solving the  problem of raising money to

build that  fence, but that is  exactly what he was doing. 

Some of you at least are going to object to his method. Some  of  youthose of you who live west of the big

riverare  going to  understand his point of view, and you will recognize  his method as  being perfectly

logical, simple, and altogether  natural to a man of  his temperament and manner of life. It is  for you that I am

going to  relate his experiences. Sheltered  readers, readers who have never  faced life in the raw,  readers who

sit down on Sunday mornings with a  mind purged of  worldly thoughts and commit to memory a "golden text"

which  they forget before another Sunday morning, should skip the  rest  of this chapter for the good of their

morals. The rest  is for you men  who have kicked up alkali dust and afterwards  washed out the memory in

town; who have gone broke between  starlight and sun; who know the ways  of punchers the West  over, and

can at least sympathize with Irish in  what he meant  to do that night. 

Irish had been easing down a corner of the last shack, with  his  back turned toward three men who stood

looking on with  the detached  interest which proved they did not own this  particular shack. One was  H. J.


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 62



Top




Page No 65


OwensI don't think you have  met the others. Irish had not. He  had overheard this scrap of  conversation

while he worked: 

"Going to town tonight?" 

"Guess soI sure ain't going to hang out on this prairie any  more  than I have to. You going?" 

"YeesI think I will. I hear there's been some pretty  swift  games going, the last night or two. A fellow in

that  last bunch  Florence rounded up made quite a clean up last  night." 

"That so. let's go on in. This claimholding gets my goat  anyway.  I don't see where" 

That was all Irish heard, but that was enough. 

Had he turned in time to catch the wink that one speaker gave  to  the other, and the sardonic grin that

answered the lowered  eyelid, he  would have had the scrap of conversation properly  focused in his mind,  and

would not have swallowed the bait as  greedily as he did. But we  all make mistakes. Irish made the  mistake of

underestimating the  cunning of his enemies. 

So here he was, kicking up the dust on the town trail just as  those three intended that he should do. But that

he rode  alone  instead of in the midst of his fellows was not what the  three had  intended; and that he rode with

the interest of his  friends foremost  in his mind was also an unforeseen element  in the scheme. 

Irish did not see H. J. Owens anywhere in townnor did he  see  either of the two men who had stood behind

him. But there  was a poker  game running in Rusty Brown's back room, and  Irish immediately sat in  without

further investigation. Bert  Rogers was standing behind one of  the players, and gave Irish  a nod and a wink

which may have had many  meanings. Irish  interpreted it as encouragement to sail in and clean  up the  bunch. 

There was money enough in sight to build that fence when he  sat  down. Irish pulled his hat farther over his

eyebrows,  rolled and  lighted a cigarette while he waited for that  particular jackpot to be  taken, and covertly

sized up the  players. 

Every one of them was strange to him. But then, the town was  full  of strangers since Florence Grace and her

Syndicate  began to reap a  harvest off the open country, so Irish merely  studied the faces  casually, as a matter

of habit They were  nesters, of coursereal or  prospective. They seemed to have  plenty of moneyand it

was eminently  fitting that the Happy  Family's fence should be built with nester  money. 

Irish had in his pockets exactly eighteen dollars and fifty  cents. He bought eighteen dollars' worth of chips

and began  to play.  Privately he preferred stud poker to draw, but he  was not going to  propose a change; he

felt perfectly  qualified to beat any three  pilgrims that ever came West. 

Four hands he played and lost four dollars. He drank a glass  of  beer then, made himself another cigarette and

settled down  to  business, feeling that he had but just begun. After the  fifth hand he  looked up and caught

again the eye of Bert  Rogers. Bert pulled his  eyebrows together in a warning look,  and Irish thought better of

staying that hand. He did not  look at Bert after that, but he did  watch the other players  more closely. 

After awhile Bert wandered away, his interest dulling when he  saw  that Irish was holding his own and a little

better. Irish  played on,  conservative to such a degree that in two hours he  had not won more  than fifteen

dollars. The Happy Family would  have been surprised to  see him lay down kings and refuse to  draw to them

which he did once,  with a gesture of disgust  that flipped them face up so that all could  see. He turned  them

over immediately, but the three had seen that this  tall  stranger, who had all the earmarks of a cowpuncher,


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 63



Top




Page No 66


would not  draw to kings but must have something better before he would  stay. 

So they played until the crowd thinned; until Irish, by  betting  safely and sticking to a caution that must have

cost  him a good deal  in the way of selfrestraint, had sixty  dollars' worth of chips piled  in front of him. 

Some men, playing for a definite purpose, would have quit at  that.  Irish did not quit, however. He wanted a

certain sum  from these  nesters. He had come to town expecting to win a  certain sum from them.  He intended

to play until he got it or  went broke. He was not using  any trickeryand he had stopped  one man in the

middle of a deal, with  a certain look in his  eye remarking that he'd rather have the top card  than the  bottom

one, so that he was satisfied they were not trying to  cheat. 

There came a deal when Irish looked at his cards, sent a  slanting  look at the others and laid down his five

cards with  a long breath. He  raised the ante four blue ones and rolled  and lit a cigarette while  the three had

drawn what cards they  thought they needed. The man at  Irish's left had drawn only  one card. Now he

hesitated and then bet  with some assurance.  Irish smoked imperturbably while the other two  came in, and

then he raised the bet three stacks of blues. His  neighbor  raised him one stack, and the next man hesitated and

then  laid down his cards. The third man meditated for a minute and  raised  the bet ten dollars. Irish blew forth

a leisurely  smoke wreath and  with a sweep of his hand sent in all his  chips. 

There was a silent minute, wherein Irish smoked and drummed  absently upon the table with his fingers that

were free. His  neighbor  frowned, grunted and threw down his hand. The third  man did the same.  Irish made

another sweep of his hand and  raked the table clean of  chips. 

"That'll do for tonight," he remarked dryly. "I don't like to  be a  hog." 

Had that ended the incident, sensitive readers might still  read  and think well of Irish. But one of the players

was not  quite sober,  and he was a poor loser and a pugnacious  individual anyway, with a  square face and a

thick neck that  went straight up to the top of his  head. His underlip pushed  out, and when Irish turned away,

to cash in  his chips, this  pugnacious one reached over and took a look at the  cards  Irish had held. 

It certainly was as rotten a hand as a man could hold. Suits  all  mixed, and not a face card or a pair in the lot.

The  pugnacious player  had held a king high straight, and he had  stayed until Irish sent in  all his chips. He

gave a bellow  and jumped up and hit Irish a glancing  blow back of the ear.  Let us not go into details. You

know Irishor  you should  know him by this time. A man who will get away with a bluff  like that should be

left alone or brained in the beginning of  the  fightespecially when he can look down on the hair of a

sixfoot man,  and has muscles hardened by outdoor living.  When the dust settled, two  chairs were broken

and some  glasses swept off the bar by heaving  bodies, and two of the  three players had forgotten their

troubles. The  third was  trying to find the knob on the back door, and could not  because of the buzzing in his

head and the blood in his eyes.  Irish  had welts and two broken knuckles and a clear  conscience, and he was  so

mad he almost wound up by thrashing  Rusty, who had stayed behind  the bar and taken no hand in the  fight.

Rusty complained because of  the damage to his  property, and Irish, being the only one present in a  condition

to listen, took the complaint as a personal insult. 

He counted his money to make sure he had it all, evened the  edges  of the package of bank notes and thrust the

package  into his pocket.  If Rusty had kept his face closed about  those few glasses and those  chairs, he would

have left a  "bill" on the bar to pay for them, even  though he did need  every cent of that money. He told Rusty

this, and  he accused  him of standing in with the nesters and turning down the  men  who had helped him make

money' all these years. 

"Why, darn your soul, I've spent money enough over this bar  to buy  out the whole damn joint, and you know

it!" he cried  indignantly. "If  you think you've got to collect damages,  take it outa these  blinketyblink


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 64



Top




Page No 67


pilgrims you think so much  of. Speak to 'em pleasant,  though, or you're liable to lose  the price of a beer,

maybe! They'll  never bring you the money  we've brought you, you" 

"They won't because you've likely killed 'em both," Rusty  retorted  angrily. "You want to remember you can't

come into  town and rip things  up the back the way you used to, and  nobody say a word. You better  drift,

before that feller that  went out comes back with an officer.  You can't" 

"Officer be damned!" retorted Irish, unawed. 

He went out while Rusty was deciding to order him out, and  started  for the stable. Halfway there he ducked

into the  shadow of the  blacksmith shop and watched two men go up the  street to Rusty's place,  walking

quickly. He went on then,  got his horse hurriedly without  waiting to cinch the saddle,  led him behind the

blacksmith shop where  he would not be  likely to be found, and tied him there to the wreck of  a  freight wagon. 

Then he went across lots to where Fred Wilson, manager of the  general store, slept in a tworoom shack

belonging to the  hotel. The  door was lockedFred being a small man with  little trust in  Providence or in his

overt physical prowess  and so he rapped  cautiously upon the window until Fred awoke  and wanted to

know who in  thunder was there. 

Irish told his name, and presently went inside. "I'm pulling  outa  town, Fred," he explained, "and I don't know

when I'll  be in again. So  I want you to take an order for some posts  and bob wire and steeples.  I" 

"Why didn't you come to the store?" Fred very naturally  demanded,  peevish at being wakened at three o'clock

in the  morning. "I saw you  in town when I closed up." 

"I was busy. Crawl back into bed and cover up, while I give  you  the order. I'll want a receipt for the money,

tooI'm  paying in  advance, so you won't have any excuse for holding  up the order. Got  any thing to write

on?" 

Fred found part of an order pad and a pencil, and crept  shivering  into his bed. The offer to pay in advance had

silenced his grumbling,  as Irish expected it would. So Irish  gave the orderthirteen hundred  cedar posts, I

rememberI  don't know just how much wire, but all he  would need. 

"Holy Macintosh! Is this for YOU?" Fred wanted to know as he  wrote  it down. 

"Some of it. We're fencing our claims. If I don't come after  the  stuff myself, let any of the boys have it that

shows up.  And get it  here as quick as you canwhat you ain't got on  hand" 

Fred was scratching his jaw meditatively with the pencil, and  staring at the order. "I can just about fill that

order outa  stock on  hand," he told Irish. "When all this land rush  started I laid in a big  supply of posts and

wire. First thing  they'd want, after they got  their shacks up. How you making  it, out there?" 

"Fine," said Irish cheerfully, feeling his broken knuckles.  "How  much is all that going to cost? You oughta

make us a  rate on it,  seeing it's a cash sale, and big." 

"I will." Fred tore out a sheet and did some mysterious  figuring,  afterwards crumpling the paper into a little

wad  and hipping it behind  the bed. "This has got to be on the  quiet, Irish. I can't sell wire  and posts to those

eastern  marks at this rate, you know. This is just  for you boysand  the profit for us is trimmed right down to

a  whisper." He  named the sum total with the air of one who confers a  great  favor. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE 65



Top




Page No 68


Irish grinned and reached into his pocket. "You musta  knocked your  profit down to fifty percent.," he fleered.

"But  it's a go with me."  He peeled off the whole roll, just about.  He had two twenties left in  his hand when he

stopped. He was  very methodical that night. He took a  receipt for the money  before he left and he looked at it

with  glistening eyes  before he folded it with the money. "Don't sell any  posts and  wire till our order's filled,

Fred," he warned. "We'll begin  hauling right away, and we'll want it all." 

He let himself out into the cool starlight, walked in the  shadows  to where he had left his horse, mounted and

rode  whistling away down  the lane which ended where the hills  began. 

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER

A gray clarity of the air told that daylight was near. The  skyline  retreated, the hills came out of the duskiness

like a  photograph in  the developer tray. Irish dipped down the steep  slope into Antelope  Coulee, cursing the

sprinkle of new  shacks that stood stark in the  dawn on every ridge and every  hilltop, look where one might.

He loped  along the winding  trail through the coulee's bottom and climbed the  hill  beyond. At the top he

glanced across the more level upland to  the east and his eyes lightened. Far away stood a shack  Patsy's,

that was. Beyond that another, and yet another. Most  of the boys had  built in the coulees where was water.

They  did not care so much about  the viewover which Miss Allen  had grown enthusiastic. 

He pulled up in a certain place near the brow of the hill,  and  looked down into the narrower gulch where

huddled the  shacks they had  moved. He grinned at the sight. His hand went  involuntarily to his  pocket and

the grin widened. He hurried  on that he might the sooner  tell the boys of their good luck;  all the material for

that line fence  bought and paid for  there would certainly laugh when they heard  where the money  had

come from! 

First he thought that he would locate the cattle and tell his  news  to the boys on guard. He therefore left the

trail and  rode up on a  ridge from which he could overlook the whole  benchland, with the  exception of certain

gulches that cut  through. The sky was reddening  now, save where banked clouds  turned purple. A breeze

crept over the  grass and carried the  fresh odor of rain. Close beside him a little  brown bird  chittered briskly

and flew away into the dawn. 

He looked away to where the Bear Paws humped, blueblack  against  the sky, the top of Old Baldy blushing

faintly under  the first sun  rays. He looked past Wolf Butte, where the land  was blackened with  outcroppings

of rock. His eyes came back  leisurely to the claim  country. A faint surprise widened his  lids, and he turned

and sent a  glance sweeping to the right,  toward Flying U Coulee. He frowned, and  studied the bench  land

carefully. 

This was daybreak, when the cattle should be getting out for  their  breakfastfeed. They should be scattered

along the  level just before  him. And there were no cattle anywhere in  sight. Neither were there  any riders in

sight. Irish gave a  puzzled grunt and turned in his  saddle, looking back toward  Dry Lake. That way, the land

was more  broken, and he could  not see so far. But as far as he could see there  were no  cattle that way either.

Last night when he rode to town the  cattle of the colonists had been feeding on the long slope  three or  four

miles from where he stood, across Antelope  Coulee where he had  helped the boys drive them. 

He did not waste many minutes studying the empty prairie from  the  vantage point of that ridge, however. The

keynote of  Irish's nature  was action. He sent his horse down the  southern slope to the level,  and began

looking for tracks,  which is the range man's guidebook. He  was not long in  finding a broad trail, in the grass

where cattle had  lately  crossed the coulee from the west. He knew what that meant,  and  he swore when he

saw how the trail pointed straight to  the eastto  the broken, open country beyond One Man Coulee.  What

had the boys been  thinking of, to let that nester stock  get past them in the night? What  had the lineriders


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 66



Top




Page No 69


been doing? They were supposed to guard against  just  such a move as this. 

Irish was sore from his fight in town, and he had not  had much  sleep during the past fortyeight hours, and  he

was ravenously hungry.  He followed the trail of  the cattle until he saw that they certainly  had gotten across

the Happy Family claims and into the rough country  beyond;  then he turned and rode over to Patsy's shack,

where a blue  smoke column wobbled up to the fitful aircurrent that seized  it and  sent it flying toward the

mountains. 

There he learned that Dry Lake had not hugged to itself all  the  events of the night. Patsy, smoking a pipefull

of Durham  while he  waited for the teakettle to boil, was wild with  resentment. In the  night, while he slept,

something had  heaved his cabin up at one  corner. In a minute another corner  heaved upward a foot or more.

Patsy  had yelled while he felt  around in the darkness for his clothes, and  had got no  answer, save other

heavings from below. 

Patsy was not the man to submit tamely to such indignities.  He had  groped and found his old 4570 riffle,

that made a  noise like a young  cannon and kicked like a broncho cow.  While the shack lurched this way  and

that, Patsy pointed the  gun toward the greatest disturbance and  fired. He did not  think: he hit anybody, but he

apologized to Irish  for missing  and blamed the darkness for the misfortune. Py cosh, he  sure  triedwitness

the bullet holes which he had bored through  the  four sides of the shack; he besought Irish to count them;

which Irish  did gravely. And what happened then? 

Then? Why, then the Happy Family had come; or at least all  those  who had been awake and riding the prairie

had come  pounding up out of  the dark, their horses running like  rabbits, their blood singing the  song of battle.

They had  grappled with certain of the enemyPatsy  broke open the door  and saw tangles of struggling

forms in the faint  starlight.  The Happy Family were not the type of men who must settle  every argument with

a gun, remember. Not while their hands  might be  used to fight with. Patsy thought that they licked  the nesters

without  much trouble. He knew that the settlers  ran, and that the Happy Family  chased them clear across the

line and then came back and let the shack  down where it  belonged upon the rock underpining. 

"Und py cosh! Dey vould move my shack off'n my land!" he  grunted  ragefully as he lived over the memory. 

Irish went to the door and looked out. The wind had risen in  the  last half hour, so that his hat went sailing

against the  rear wall,  but he did not notice that. He was wondering why  the settlers had made  this night move

against Patsy. Was it  an attempt to irritate the boys  to some real act of violence  something that would put

them in fear  of the law? Or was it  simply a stratagem to call off the nightguard  so that they  might slip their

cattle across into the breaks? They must  have counted on some disturbance which would reach the ears  of the

boys on guard. If Patsy had not begun the bombardment  with his old  rifle, they would very likely have fired a

few  shots  themselvesenough to attract attention. With that end  in view, he  could see why Patsy's shack had

been chosen for  the attack. Patsy's  shack was the closest to where they had  been holding the cattle. It  was

absurdly simple, and  evidently the ruse had worked to perfection. 

"Where are the boys at now?" he asked abruptly, turning to  Patsy  who had risen and knocked the ashes from

his pipe and  was slicing  bacon. 

"Gone after the cattle. Dey stampede alreatty mit all der  noise,"  Patsy growled, with his back to Irish. 

So it was just as Irish had suspected. He faced the west and  the  gathering bank of "thunder heads" that rode

swift on the  wind and  muttered sullenly as they rode, and he hesitated.  Should he go after  the boys and help

them round up the stock  and drive it back, or should  he stay where he was and watch  the claims? There was

that fencehe  must see to that, too. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 67



Top




Page No 70


He turned and asked Patsy if all the boys were gone. But  Patsy did  not know. 

Irish stood in the doorway until breakfast was ready  whereupon he  sat down and ate hurriedlyas much

from habit  as from any present  need of haste. A gust of wind made the  flimsy cabin shake, and Patsy  went to

close the door against  its sudden fury. 

"Some riders iss coming now," he said, and held the door half  closed against the wind. "It ain't none off der

boys," he  added, with  the certainty which came of his having watched,  times without number,  while the

various members of the Happy  Family rode in from the far  horizons to camp. "Pilgrims, I  guessfrom der

ridin'." 

Irish grunted and reached for the coffee pot, giving scarce a  thought to Patsy's announcement. While he

poured his third  cup of  coffee he made a sudden decision. He would get that  fence off his  mind, anyway. 

"Say, Patsy, I've rustled wire and postsall we'll need. I  guess  I'll just turn this receipt over to you and let

you get  busy. You take  the team and drive in today and get the stuff  headed out here pronto.  The nesters are

shipping in more  stockI heard in town that they're  bringing in all they can  rustle, thinkin' the stock will pay

big money  while the  claims are getting ready to produce. I heard a couple of  marks telling each other just

how it was going to work out so  as to  put 'em all on Easy Streetthe darned chumps! Free  grassthat's

what  they harped on; feed don't cost anything.  All yuh do is turn 'em loose  and wait till shippin' season,  and

then collect. That's what they were  talking. 

"The sooner that fence is up the better. We can't put in the  whole  summer hazing their cattle around. I've

bought the  stuff and paid for  it. And here's forty dollars you can use  to hire it hauled out here.  Us fellows

have got to keep cases  on the cattle, so you 'tend to this  fence." He laid the money  and Fred's receipt upon the

table and set  Patsy's plate over  them to hold them safe against the wind that  rattled the  shack. He had

forgotten all about the three approaching  riders, until Patsy turned upon him sharply. 

"Vot schrapes you been into now?" he demanded querulously.  "Py  cosh you done somet'ings. It's der

conshtable comin'  alreatty. I bet  you be pinched." 

"I bet I don't," Irish retorted, and made for the one window,  which looked toward the hills. "Feed 'em some

breakfast,  Patsy. And  you drive in and tend to that fencing right away,  like I told you." 

He threw one long leg over the window sill, bent his lean  body to  pass through the square opening, and drew

the other  leg outside. He  startled his horse, which had walked around  there out of the wind, but  he caught the

bridlereins and led  him a few steps farther where he  would be out of the direct  view from the window. Then

he stopped and  listened. 

He heard the three ride up to the other side of the shack and  shout to Patsy. He heard Patsy moving about

inside, and after  a brief  delay open the door. He heard the constable ask Patsy  if he knew  anything about

Irish, and where he could be found;  and he heard Patsy  declare that he had enough to do without  keeping

track of that  boneheaded cowpuncher who was good for  nothing but to fight and get  into schrapes. 

After that he heard Patsy ask the constable if they had had  any  breakfast before leaving town. He heard

certain saddle  sounds which  told of their dismounting in response to the  tacit invitation. And  then, pulling

his hat firmly down upon  his head, Irish led his horse  quietly down into a hollow  behind the shack, and so out

of sight and  hearing of those  three who sought him. 

He did not believe that he was wanted for anything very  serious;  they meant to arrest him, probably, for

laying out  those two gamblers  with a chair and a bottle of whisky  respectively. A trumpedup charge,  very


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 68



Top




Page No 71


likely, chiefly  calculated to make him some trouble and to  eliminate him from  the struggle for a time. Irish

did not worry at all  over  their reason for wanting him, but he did not intend to let  them  come close enough to

state their errand, because he did  not want to  become guilty of resisting an officerwhich  would be much

worse than  fighting nesters with fists and  chairs and bottles and things. 

In the hollow he mounted and rode down the depression and  debouched upon the wide, grassy coulee where

lay a part of  his own  claim. He was not sure of the intentions of that  constable, but he  took it for granted that

he would presently  ride on to Irish's cabin  in search of him; also that he would  look for him further, and

possibly with a good deal of  persistence; which would be a nuisance  and would in a measure  hamper the

movements and therefore the  usefulness of Irish.  For that reason he was resolved to take no chance  that could

be avoided. 

The sun slid behind the scurrying forerunners of the storm  and  struggled unavailingly to shine through upon

the prairie  land. From  where he was Irish could not see the full extent  of the stormclouds,  and while he had

been on high land he  had been too absorbed in other  matters to pay much attention.  Even now he did no more

than glance up  casually at the inky  mass above him, and decided that he would do well  to ride on  to his cabin

and get his slicker. 

By the time he reached his shack the storm was beating up  against  the wind which had turned unexpectedly to

the  northeast. Mutterings of  thunder grew to sharper booming. It  was the first real thunderstorm of  the season,

but it was  going to be a hard one, if looks meant  anything. Irish went  in and got his slicker and put it on, and

then  hesitated over  riding on in search of the cattle and the men in  pursuit of  them. 

Still, the constable might take a notion to ride over this  way in  spite of the storm. And if he came there would

be  delay, even if there  were nothing worse. So Irish, being one  to fight but never to stand  idle, mounted again

and turned  his longsuffering horse down the  coulee as the storm swept  up. 

First a few large drops of rain pattered upon the earth and  left  blobs of wet where they fell. His horse shook

its head  impatiently and  went sidling forward untill an admonitory  kick from Irish sent him  straight down the

dim trail. Then  the clouds opened recklessly the  headgates and let the rain  down in one solid rush of water

that  sluiced the hillsides  and drove muddy torrents down channels that had  been dry  since the snow left. 

Irish bent his head so that his hat shielded somewhat his  face,  and rode doggedly on. It was not the first time

that he  had been out  in a smashing, driving thunderstorm, and it  would not be his last if  his life went on

logically as he had  planned it. But it was not the  more comfortable because it  was an oftrepeated experience.

And when  the first fury had  passed and still it rained steadily and with no  promise of a  letup, his optimism

suffered appreciably. 

His luck in town no longer cheered him. He began to feel the  loss  of sleep and the boneweariness of his

fight and the  long ride  afterwards. His breakfast was the one bright spot,  and saved him from  the gnawing

discomfort of an empty  stomachat first. 

He went into One Man Coulee and followed it to the arm that  would  lead to the rolling, ridgy open land

beyond, where the  "breaks" of the  Badlands reached out to meet the prairie. He  came across the track of  the

herd, and followed it to the  plain. Once out in the open, however,  the herd had seemed to  split into several

small bunches, each going in  a different  direction. Which puzzled Irish a little at first. Later,  he  thought he

understood. 

The cattle, it would seem, had been driven purposefully into  the  edge of the breaks and there made to scatter

out through  the winding  gulches and canyons that led deeper into the  Badlands. It was the  trick of

rangemenhe could not believe  that the strange settlers,  ignorant of the country and the  conditions, would


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 69



Top




Page No 72


know enough to do  this. He hesitated before  several possible routes, the rain pouring  down upon him, a  chill

breeze driving it into his face. If there had  been  hoofprints to show which way the boys had gone, the rain had

washed them so that they looked dim and old and gave him  little help. 

He chose what seemed to him the gorge which the boys would be  most  likely to followespecially at night

and if they were  in open pursuit  of those who had driven the cattle off the  benchland; and that the  cattle had

been driven beyond this  point was plain enough, for  otherwise he would have overtaken  stragglers long

before this. 

It was nearing noon when he came out finally upon a little,  open  flat and found there Big Medicine and Pink

holding a  bunch of perhaps  a hundred cattle which they had gleaned from  the surrounding gulches  and little

"draws" which led into the  hills. The two were wet to the  skin, and they were chilled  and hungry and as

miserable as a shebear  sent up a tree by  yelping, yapping dogs. 

Big Medicine it was who spied him first through the haze of  falling water, and galloped heavily toward him,

his horse  flinging  off great pads of mud from his feet as he came. 

"Say!" he bellowed when he was yet a hundred yards away. "Got  any  grub with yuh?" 

"No!" Irish called back. 

"Y'AIN'T" Big Medicine's voice was charged with incredulous  reproach. "What'n hell yuh doin' here without

GRUB? Is Patsy  comin'  with the wagon?" 

"No. I sent Patsy on in to town after" 

"Town? And us out here" Big Medicine choked over his  wrongs. 

Irish waited until he could get in a word and then started to  explain. But Pink rode up with his hatbrim

flapping soggily  against  one dripping cheek when the wind caught it, and his  coat buttoned  wherever there

were buttons, and his collar  turned up, and looking  pinched and draggled and wholly  miserable. 

"Say! Got anything to eat?" he shouted when he came near,  his  voice eager and hopeful. 

"No!" snapped Irish with the sting of Big Medicine's  vituperations  rankling fresh in his soul. 

"Well why ain't yuh? Where's Patsy?" Pink came closer and  eyed the  newcomer truculently. 

"How'n hell do I know?" Irish was getting a temper to match  their  own. 

"Well, why don't yuh know? What do yuh think you're out here  for?  To tell us you think it's going to rain? If

we was all  of us like you,  there'd be nothing to it for the nester  bunch. It's a wonder you come  alive enough

to ride out this  way at all! I don't reckon you've even  got anything to drink!  "Pink paused a second, saw no

move toward  producing anything  wet and cheering, and swore disgustedly. "Of course  not! You  needed it all

yourself! So help me Josephine, if I  was as  lowdown ornery as some I could name I'd tie myself to  a mule's

tail  and let him kick me to death! Ain't got any  grub! Ain't got" 

Irish interrupted him then with a sentence that stung. Irish,  remember, distinctly approved of himself and his

actions.  True, he  had forgotten to bring anything to eat with him, but  there was excuse  for that in the haste

with which he had left  his own breakfast.  Besides how could he be expected to know  that the cattle had been

driven away down here, and  scattered, and that the Happy Family would  not have overtaken  them long


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER 70



Top




Page No 73


before? Did they think he was a  mindreader? 

Pink, with biting sarcasm, retorted that they did not. That  it  took a mind to read a mind. He added that, from

the looks  of Irish, he  must have started home drunk, anyway, and his  horse had wandered this  far of his own

accord. Then three or  four cows started up a gulch to  the right of them and Pink,  hurling insults over his

shoulder, rode  off to turn them  back. So they did not actually come to blows, those  two,  though they were

near it. 

Big Medicine lingered to bawl unforgivable things at; Irish,  and  Irish shouted back recklessly that they had

all acted  like a bunch of  sheepherders, or the cattle would never have  been driven off the bench  at all. He

declared that anybody  with the brains of a sick sage hen  would have stopped the  thing right in the start. He

said other things  also. 

Big Medicine said things in reply, and Pink, returning to the  scene with his anger grown considerably hotter

from feeding  upon his  discomfort, made a few comments pertinent to the  subject of Irish's  shortcomings. 

You may scarcely believe it, unless you have really lived,  and  have learned how easily small irritations grow

to the  proportions of  real trouble, and how swiftlybut this is a  fact: Irish and Big  Medicine became so

enraged that they  dismounted simultaneously and  Irish jerked off his slicker  while Big Medicine was running

up to  smash him for some  needless insult. 

They fought, there in the rain and the mud and the chill wind  that  whipped their wet cheeks. They fought just

as  relentlessly as though  they had long been enemies, and just  as senselessly as though they  were not grown

men but  schoolboys. They clinched and pounded and  smashed until Pink  sickened at the sight and tore them

apart and swore  at them  for crazy men and implored them to have some sense. They let  the cattle that had

been gathered with so much trouble drift  away  into the gulches and draws where they must be routed out  of

the brush  again, or perhaps lost for days in that rough  country. 

When the first violence of their rage had like the storm  settled  to a cold steadiness of animosity, the two

remounted  painfully and  turned back upon each other. 

Big Medicine and Pink drew close together as against a common  foe,  and Irish cursed them both and rode

awaywhither he did  not know nor  care. 

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN

The Old Man sat out in his big chair on the porch, smoking  and  staring dully at the trail which led up the

bluff by way  of the Hog's  Back to the benchland beyond. Facing him in an  old, cane rocking  chair, the

Honorable Blake smoked with that  air of leisurely enjoyment  which belongs to the man who knows  and can

afford to burn good tobacco  and who has the sense to,  burn it consciously, realizing in every  whiff its rich

fragrance. The Honorable Blake flicked a generous  halfinch  of ash from his cigar upon a porch support and

glanced  shrewdly at the Old Man's abstracted face. 

"No, it wouldn't do," he observed with the accent of a second  consideration of a subject that coincides exactly

with the  first. "It  wouldn't do at all. You could save the boys time,  I've no doubttime  and trouble so far as

getting the cattle  back where they belong is  concerned. I can see how they must  be hampered for lack of

saddlehorses, for instance. Butit  wouldn't do, Whitmore. If they  come to you and ask for horses  don't let

them have them. They'll  manage somehowtrust them  for that. They'll manage"  "But doggone  it, Blake,

it's for" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 71



Top




Page No 74


"Shsh" Blake held up a warning hand. "None of that, my  dear  Whitmore! These young fellows have

taken claims iner  good faith."  His bright blue eyes sparkled with a sudden  feeling. "In the best of  good

faith, if you ask me. Iadmire  them intensely for what they have  started out to do. But  they have certain

things which they must do,  and do alone. If  you would not thwart them in accomplishing what they  have set

out to do, you must go carefully; which means that you must  not run to their aid with your campwagons and

your saddle  horses,  so they can gather the cattle again and drive them  back where they  belong. You would

not be helping them. They  would get the cattle a  little easier and a little quicker  and lose their claims." 

"But doggone it, Blake, them boys have lived right here at  the  Flying Uwhy, this has been their home, yuh

might say.  They ain't  like the general run of punchers that roam around,  workin' for this  outfit and for that;

they've stuck. Why,  doggone it, what they done  here when I got hurt in Chicago  and they was left to run

themselves,  why, that alone puts me  under obligations to help 'em out in this  scrape. Anybody  could see that.

Ain't I a neighbor? Ain't neighbors  got a  right to jump in and help each other? There ain't no law  agin" 

"Not against neighborsno." Blake uncrossed his perfectly  trousered legs and crossed them the other way,

after  carefully  avoiding any bagging tendency. "But this syndicate  or these  contestantswill try to prove

that you are not a  neighbor only, but  abacker of the boys in a landgrabbing  scheme. To avoid" 

"Well, doggone your measly hide, Blake, I've told you fifty  times  I ain't! "The Old Man sat forward in his

chair and  shook his fist  unabashed at his guest. "Them boys cooked that  all up amongst  themselves, and went

and filed on that land  before ever I knowed a  thing about it. How can yuh set there  and say I backed 'em? And

that  blonde Jezebelriding down  here bold as brass and turnin' up her nose  at Dell, and  callin' me a

conspirator to my face!" 

"I sticked a pin in her saddle blanket, Uncle Geegee. I'll  bet  she wished she'd stayed away from here when

her horse  bucked her off."  The Kid looked up from trying to tie a piece  of paper to the end of a  brindle

kitten's switching tail, and  smiled his adorable smilethat  had a gap in the middle. 

"Hey? You leave that cat alone or he'll scratch yuh. Blake,  if you  can't see" 

"He! He's a her and her name's Adeline. Where's the boys,  Uncle  Geegee?" 

"Hey? Oh, away down in the breaks after their cattle that got  away. You keep still and never mind where

they've gone." His  mind  swung back to the Happy Family, combing the breaks for  their stock and  the stock of

the nesters, with an average of  one saddlehorse apiece  and a camp outfit of the most  primitive sortif they

had any at all,  which he doubted. The  Old Man had eased too many roundups through that  rough  country not

to realize keenly the difficulties of the Happy  Family. 

"They need horses," he groaned to Blake, "and they need help.  If  you knowed the country and the work as

well as I do you'd  know they've  got to have horses and help. And there's their  claimsfellers  squatting down

on every eightyfour  different nesters fer every  doggoned one of the bunch to  handle! And you tell me I got

to set here  and not lift a  hand. You tell me I can't put men to work on that fence  they  want built. You tell me I

can't lend 'em so much as a horse!" 

Blake nodded. "I tell you that, and I emphasize it," he  assured  the other, brushing off another half inch of ash

from  his cigar. "If  you want to help those boys hold their land,  you must not move a  finger." 

"He's wiggling all of 'em!" accused the Kid sternly, and  pointed  to the Old Man drumming irritatedly upon

his chair  arms. "He don't  want to help the boys, but I do. I'll help  'em get their cattle, Mr.  Blake. I'm one of

the bunch anyway.  I'll lend 'em my string." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 72



Top




Page No 75


"You've been told before not to butt in to grownup talk," his  uncle reproved him irascibly. "Now you cut it

out. And take  that  string off'n that cat!" he added harshly. "Dell! Come  and look after  this kid! Doggone it, a

man can't talk five  minutes" 

The Kid giggled irrepressibly. "That's one on you, old man.  You  saw Doctor Dell go away a long time ago.

Think she can  hear yuh when  she's away up on the bench?" 

"You go on off and play!" commanded the Old Man. "I dunno  what yuh  want to pester a feller to death

forand say! Take  that string off'n  that cat!" 

"Aw gwan! It ain't hurting the cat. She likes it." He lifted  the  kitten and squeezed her till she yowled. "See?

She said  yes, she likes  it." 

The Old Man returned to the trials of the Happy Family, and  the  Kid sat and listened, with the brindle kitten

snuggled  uncomfortably,  head downward in his arms. 

The Kid had heard a good deal, lately, about the trials  of his  beloved "bunch." About the "nesters" who

brought  cattle in to eat up  the grass that belonged to the cattle of  the bunch. The Kid understood  that

perfectlysince he had  been raised in the atmosphere of range  talk. He had heard  about the men building

shacks on the claims of the  Happy  Familyhe understood that also; for he had seen the shacks  himself, and

he had seen where there had been slid down hill  into the  bottom of Antelope Coulee. He knew all about the

attack on Patsy's  cabin and how the Happy Family had been  fooled, and the cattle driven  off and scattered.

The breaks  he was a bit hazy upon the subject of  breaks. He had heard  about them all his life. The stock

got amongst  them and had  to be hunted out. He thoughtas nearly as could be put  in  wordsthat it must be

a place where all the brakes grow that  are  used on wagons and buggies. These were of wood, therefore  they

must  grow somewhere. They grew where the Happy Family  went sometimes, when  they were gone for days

and days after  stock. They were down there  nowit was down in the breaks,  alwaysand they couldn't

round up  their cattle because they  hadn't horses enough. They needed help, so  they could hurry  back and slide

those other shacks off their claims  and into  Antelope Coulee where they had slid the others. On the whole,  the

Kid had a very fair conception of the state of affairs.  Claimants  and contestantsthose words went over his

head.  But he knew perfectly  well that the nesters were the men that  didn't like the Happy Family,  and lived in

shacks on the way  to town, and plowed big patches of  prairie and had children  that went barefooted in the

furrows and  couldn't ride horses  to save their lives. Pilgrim kids, that didn't  know what  "chaps" werehe had

talked with a few when he went with  Doctor Dell and Daddy Chip to see the sick lady. 

After a while, when the Honorable Blake became the chief  speaker  and leaned forward and tapped the Old

Man frequently  on a knee with  his finger, and used long words that carried  no meaning, and said  contestant

and claimant and evidence so  often that he became tiresome,  the Kid slid off the porch and  went away, his

small face sober with  deep meditations. 

He would need some grubmaybe the bunch was hungry without  any  campwagons. The Kid had stood

around in the way, many's  the time, and  watched certain members of the Happy Family  stuff emergency

rations  into flour sacks, and afterwards tie  the sack to their saddles and  ride off. He knew all about  that, too. 

He hunted up a flour sack that had not had all the string  pulled  out of it so it was no longer a sack but a

dishtowel,  and held it  behind his back while he went cautiously to the  kitchen door. The  Countess was

nowhere in sightbut it was  just as well to make sure.  The Kid went in, took a basin off  the table, held it

high and  deliberately dropped it on the  floor. It, made a loud bang, but it did  not elicit any shrill  protest from

the Countess; therefore the  Countess was nowhere  around. The Kid went in boldly and filled his  foursack so

full it dragged on the floor when he started off. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 73



Top




Page No 76


At the door he went down the steps ahead of the sack, and  bent his  small back from the third step and pulled

the sack  upon his shoulders.  It wobbled a good deal, and the Kid came  near falling sidewise off the  last step

before he could  balance his burden. But he managed it, being  the child of his  parents and having a good deal

of persistence in his  makeup;  and he went, by a roundabout way, to the stable with the  grubsack bending

him double. Still it was not so very heavy;  it was  made bulky by about two dozen freshmade doughnuts and

a loaf of bread  and a jar of honey and a glass of wild  currant jelly and a pound or  so of raw, dried prunes

which  the Kid called nibblin's because he  liked to nibble at them,  like a prairie dog at a grass root. 

Getting that sack tied fast to the saddle after the saddle  was on  Silver's back was no easy task for a boy who is

six,  even though he is  large for his age. Still, being Chip's Kid  and the Little Doctor's he  did itwith the help

of the oats  box and Silver's patient  disposition. 

There were other things which the bunch always tied on their  saddles; a blanket, for instance, and a rope. The

Kid made a  trip to  the bunkhouse and pulled a gray blanket off Ole's  bed, and spent a  quarter of an hour

rolling it as he had seen  the boys roll blankets  The oats box, with Silver standing  beside it, came in handy

again. He  found a discarded rope and  after much labor coiled it crudely and tied  it beside the  saddlefork. 

The Kid went to the door, stood beside it and leaned away  over so  that he could peek out and not be seen

Voices came  from the housethe  voice of the Old Man; to be exact, high  pitched and combative. The  Kid

looked up the bluff, and the  trail lay empty in the afternoon sun.  Still, he did not like  to take that trail. Doctor

Dell might come  riding down there  almost any minute. The Kid did not want to meet  Doctor Dell  just right

then. 

He went back, took Silver by the bridle reins and led him out  of  the barn and around the corner where he

could not be seen  from the  White House. He thought he had better go down the  creek, and out  through the

wire gate and on down the creek  that way. He was sure that  the "breaks" were somewhere beyond  the end of

the coulee, though he  could not have explained why  he was sure of it. Perhaps the boys, in  speaking of the

breaks, had unconsciously tilted heads in that  direction. 

The Kid went quickly down along the creek through the little  pasture, leading Silver by the reins. He was

terribly afraid  that his  mother might ride over the top of the hill and see  him and call him  back. If she did that,

he would have to go,  of course. Deliberate,  open disobedience had never yet  occurred to the Kid as a moral

possibility. If your mother or  your Daddy Chip told you to come back,  you had to come;  therefore he did not

want to be told to come. Doctor  Dell had  told him that he could go on roundup some daythe Kid had

decided that this was the day, but that it would be foolish  to  mention the decision to anyone. People had a

way of  disagreeing with  one's decisionsespecially Doctor Dell, she  always said one was too  little. The Kid

thought he was  getting pretty big, since he could  stand on something and put  the saddle on Silver his own

self, and  cinch it and  everything; plenty big enough to get out and help the  bunch  when they needed help. 

He did not look so very big as he went trudging down  alongside the  creek, stumbling now and then in the

coarse  grass that hid the  scattered rocks. He could not keep his  head twisted around to look  under Silver's

neck and watch the  hill trail, and at the same time see  where he was putting his  feet. And if he got on Silver

now he would be  seen and  recognized at the first glance which Doctor Dell would give  to the coulee when

she rode over the brow of the hill.  Walking beside  Silver's shoulder , on the side farthest from  the bluff, he

might not  be seen at all; Doctor Dell might  look and think it was just a horse  walking along the creek  his own

self. 

The Kid was extremely anxious that he should not be seen. The  bunch needed him. Uncle Geegee said they

needed help. The  Kid  thought they would expect him to come and help with his  "string", He  helped Daddy

Chip drive the horses up from the  little pasture, these  days; just yesterday he had brought the  whole bunch up,

all by his own  self, and had driven them into  the big corral alone, and Daddy Chip  had stood by the gate  and


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 74



Top




Page No 77


watched him do it. Daddy Chip had lifted him  down from  Silver's back, and had squeezed him hard, and had

called him  a real, old cowpuncher. The Kid got warm all inside him when  he,  thought of it. 

When a turn in the narrow creekbottom hid him completely  from the  ranch buildings and the hill trail, the

Kid led  Silver alongside a low  bank, climbed into the saddle. Then he  made Silver lope all the way to  the

gate. 

He had some trouble with that gate. It was a barbed wire  gate,  such as bigger men than the Kid sometimes

swear over.  It went down all  right, but when he came to put it up again,  that was another matter.  He simply

had to put it up before he  could go on. You always had to  shut gates if you found them  shutthat was a law

of the range which  the Kid had learned  so long ago he could not remember when he had  learned And  there

was another reasonhe did not want em to know he  had  passed that way, if they took a notion to call him

back. So  he  worked and he tugged and he grew so red in the face it  looked as if he  were choking. But he got

the gate up and the  wire loop over the  stakethough he had to hunt up an old  piece of a post to stand on,  and

even then had to stand on  his toes to reach the loopsince he was  Chip's Kid and the  Little Doctor's. 

He even remembered to scrape out the telltale prints of his  small  feet in the bare earth there, and the prints

of  Silver's feet where he  went through. Yarns he had heard the  Happy Family tell, in the  bunkhouse on rainy

days, had  taught him these tricks. He was  extremely thorough in all  that he didbeing a good deal like his

dadand when he went  the grass, no one would have suspected that he  had passed  that way. 

After a while he left that winding creekbottom and climbed a  long  ridge. Then he went down hill and pretty

soon he climbed  another hill  that made old Silver stop and rest before he  went on to the top. The  Kid stood on

the top for a few  minutes and stared wistfully out over  the tumbled mass of  hills, and deep hollows, and hills,

and hill and  hillstill  he could not see where they left off. He could not see any  of  the bunch; but then, he

could not see any brakes growing  anywhere,  either. The bunch was down in the brakeshe had  heard that

often  enough to get it fixed firmly in his mind.  Well, when he came to where  the brakes grewand he would

know them, all right, when he saw  them!he would find the  bunch. He thought they'd be s'prised to see  him

ride up! The  bunch didn't know that he could drive stock all his  own self,  and that he was a real, old

cowpuncher now. He was a lot  bigger. He didn't have to hunt such a big rock, or such a  high bank,  to get on

Silver now. He thought he must be pretty  near as big as  Pink, any way. They would certainly be  s'prised! 

The brakes must be farther over. Maybe he would have to go  over on  the other side of that biggest hill before

he came to  the place where  they grew. He rode unafraid down a steep,  rocky slope where Silver  picked his

way very, very carefully,  and sometimes stopped and smelt  of a ledge or a pile of  rocks, and then turned and

found some other  way down. 

The Kid let him choose his pathDaddy Chip had taught him to  leave the reins loose and let Silver cross

ditches and rough  places  where he wanted to cross. So Silver brought him safely  down that hill  where even

the Happy Family would have  hesitated to ride unless the  need was urgent. 

He could not go right up over the next hillthere was a rock  ledge that was higher than his head when he sat

on Silver. He  went  down a narrow gulchah, an awfully narrow gulch!  Sometimes he was  afraid Silver was

too fat to squeeze  through; but Silver always did  squeeze through somehow. And  still there were no brakes

growing  anywhere. Just choke  cherry trees, and serviceberries, and now and  then a little  flat filled with

cottonwoods and willowsfamiliar trees  and  bushes that he had known all his six years of life. 

So the Kid went on and on, over hills or around hills or down  along the side of hill. But he did not find the

Happy Family,  and he  did not find the brakes. He found cattle that had the  Flying U  brandthey had a

comfortable, homey look. One bunch  he drove down a  wide coulee, hazing them out of the brush and  yelling

"HYAH!" at  them, just the way the Happy Family  yelled. He thought maybe these  were the cattle the Happy


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN 75



Top




Page No 78


Family were looking for; so he drove them  ahead of him and  didn't let one break back on him and he was the

happiest Kid  in all Montana with these range cattle, that had the  Flying U  brand, galloping awkwardly ahead

of him down that big coulee. 

CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER"

The hills began to look bigger, and kind of chilly and blue  in the  deep places. The Kid wished that he could

find some of  the boys. He  was beginning to get hungry, and he had long ago  begun to get tired.  But he was

undismayed, even when he heard  a coyote yapyapyapping up  a brushy canyon. It might be that  he would

have to camp out all night.  The Kid had loved those  cowboy yarns where the tellerwho was always  the

herohad  been caught out somewhere and had been compelled to make  a  "dry camp." His favorite story of

that type was the story of  how  Happy Jack had lost his clothes and had to go naked  through the  breaks. It was

not often that he could make Happy  Jack tell him that  storynever when the other boys were  around. And

there were other  times; when Pink had got lost,  down in the breaks, and had found a  cabin justinTIME,

with Irish sick inside and a blizzard just  blowing outside,  and they were mad at each other and wouldn't talk,

and all  they had to eat was one weenty, teenty snowbird, till the  yearling heifer came and Pink killed it and

they had  beefsteak and  got good friends again. And there were other  times, that others of the  boys could tell

about, and that the  Kid thought about now with  pounding pulse. It was not all  childish fear of the deepening

shadows  that made his eyes big  and round while he rode slowly on, farther and  farther into  the breaks. 

He still drove the cattle before him; rather, he followed  where  the cattle led. He felt very big and very

proudbut he  did wish he  could find the Happy Family! Somebody ought to  stand guard, and he was  getting

sleepy already. 

Silver stopped to drink at a little creek of clear, cold  water.  There was grass, and over there was a little

hollow  under a rock  ledge. The sky was all purple and red, like  Doctor Dell painted in  pictures, and up the,

coulee, where he  had been a little while ago, it  was looking kind of dark. The  Kid thought maybe he had

better camp  here till morning. He  reined Silver against a bank and slid off, and  stood looking  around him at

the strange hills with the huge, black  boulders  that looked like houses unless you knew, and the white cliffs

that lookedqueerunless you knew they were just cliffs. 

For the first time since he started, the Kid wished  guiltily that  his dad was here orhe did wish the bunch

would happen along! He  wondered if they weren't camped,  maybe, around that point. Maybe they  would hear

him if he  hollered as loud as he could. which he did, two  or three  times; and quit because the hills hollered

back at him and  they wouldn't stop for the longest timeit was just like  people  yelling at him from behind

these rocks. 

The Kid knew, of course, who they were; they were Echoboys,  and  they wouldn't hurt, and they wouldn't let

you see them.  They just ran  away and hollered from some other place. There  was an Echoboy lived  up on

the bluff somewhere above the  house. You could go down in the  little pasture and holler,  and the Echoboy

would holler back The Kid  was not afraid  but there seemed to be an awful lot of Echoboys down  in  these

hills. They were quiet after a minute or so, and he did  not  call again. 

The Kid was six, and he was big for his age; but he looked  very  little, there alone in that deep coulee that was

really  more like a  canyonvery little and lonesome and as if he  needed his Doctor Dell  to take him on her

lap and rock him.  It was just about the time of day  when Doctor Dell always  rocked him and told him

storiesabout the  Happy Family,  maybe. The Kid hated to be suspected of baby ways, but  he  loved these

tunes, when his legs were tired and his eyes  wanted to  go shut, and Doctor Dell laid her cheek on his hair  and

called him her  baby man. Nobody knew about these times  that was most always in the  bed room and the

boys couldn't  hear. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER" 76



Top




Page No 79


The Kid's lips quivered a little. Doctor Dell would be  surprised  when he didn't show up for supper, he

guessed. He  turned to Silver and  to his man ways, because he did not like  to think about Doctor Dell  just

right now. 

"Well, old feller, I guess you want your saddle off, huh?" he  quavered, and slapped the horse upon the

shoulder . He lifted  the  stirrupit was a little stock saddle, with everything  just like a big  saddle except the

size; Daddy Chip had had it  made for the Kid in  Cheyenne, last Christmasand began to  undo the latigo,

whistling  selfconsciously and finding that  his lips kept trying to come  unpuckered all the time, and  trying to

tremble just the way they did  when he cried. He had  no intention of crying. 

"Gee! I always wanted to camp out and watch the stars," he  told  Silver stoutly. "Honest to gran'ma, I think

this is  justsimplyGREAT! I bet them nester kids would be scared.  Hunh!" 

That helped a lot. The Kid could whistle better after that.  He  pulled of the saddle, laid it down on its side so

that the  skirts  would not bend out of shapeoh, he had been well  taught, with the  whole Happy Family for

his worshipful  tutors!and untied the rope  from beside the fork. "I'll have  to anchor you to a tree,

oldtimer,"  he told the horse  briskly. "I'd sure hate to be set afoot in this  man's  country!" And a minute

later"Oh, funder! I never brought  you  any sugar!" 

Would you believe it, that small child of the Flying U  picketed  his horse where the grass was best, and the

knots he  tied were the  knots his dad would have tied in his place. He  unrolled his blanket  and carried it to the

sheltered little  nook under the ledge, and  dragged the bag of doughnuts and  the jelly and honey and bread

after  it. He had heard about  thievish animals that will carry off bacon and  flour and  such. He knew that he

ought to hang his grub in a tree, but  he could not reach up as far as the fox who might try to help  himself, so

that was out of the question. 

The Kid ate a doughnut while he studied the matter out for  himself. "If a coyote or a skink came pestering

around ME,  I'd frow  rocks at him," he said. So when he had finished the  doughnut he  collected a pile of

rocks. He ate another  doughnut, went over and laid  himself down on his stomach the  way the boys did, and

drank from the  little creek. It was  just a chance that he had not come upon water  tainted with  alkalibut fate

is kind sometimes. 

So the Kid, trying very, very hard to act just like his Daddy  Chip  and the boys, flopped the blanket vigorously

this way  and that in an  effort to get it straightened, flopped himself  on his knees and folded  the blanket round

and round him until  he looked like a large, gray  cocoon, and cuddled himself  under the ledge with his head

on the bag  of doughnuts and his  wide eyes fixed upon the first pale stars and his  mind  clinging sturdily to his

mission and to this first real, man  sized adventure that had come into his small life. 

It was very big and very emptythat canyon. He lifted his  yellow  head and looked to see if Silver were

there, and was  comforted at the  sight of his vague bulk close by, and by the  steady KRUP, KRUP of  bitten

grasses. 

"I'm a rell ole cowpuncher, all right," he told himself  bravely;  but he had to blink his eyelashes pretty fast

when  he said it. A "rell  ole cowpuncher" wouldn't cry! He was  afraid Doctor Dell would be  AWFULLY

s'prised, though . . . 

An unexpected sob broke loose, and another. He wasn't  afraidbut  . . . Silver, cropping steadily at the grass

which must be his only  supper, turned and came slowly toward  the Kid in his search for  sweeter grasstufts.

The Kid choked  off the third sob and sat up  ashamed. He tugged at the bag  and made believe to Silver that his

sole  trouble was with his  pillow. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER" 77



Top




Page No 80


"By cripes, that damn' jelly glass digs right into my ear,"  he  complained aloud, to help along the deception.

"You go  back,  oldtimerI'm all right. I'm arellole cowpuncher;  ain't I,  oldtimer? We're makin' a

drycamp, just likeHappy  Jack. I'm a  rellole" The Kid went to sleep before he  finished saying it.

There  is nothing like the open air to  make one sleep from dusk till dawn.  The rell ole cowpuncher  forgot his

little white bed in the corner of  the big bedroom.  He forgot that Doctor Dell would be awfully s'prised,  and

that Daddy Chip would maybe be crossDaddy Chip was cross,  sometimes. The rell ole cowpuncher lay

with his yellow curls  pillowed  on the bag of doughnuts and the gray blanket wrapped  tightly around  him, and

slept soundly; and his lips were  curved in the half smile  that came often to his sleeping  place and made him

look ever so much  like his Daddy Chip. 

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD"

"Djuh find 'im?" The Old Man had limped down to the big gate  and  stood there bare headed under the stars,

waiting, hoping  fearing to  hear the answer. 

"Hasn't he showed up yet?" Chip and the Little Doctor rode  out of  the gloom and stopped before the gate.

Chip did not  wait for an  answer. One question answered the other and there  was no need for  more. "I brought

Dell home," he said. "She's  about all inand he's  just as likely to come back himself as  we are to run across

him.  Silver'll bring him home, all  right. He can't beyuh can't lose a  horse. You go up to the  house and lie

down, Dell. Ithe Kid's all  right." 

His voice held all the tenderness of the lover, and all the  protectiveness of the husband and all the agony of a

father  but  Chip managed to keep it firm and even for all that. He  lifted the  Little Doctor bodily from the

saddle, held her  very close in his arms  for a minute, kissed her twice and  pushed her gently through the gate. 

"You better stay right here," he said authoritatively, "and  rest  and look after J.G. You can't do any good

ridingand  you don't want  to be gone when he comes." He reached over the  gate, got hold of her  arm and

pulled her towards him. "Buck  up, old girl," he whispered, and  kissed her lingeringly.  "Now's the time to

show the stuff you're made  of. You needn't  worry one minute about that kid. He's the goods, all  right.  Yuh

couldn't lose him if you tried. Go up and go to bed." 

"Go to bed!" echoed the Little Doctor and sardonically. J.G.,  are  you sure he didn't say anything about going

anywhere?" 

"No. He was settin' there on the porch tormenting the cat."  The  Old Man swallowed a lump. "I told him to

quit. He set  there a while  after thatI was talkin'' to Blake. I dunno  where he went to. I  was" 

"'S that you, Dell? Did yuh find 'im?" The Countess came  flapping  down the path in a faded, red kimono.

"What under  the shinin' sun's  went with him, do yuh s'pose? Yuh never  know what a day's got up its

sleeve'n I always said it. Man  plans and God displansthe poor  little tad'll be scairt  plumb to death, out

all alone in the dark" 

"Oh, for heaven's sake shut up!" cried the tortured Little  Doctor,  and fled past her up the path as though she

had some  hope of running  away from the tormenting thoughts also. "Poor  little tad, all alone in  the

dark,"the words followed her  and were like sword thrusts through  the mother heart of her.  Then Chip

overtook her, knowing too well the  hurt which the  Countess had given with her blundering anxiety. Just at  the

porch he caught up with her, and she clung to him, sobbing  wildly. 

"You don't want to mind what that old hen says," he told her  brusquely. "She's got to do just so much

cackling or she'd  choke, I  reckon. The Kid's all right. Some of the boys have  run across him by  this time,


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 78



Top




Page No 81


most likely, and are bringing  him in. He'll be good and  hungry, and the scare will do him  good." He forced

himself to speak as  though the Kid had  merely fallen on the corral fence, or something  like that.  "You've got

to make up your mind to these things," he  argued,  "if you tackle raising a boy, Dell. Why, I'll bet I ran off  and

scared my folks into fits fifty times when I was a kid." 

"Buthe'sjust a baby!" sobbed the Little Doctor with her  face  pressed hard against Chip's strong,

comforting shoulder. 

"He's a little devil!" amended Chip fiercely. "He ought to be  walloped for scaring you like this. He's just as

capable of  looking  after himself as most kids twice his size. He'll get  hungry and head  for homeand if he

don't know the way,  Silver does; so he can't" 

"But he may have fallen and" 

"Come, now! Haven't you got any more sense than the Countess?  If  you insist of thinking up horrors to scare

yourself with,  I don't know  as anybody can stop you. Dell! Brace up and quit  worrying. I tell  youhe'sall

right!" 

That did well enoughseeing the Little Doctor did not get a  look  at Chip's face, which was white and drawn,

with sunken,  haggard eyes  staring into the dark over her head. He kissed  her hastily and told  her he must go,

and that he'd hurry back  as soon as he could. So he  went half running down the path  and passed the Countess

and the Old  Man without a word; piled  onto his horse and went off up the hill road  again. 

They could not get it out of their minds that the Kid must  have  ridden up on the bluff to meet his mother, had

been too  early to meet  herfor the Little Doctor had come home rather  later than she  expected to doand

had wandered off to visit  the boys, perhaps, or to  meet his Daddy Chip who was over  there some where on

the bench trying  to figure out a system  of ditches that might logically be expected to  water the  desert claims

of the Happy Familyif they could get the  water. 

They firmly believed that the kid had gone up on the hill,  and so  they hunted for him up there. The Honorable

Blake had  gone to Dry Lake  and taken the train for Great Falls, before  ever the Kid had been  really missed.

The Old Man had not seen  the Kid ride up the hillbut  he had been sitting with his  chair turned away from

the road, and he  was worried about  other things and so might easily have missed seeing  him. The  Countess

had been taking a nap, and she was not expected to  know anything about his departure. And she had not

looked  into the  doughnut jarindeed, she was so upset by supper  time that, had she  looked, she would not

have missed the  doughnuts. For the same reason  Ole did not miss his blanket.  Ole had not been near his bed;

he was  out riding and  searching and calling through the coulee and up toward  the  old Denson place. 

No one dreamed that the :Kid had started out with a camp  outfitif one might call it thatand with the

intention of  joining  the Happy Family in the breaks, and of helping them  gather their  cattle. How could they

dream that? How could  they realize that a child  who still liked to be told bedtime  stories and to be rocked to

sleep,  should harbor such man  size thoughts and ambitions? How could they  know that the Kid  was being "a

rell ole cowpuncher"? 

That night the whole Happy Family, just returned from the  Badlands  and warned by Chip at dusk that the Kid

was missing,  hunted the  coulees that bordered the benchland. A few of the  nesters who had  horses and could

ride them hunted also. The  men who worked at the  Flying U hunted, and Chip hunted  frantically. Chip just

about  worshipped that kid, and in  spite of his calmness and his optimism  when he talked to the  Little Doctor,

you can imagine the state of mind  he was in. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 79



Top




Page No 82


At sunrise they straggled in to the ranch, caught up fresh  horses,  swallowed a cup of coffee and what food

they could  choke down and  started out again. At nine o'clock a party  came out from Dry Lake,  learned that

the Kid was not yet  found, and went out under a captain  to comb systematically  through the hills and the

coulees. 

Before night all the ablebodied men in the country and some  who  were notwere searching. It is

astonishing how quickly a  small army  will volunteer in such an emergency; and it  doesn't seem to matter  very

much that the country seems big  and empty of people ordinarily.  They come from somewhere,  when they're

needed. 

The Little Doctoroh, let us not talk about the Little  Doctor.  Such agonies as she suffered go too deep for

words. 

The next day after that, Chip saddled a horse and let her  ride  beside him. Chip was afraid to leave her at the

ranch  afraid that  she would go mad. So he let her ridethey rode  together. They did not  go far from the

ranch. There was  always the fear that someone might  bring him in while they  were gone. That fear drove

them back, every  hour or two. Then  another fear would drive them forth again. 

Up in another county there is a creek called Lost Child  Creek. A  child was lostor was it two

children?and men  hunted and hunted and  hunted, and it was months before  anything was found. Then a

cowboy  riding that way foundjust  bones. Chip knew about that creek which is  called Lost Child.  He had

been there and he had heard the story, and  he had seen  thefather and had shudderedand that was long

before he  had known the feeling a father has for his child. What he was  deadly  afraid of now was that the

Little Doctor would hear  about that creek,  and how it had gotten its name. 

What he dreaded most for himself was to think of that creek.  He  kept the Little Doctor beside him and away

from that Job's  comforter,  the Countess, and tried to keep her hope alive  while the hours dragged  their leaden

feet over the hearts of  them all. 

A camp was hastily organized in One Man Coulee and another  out  beyond Denson's place, and men went

there to the camps  for a little  food and a little rest, when they could hold out  no longer. Chip and  the Little

Doctor rode from camp to camp,  intercepted every party of  searchers they glimpsed on the  horizon, and came

back to the ranch,  holloweyed and silent  for the most part. They would rest an hour,  perhaps. Then  they

would ride out again. 

The Happy Family seemed never to think of eating, never to  want  sleep. Two daysthree daysfour

daysthe days became  a nightmare.  Irish, with a warrant out for his arrest, rode  with the constable,

perhapsif the search chanced to lead  them together. Or with Big  Medicine, whom he had left in hot  anger.

H. J. Owens and these other  claimjumpers hunted with  the Happy Family and apparently gave not a  thought

to claims. 

Miss Allen started out on the second day and hunted through  all  the coulees and gulches in the neighborhood

of her  claimcoulees and  gulches that had been searched frantically  two or three times before.  She had no

time to make whimsical  speeches to Andy Green, nor he to  listen. When they met, each  asked the other for

news, and separated  without a thought for  each other. The Kidthey must find himthey  must. 

The third day, Miss Allen put up a lunch, told her three  claim  partners that she should not come back until

night  unless that poor  child was found, and that they need not look  for her before dark and  set out with the

twinkle all gone  from her humorous brown eyes and her  mouth very determined. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 80



Top




Page No 83


She met Pink and the Native Son and was struck with the  change  which two days of killing anxiety had made

in them.  True, they had not  slept for fortyeight hours, except an  hour or two after they had been  forced to

stop and eat. True,  they had not eaten except in snatches.  But it was not that  alone which made their faces

look haggard and old  and  haunted. They, too, were thinking of Lost Child Creek and How  it  had gotten its

name. 

Miss Allen gleaned a little information from them regarding  the  general whereabouts of the various searching

parties. And  then, having  learned that the foothills of the mountains were  being searched  minutely because

the Kid might have taken a  notion to visit Meeker's;  and that the country around Wolf  Butte was being

searched, because he  had once told Big  Medicine that when he got bigger and his dad would  let him,  he was

going over there and kill wolves to make Doctor Dell  some rugs: and that the country toward the river was

being  searched  because the Kid always wanted to see where the Happy  Family drove the  sheep to, that time

when Happy Jack got shot  under the arm; that all  the places the Kid had seemed most  interested in were

being searched  minutelyif it could be  possible to; search minutely a country the  size of that!  Having

learned all that, Miss Allen struck off by  herself,  straight down into the Badlands where nobody seemed to

have  done much searching. 

The reason for that was, that the Happy Family had come out  of the  breaks on the day that the Kid was lost.

They had not  ridden together,  but in twos and threes because they drove  out several small bunches of  cattle

that they had gleaned, to  a common centre in One Man Coulee.  They had traveled by the  most feasible routes

through that rough  country, and they had  seen no sign of the Kid or any other rider. 

They did not believe that he had come over that far, or even  in  that direction; because a horseman would

almost certainly  have been  sighted by some of them in crossing a ridge  somewhere. 

It never occurred to anyone that the Kid might go down Flying  U  Creek and so into the breaks and the

Badlands. Flying U  Creek was  fenced, and the wire gate was in its placeChip  had looked down along

there, the first night, and had found  the gate up just as it always  was kept. Why should he  suspect that the Kid

had managed to open that  gate and to  close it after him? A little fellow like that? 

So the searching parties, having no clue to that one incident  which would at least have sent them in the right

direction,  kept to  the outlying fringe of gulches which led into the  broken edge of the  benchland, and to the

country west and  north and south of these  gulches. At that, there was enough  broken country to keep them

busy  for several days, even when  you consider the number of searchers. 

Miss Allen did not want to go tagging along with some party.  She  did not feel as if she could do any good

that way, and  she wanted to  do some good. She wanted to find that poor  little fellow and take him  to his

mother. She had met his  mother, just the day before, and had  ridden with her for  several miles. The look in

the Little Doctor's  eyes haunted  Miss Allen until she felt sometimes as if she must scream  curses to the

heavens for so torturing a mother. And that was  not  all; she had looked into Chip's face, last nightand she

had gone  home and cried until she could cry no more, just  with the pity of it. 

She left the more open valley and rode down a long, twisting  canyon that was lined with cliffs so that it was

impossible  to climb  out with a horse. She was sure she could not get  lost or turned  around, in a place like

that, and it seemed to  her as hopeful a place  to search as any. When you came to  that, they all had to ride at

random and trust to luck, for  there was not the faintest clue to guide  them. So Miss Allen  considered that she

could do no better than search  all the  patches of brush in the canyon, and keep on going. 

The canyon ended abruptly in a little flat, which she  crossed. She  had not seen the tracks of any horse going

down,  but when she was  almost across the flat she discovered tracks  of cattle, and now and  then the print of a

shod hoof. Miss  Allen began to pride herself on  her astuteness in reading  these signs. They meant that some


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 81



Top




Page No 84


of the  Happy Family had  driven cattle this way; which meant that they would  have seen  little Claude

Bennettthat was the Kid's real name, which  no  one except perfect strangers ever usedthey would have

seen  the  Kid or his tracks, if he had ridden down here. 

Miss Allen, then, must look farther than this. She hesitated  before three or four feasible outlets to the little

flat, and  chose  the one farthest to the right. That carried her farther  south, and  deeper into a maze of gulches

and gorges and  small, hidden valleys.  She did not stop, but she began to see  that it was going to be pure

chance, or the guiding hand of a  tender Providence, if one ever did  find anybody in this  horrible jumble. She

had never seen such a mess.  She believed  that poor little tot had come down in here, after all;  she  could not

see why, but then you seldom did know why children  took  a notion to do certain unbelievable things. Miss

Allen  had taught the  primary grade in a city school, and she knew a  little about small boys  and girls and the

big ideas they  sometimes harbored. 

She rode and rode, trying to put herself mentally in the  Kid's  place. Trying to pick up the thread of logical

thoughtchildren were  logical sometimesstartlingly so. 

"I wonder," she thought suddenly, "if he started out with the  idea  of hunting cattle! I wouldn't be a bit

surprised if he  didliving on  a cattle ranch, and probably knowing that the  men were down here

somewhere." Miss Allen, you see, came  pretty close to the truth with  her guess. 

Still, that did not help her find the Kid. She saw a high,  bald  peak standing up at the mouth of the gorge down

which  she was at that  time picking her way, and she made up her  mind to climb that peak and  see if she might

not find him by  looking from that point of vantage.  So she rode to the foot  of the pinnacle, tied her horse to a

bush and  began to climb. 

Peaks like that are very deceptive in their height Miss Allen  was  slim and her lungs were perfect, and she

climbed steadily  and as fast  as she dared. For all that it took her a long  while to reach the  topmuch longer

than she expected. When  she reached the black rock  that looked, from the bottom, like  the highest point of

the hill, she  found that she had not  gone much more than twothirds of the way up,  and that the  real peak

sloped back so that it could not be seen from  below  at all. 

Miss Allen was a persistent young woman. She kept climbing  until  she did finally reach the highest point,

and could look  down into  gorges and flats and tiny basins and canyons and  upon peaks and ridges  and

wormlike windings, and patches of  timber and patches of grass and  patches of barren earth and  patches of

rocks all jumbled up  together. Miss Allen gasped  from something more than the climb, and  sat down upon

a rock,  stricken with a sudden, overpowering weakness.  "God in  heaven!" she whispered, appalled. "What a

place to get lost  in!" 

She sat there a while and stared dejectedly down upon that  wild  orgy of the earth's upheaval which is the

Badlands. She  felt as though  it was sheer madness even to think of finding  anybody in there. It was  worse

than a mountain country,  because in the mountains there is a  certain semblance of some  system in the

canyons and high ridges and  peaks. Here every  thingpeaks, gorges, tiny valleys and allseemed  to be just

dumped down together. Peaks rose from the middle of  canyons;  canyons were half the time blind pockets that

ended abruptly  against a cliff. 

"Oh!" she cried aloud, jumpin up and gesticulating wildly.  Baby!  Little Claude! Here! Look up this way!"

She saw him,  down below, on  the opposite side from where she had left her  horse. 

The Kid was riding slowly up a gorge. Silver was picking his  way  carefully over the rocksthey looked tiny,

down there!  And they were  not going toward home, by any means. They were  headed directly away  from

home. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD" 82



Top




Page No 85


The cheeks of Miss Allen were wet while she shouted and  called and  waved her hands. He was alive,

anyway. Oh, if his  mother could only be  told that he was alive! Oh, why weren't  there telephones or

something  where they were needed! If his  poor mother could see him! 

Miss Allen called again, and the Kid heard her. She was sure  that  he heard her, because he stoppedthat

pitiful, tiny  speck down there  on the horse!and she thought he looked up  at her. Yes, she was sure  he heard

her, and that finally he  saw her; because he took off his hat  and waved it over his  headjust like a man, the

poor baby! 

Miss Allen considered going straight down to him, and then  walking  around to where her horse was tied. She

was afraid to  leave him while  she went for the horse and rode around to  where he was. She was afraid  she

might miss him somehow the  Badlands had stamped that fear deep  into her soul. 

"Wait!" she shouted, her hands cupped around her trembling  lips,  tears rolling down her cheeks "Wait baby!

I'm coming  for you." She  hoped that the Kid heard what she said, but she  could not be sure, for  she did not

hear him reply. But he did  not go on at once, and she  thought he would wait. 

Miss Allen picked up her skirts away from her ankles and  started  running down the steep slope. The Kid,

away down  below, stared up at  her. She went down a third of the way,  and stopped just in time to  save herself

from going over a  sheer wall of rocksstopped because a  rock which she  dislodged with her foot rolled

down the slope a few  feet,  gave a leap into space and disappeared. 

A step at a time Miss Allen crept down to where the rock had  bounced off into nothingness, and gave one

look and crouched  close to  the earth. A hundred feet, it must be, straight  down. After the first  shock she

looked to the right and the  left and saw that she must go  back, and down upon the other  side. 

Away down there at the bottom, the Kid sat still on his horse  and  stared up at her. And Miss Allen calling to

him that she  would come,  started back up to the peak. 

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND

Miss Allen turned to yell encouragingly to the Kid, and she  saw  that he was going on slowly, his head turned

to watch  her. She told  him to wait where he was, and she would come  around the mountain and  get him and

take him home. "Do you  hear me, baby?" she asked  imploringly after she had told him  just what she meant to

do. "Answer  me, baby!" 

"I ain't a baby!" his voice came faintly shrill after a  minute.  "I'm a rell ole cowpuncher" 

Miss Allen thought that was what he said, but at the time she  did  not quite understand, except his denial of

being a baby;  that was  clear enough. She turned to the climb, feeling that  she must hurry if  she expected to

get him and take him home  before dark. She knew that  every minute was precious and must  not be wasted. It

was well after  noonshe had forgotten to  eat her lunch, but her watch said it was  nearly one o'clock  already.

She had no idea how far she had ridden,  but she  thought it must be twelve miles at least. 

She had no idea, either, how far she had run down the butte  to the  cliffuntil she began to climb back. Every

rod or so  she stopped to  rest and to look back and to call to the Kid  who seemed such a tiny  mite of humanity

among these huge  peaks and fearsome gorges. He seemed  to be watching her very  closely always when she

looked she could see  the pink blur of  his little upturned face. She must hurry. Oh, if she  could  only send a

wireless to his mother! Human inventions fell far  short of the big needs, after all, she thought as she toiled

upward. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND 83



Top




Page No 86


From the top of the peak she could see the hazy outline of  the  Bear Paws, and she knew just about where the

Flying U  Coulee lay. She  imagined that she could distinguish the line  of its bluff in the far  distance. It was

not so very farbut  she could not get any word of  cheer across the quivering air  lanes. She turned and

looked wishfully  down at the Kid, a  tinier speck now than beforefor she had climbed  quite a  distance She

waved her hand to him, and her warm brown eyes  held a maternal tenderness. He waved his hatjust like a

man; he  must be brave! she thought. She turned reluctantly  and went hurrying  down the other side, her blood

racing with  the joy of having found  him, and of knowing that he was safe. 

It seemed to take a long time to climb down that peak; much  longer  than she thought it would take. She

looked at her  watch nervouslytwo  o'clock, almost! She must hurry, or they  would be in the dark getting

home. That did not worry her  very much, However, for there would be  searching partiesshe  would be sure

to strike one somewhere in the  hills before  dark. 

She came finally down to the levelexcept that it was not  level  at all, but a troughshaped gulch that looked

unfamiliar. Still, it  was the same one she had used as a  starting point when she began to  climbof course it

was the  same one. How in the world could a person  get turned around  going straight up the side of a hill and

straight  down again  in the very same place. This was the gorge where her horse  was tied, only it might be that

she was a little below the  exact  spot; that could happen, of course. So Miss Allen went  up the gorge  until it

petered out against the face of the  mountainone might as  well call it a mountain and be done  with it, for it

certainly was more  than a mere hill. 

It was some time before Miss Allen would admit to herself  that she  had missed the gorge where she had left

her horse,  and that she did  not know where the gorge was, and that she  did not know where she was  herself.

She had gone down the  mouth of the gulch before she made any  admissions, and she  had seen not one

solitary thing that she could  remember  having ever seen before. 

Not even the peak she had climbed looked familiar from where  she  was. She was not perfectly sure that it

was the same peak  when she  looked at it. 

Were you ever lost? It is a very peculiar sensationthe  feeling  that you are adrift in a world that is strange.

Miss  Allen had never  been lost before in her life. If she had  been, she would have been  more careful, and

would have made  sure that she was descending that  peak by the exact route she  had followed up it, instead of

just taking  it for granted  that all she need do was get to the bottom. 

After an hour or two she decided to climb the peak again, get  her  bearings from the top and come down more

carefully. She  was wild with  apprehensionthough I must say it was not for  her own plight but on  account

of the Kid. So she climbed. And  then everything looked so  different that she believed she had  climbed

another hill entirely. So  she went down again and  turned into a gorge which seemed to lead in  the direction

where she had seen the little lost boy. She followed  that  quite a long wayand that one petered out like the

first. 

Miss Allen found the gorges filling up with shadow, and she  looked  up and saw the sky crimson and gold,

and she knew then  without any  doubts that she was lost. Miss Allen was a brave  young woman, or she  would

not have been down in that country  in the first place; but just  the same she sat down with her  back against a

clay bank and cried  because of the eeriness  and the silence, and because she was hungry  and she knew she

was going to be cold before morningbut mostly  because she  could not find that poor, brave little baby boy

who had  waved  his hat when she left him, and shouted that he was not a  baby. 

In a few minutes she pulled herself together and went on;  there  was nothing to be gained by sitting in one

place and  worrying. She  walked until it was too dark to see, and then,  because she had come  upon a little,

level canyon bottom  though one that was perfectly  strangeshe stopped there  where a high bank


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND 84



Top




Page No 87


sheltered her from the  wind that was too  cool for comfort. She called, a few times, until she  was sure  that the

child was not within hearing. After that she  repeated poetry to keep her mind off the loneliness and the  pity of

that poor baby alone like herself. She would not  think of him if she  could help it. 

When she began to shiver so that her teeth chattered, she  would  walk up and down before the bank until she

felt warm  again; then she  would sit with her back against the clay and  close her eyes and try to  sleep. It was

not a pleasant way in  which to pass a whole night, but  Miss Allen endured it as  best she could. When the sun

tinged the  hilltops she got up  stiffly and dragged herself out of the canyon  where she could  get the direction

straight in her mind, and then set  off  resolutely to find the Kid. She no longer had much thought of  finding

her horse, though she missed him terribly, and wished  she had  the lunch that was tied to the saddle. 

This, remember, was the fourth day since the Kid rode down  through  the little pasture and stood on a piece of

fencepost  so that he could  fasten the gate. Men had given up hope of  finding him alive and  unharmed. They

searched now for his  body. And then the three women who  lived with Miss Allen  began to inquire about the

girl, and so the  warning went out  that Miss Allen was lost; and they began looking for  her  also. 

Miss Allen, along towards noon of that fourth day, found a  small  stream of water that was fit to drink. Beside

the  stream she found the  footprints of a child, and they looked  quite freshas if they had  been made that

day. She whipped  up her flagging energy and went on  hopefully. 

It was a long while afterwards that she met him coming down a  canyon on his horse. It must have been past

three o'clock,  and Miss  Allen could scarcely drag herself along. When she  saw him she turned  faint, and sat

down heavily on the steep  sloping bank. 

The Kid rode up and stopped beside her. His face was terribly  dirty and streaked with the marks of tears he

would never  acknowledge  afterwards. He seemed to be all right, though,  and because of his  ignorance of the

danger he had been in he  did not seem to have  suffered half as much as had Miss Allen. 

"Howdy do," he greeted her, and smiled his adorable little  smile  that was like the Little Doctor's. "Are you

the lady up  on the hill?  Do you know where the bunch is? I'mlookin' for  the bunch." 

Miss Allen found strength enough to stand up and put her arms  around him as he sat very straight in his little

stock  saddle; she  hugged him tight. 

"You poor baby!" she cried, and her eyes were blurred with  tears.  "You poor little lost baby!" 

"I ain't a baby!" The Kid pulled himself free. "I'm six years  old  goin' on thirty. I'm a rell ole cowpuncher. I

can slap a  saddle on my  string and ride like a sonagun. And I can put  the bridle on him my  own self and

everything. II was  lookin' for the bunch. I had to make  a drycamp and my  doughnuts is smashed up and

the jelly glass broke  but I never  cried when a skink came. I shooed him away and I never  cried  once. I'm a

rell ole cowpuncher, ain't I? I ain't afraid of  skinks. I frowed a rock at him and I said, git outa here, you  damn

old skink or I'll knock your block off!' You oughter  seen him go! II  sure made him hard to ketch, by

cripes!" 

Miss Allen stepped back and the twinkle came into her eyes  and the  whimsical twist to her lips. She knew

children. Not  for the world  would she offend this manchild. 

"Well, I should say you are a real old cowpuncher!" she  exclaimed  admiringly. "Now I'm afraid of skinks. I

never  would dare knock his  block off! And last night when I was  lost and hungry and it got dark,  Icried!" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND 85



Top




Page No 88


"Hunh!" The Kid studied her with a condescending pity. "Oh,  wellyou're just a woman. Us fellers have to

take care of  women.  Daddy Chip takes care of Doctor DellI guess she'd  cry if she  couldn't find the bunch

and had to make drycamp  and skinks come  aroundbut I never." 

"Of course you never!" Miss Allen agreed emphatically, trying  not  to look conscious of any tearmarks on

the Kid's  sunburned cheeks.  "Women are regular cry babies, aren't they?  I suppose," she added  guilefully: "I'd

cry again if you rode  off to find the bunch an left  me down here all alone. I've  lost my horse, an I've lost my

lunch, and  I've lost myself,  and I'm awful afraid of skunksskinks." 

"Oh, I'll take care of you," the Kid comforted. "I'll give  you a  doughnut if you're hungry. I've got some left,

but  you'll have to pick  out the glass where the jelly broke on  it." He reined closer to the  bank and slid off and

began  untying the sadly depleted bag from behind  the cantle. Miss  Allen offered to do it for him, and was

beautifully  snubbed.  The Kid may have been just a frightened, lost little boy  before he met herbut that was

a secret hidden in the  silences of  the deep canyons. Now he was a real old  cowpuncher, and he was going  to

take care of Miss Allen  because men always had to take care of  women. 

Miss Allen offended him deeply when she called him Claude.  She was  told bluntly that he was Buck, and that

he belonged  to the Flying U  outfit, and was riding down here to help the  bunch gather some cattle.  "But I

can't find the brakes," he  admitted grudgingly. "That's where  the bunch isdown in the  brakes; I can't seem

to locate them brakes" 

"Don't you think you ought to go home to your mother?" Miss  Allen  asked him while he was struggling with

the knot he had  tied in the  bag. 

"I've got to find the bunch. The bunch needs me," said the  Kid.  "II guess Doctor Dell is s'prised" 

"Who's Doctor Dell? Your mother? Your mother has just about  cried  herself sick, she's so lonesome without

you." 

The Kid looked at her wideeyed. "Aw, gwan! he retorted after  a  minute, imitating Happy Jack's disbelief of

any unpleasant  news. "I  guess you're jest loadin' me. Daddy Chip is takin'  care of her. He  wouldn't let her be

lonesome." 

The Kid got the sack open and reached an arm in to the  shoulder .  He groped there for a minute and drew out

a  battered doughnut smeared  liberally with wild currant jelly,  and gave it to Miss Allen with an  air of princely

generosity  and all the chivalry of all the Happy  Family rolled into one  baby gesture. Miss Allen took the

doughnut  meekly and did not  spoil the Kid's pleasure by hugging him as she  would have  liked to do. Instead

she said: "Thank you, Buck of the  Flying  U," quite humbly. Then something choked Miss Allen and she

turned her back upon him abruptly. 

"I've got one, two, free, fourteen left," said the Kid,  counting  them gravely. "If I had 'membered to bring

matches,"  he added  regretfully, "I could have a fire and toast rabbit  legs. I guess you  got some glass, didn't

you? I got some and  it cutted my tongue so the  bleed camebut I never cried," he  made haste to deny

stoutly. "I'm a  rell ole cowpuncher now. I  just cussed." He looked at her gravely.  "You can't cuss where

women can hear," he told Miss Allen  reassuringly. "Bud  says" 

"Let me see the doughnuts," said miss Allen abruptly. "I  think you  ought to let me keep the lunch. That's the

woman's  part. Men can't  bother with lunch" 

"It ain't lunch, it's grub," corrected the Kid. But he let  her  have the bag, and Miss Allen looked inside. There

were  some dried  prunes that looked like lumps of dirty dough, and  six dilapidated  doughnuts in a mess of


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND 86



Top




Page No 89


jelly, and a small  glass jar of honey. 

"I couldn't get the cover off," the Kid explained, "'theut I  busted it, and then it would all spill like the jelly.

Gee I  I wish  I had a beefsteak under my belt!" 

Miss Allen leaned over with her elbows on the bank and  laughed and  laughed. Miss Allen was closer to

hysterics than  she had ever been in  her life. The Kid looked at her in  astonishment and turned to Silver,

standing with drooping  head beside the bank. Miss Allen pulled herself  together and  asked him what he was

going to do. 

"I'm going to LOCATE your horse," he said, "and then I'm  going to  take you home." He looked at her

disapprovingly. "I  don't like you so  very much," he added. "It ain't p'lite to  laugh at a feller all the  time." 

"I won't laugh any more. I think we had better go home right  away," said Miss Allen contritely. "You see,

Buck, the bunch  came  home. Theythey aren't hunting cattle now. They want to  find you and  tell you. And

your father and mother need you  awfully bad, Buck.  They've been looking all over for you,  everywhere, and

wishing you'd  come home." 

Buck looked wistfully up and down the canyon. His face at  that  moment was not the face of a real old

cowpuncher, but  the sweet,  dirty, motherhungry face of a child. "It's a far  ways," he said  plaintively. "It's a

million miles, I guess I  wanted to go home, but I  couldn't des' 'zactly 'memberand I  thought I could find the

bunch,  and they'd know the trail  better. Do you know the trail?" 

Miss Allen evaded that question and the Kid's wide, wistful  eyes.  "I think if we start out, Buck, we can find

it. We must  go toward the  sun, now. That will be towards home. Shall I  put you on your horse?" 

The Kid gave her a withering glance and squirmed up into the  saddle with the help of both horn and cantle

and by the grace  of good  luck. Miss Allen gasped while she watched him. 

The Kid looked down at her triumphantly. He frowned a little  and  flushed guiltily when he remembered

something. "'Scuse  me," he said.  "I guess you better ride my horse. I guess I  better walk. It ain't  p'lite for

ladies to walk and men  ride." 

"No, no!" Miss Allen reached up with both hands and held the  Kid  from dismounting. "I'll walk, Buck. I'd

rather. Iwhy, I  wouldn't  dare ride that horse of yours. I'd be afraid he  might buck me off."  She pinched her

eyebrows together and  pursed up her lips in a most  convincing manner. 

"Hunh!" Scorn of her cowardice was in his tone. "Well, a  course I  ain't scared to ride him." 

So with Miss Allen walking close to the Kid's stirrup and  trying  her best to keep up and to be cheerful and to

remember  that she must  not treat him like a little, lost boy but like  a real old cowpuncher,  they started up the

canyon toward the  sun which hung low above a dark,  pinecovered hill. 

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY

Andy Green came in from a twentyhour ride through the Wolf  Butte  country and learned that another

disaster had followed  on the heels of  the first; that miss Allen had been missing  for thirtysix hours.  While he

bolted what food was handiest  in the camp where old Patsy  cooked for the searchers, and the  horse wrangler

brought up the  saddlebunch just as though it  was a roundup that held here its  headquarters, he heard all  that

Slim and Cal Emmett could tell him  about the  disappearance of Miss Allen. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY 87



Top




Page No 90


One fact stood significantly in the foreground, and that was  that  Pink and the Native Son had been the last to

speak with  her, so far as  anyone knew. That was itso far as anyone  knew. Andy's lips  tightened. There

were many strangers riding  through the country, and  where there are many strangers there  is also a certain

element of  danger. That Miss Allen was lost  was not the greatest fear that drove  Andy Green forth without

sleep and with food enough to last him a day  or two. 

First he meant to hunt up Pink and Miguelwhich was easy  enough,  since they rode into camp exhausted

and disheartened  while he was  saddling a fresh horse. From them he learned the  direction which Miss  Allen

had taken when she left them, and  he rode that way and never  stopped until he had gone down off  the

benchland and had left the  fringe of coulees and canyons  behind. Pink and the Native Son had just  come from

down in  here, and they had seen no sign of either her or the  Kid.  Andy intended to begin where they had left

off, and comb the  breaks as carefully as it is possible for one man to do. He  was  beginning to think that the

Badlands held the secret of  the Kid  disappearance, even though they had seen nothing of  him when they came

out four days ago. Had he seen Chip he  would have urged him to send  all the searchersand there  were two

or three hundred by nowinto  the Badlands and keep  them there until the Kid was found. But he did  not see

Chip  and had no time to hunt him up. And having managed to  evade  the supervision of any captain, and to

keep clear of all  parties, he meant to go alone and see if he could find a  clue, at  least. 

It was down in the long canyon which Miss Allen had followed,  that  Andy found hoofprints which he

recognized. The horse  Miss Allen had  ridden whenever he saw herone which she had  bought somewhere

north  of townhad one front foot which  turned in toward the other.  "Pigeontoed," he would have  called it.

The track it left in soft soil  was unmistakable.  Andy's face brightened when he saw it and knew that  he was

on  her trail. The rest of the way down the canyon he rode  alertly, for though he knew she might be miles from

there by  now, to  find the route she had taken into the Badlands was  something gained. 

The flat, which Andy knew very wellhaving driven the bunch  of  cattle whose footprints had so elated Miss

Allenhe  crossed uneasily.  There were so many outlets to this rich  little valley. He tried  several of them,

which took time; and  always when he came to soft  earth and saw no track of the  hoof that turned in toward

the other, he  would go back and  ride into another gulch. And when you are told that  these  were many, and

that much of the ground was rocky, and some  was  covered with a thick mat of grass, you will not be  surprised

that when  Andy finally took up her trail in the  canyon farthest to the right, it  was well towards noon. He

followed her easily enough until he came to  the next valley,  which he examined over and over before he

found where  she had  left it to push deeper into the Badlands. And it was the same  experience repeated when

he came out of that gulch into  another open  space. 

He came into a network of gorges that would puzzle almost  anyone,  and stopped to water his horse and let

him feed for  an hour or so. A  man's horse meant a good deal to him, down  here on such a mission, and  even

his anxiety could not betray  him into letting his mount become  too fagged. 

After a while he mounted and rode on without having any clue  to  follow; one must trust to chance, to a

certain extent, in  a place like  this. He had not seen any sign of the Kid,  either, and the gorges were  filling

with shadows that told  How low the sun was sliding down the  sky. At that time he was  not more than a mile

or so from the canyon up  which Miss  Allen was toiling afoot toward the sun; but Andy had no  means  of

knowing that. He went on with drooping head and eyes that  stared achingly here and there. That was the

worst of his  discomforthis eyes. Lack of sleep and the strain of  looking,  looking, against wind and sun, had

made them red  rimmed and  bloodshot. Miss Allen's eyes were like that, and  so were the eyes of  all the

searchers. 

In spite of himself Andy's eyes closed now. He had not slept  for  two nights, and he had been riding all that

time. Before  he realized  it he was asleep in the saddle, and his horse was  carrying him into a  gulch that had

no outletthere were so  many such!but came up  against a hill and stopped there. The  shadows deepened,


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY 88



Top




Page No 91


and the sky  above was red and gold. 

Andy woke with a jerk, his horse having stopped because he  could  go no farther. But it was not that which

woke him. He  listened. He  would have sworn that he had heard the shrill,  anxious whinney of a  horse not far

away. He turned and  examined the gulch, but it was  narrow and grassy and had no  possible place of

concealment, and save  himself and his own  horse it was empty. And it was not his own horse  that

whinniedhe was sure of that. Also, he was sure that he had  not dreamed it. A horse had called insistently.

Andy knew  horses too  well not to know that there was anxiety and  rebellion in that call. 

He waited a minute, his heart beating heavily. He turned and  started back down the gulch, and then stopped

suddenly. He  heard it  againshrill, prolonged, a call from somewhere;  where, he could not  determine

because of the piled masses of  earth and rock that flung the  sound riotously here and there  and confused him

as to direction. 

Then his own horse turned his head and looked toward the  left, and  answered the call. From far off the

strange horse  made shrill reply.  Andy got down and began climbing the left  hand ridge on the run,  tired as

he was. Not many horses  ranged down in hereand he did not  believe, anyway, that  this was any range

horse. It did not sound like  Silver, but  it might be the pigeontoed horse of Miss Allen. And if it  was, then

Miss Allen would be there. He took a deep breath  and went  up the last steep pitch in a spurt of speed that

surprised himself. 

At the top he stood panting and searched the canyon below  him.  Just across the canyon was the high peak

which Miss  Allen had climbed  afoot. But down below him he saw her horse  circling about in a  trampled

place under a young cottonwood. 

You would never accuse Andy Green of being weak, or of having  unsteady nerves, I hope. 

But it is the truth that he felt his knees give way while he  looked; and it was a minute or two before he had

any voice  with which  to call to her. Then he shouted, and the great  hill opposite flung  back the echoes

maddeningly. 

He started running down the ridge, and brought up in the  canyon's  bottom near the horse. It was growing

shadowy now to  the top of the  lower ridges, although the sun shone faintly  on the crest of the peak.  The horse

whinnied and circled  restively when Andy came near. Andy  needed no more than a  glance to tell him that the

horse had stood tied  there for  twentyfour hours, at the very least. That meant. . . . 

Andy turned pale. He shouted, and the canyon mocked him with  echoes. He looked for her tracks. At the base

of the peak he  saw the  print of her riding boots; farther along, up the  slope he saw the  track again. Miss Allen,

then, must have  climbed the peak, and he knew  why she had done so. But why  had she not come down again? 

There was only one way to find out, and he took the method in  the  face of his weariness. He climbed the peak

also, with now  and then a  footprint to guide him. He was not one of these  geniuses at trailing  who could tell,

by a mere footprint,  what had been in Miss Allen's  mind when she had passed that  way; but for all that it

seemed logical  that she had gone up  there to see if she could not glimpse the kidor  possibly  the way home. 

At the top he did not loiter. He saw, before he reached the  height, where Miss Allen had come down

againand he saw  where she  had, to avoid a clump of boulders and a broken  ledge, gone too far to  one side.

He followed that way. She  had descended at an angle, after  that, which took her away  from the canyon. 

In Montana there is more of daylight after the sun has gone  than  there is in some other places. Andy, by

hurrying,  managed to trail  Miss Allen to the bottom of the peak before  it grew really dusky. He  knew that she


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY 89



Top




Page No 92


had been completely  lost when she reached the bottom,  and had probably wandered  about at random since

then. At any rate,  there were no tracks  anywhere save her own, so that he felt less  anxiety over her  safety

than, when he had started out looking for her. 

Andy knew these breaks pretty well. He went over a rocky  ridge,  which Miss Allen had not tried to cross

because to her  it seemed  exactly in the opposite direction from where she  had started, and so  he came to her

horse again. He untied the  poor beast and searched for  a possible trail over the ridge  to where his own horse

waited; and by  the time he had found  one and had forced the horse to climb to the top  and then  descend into

the gulch, the darkness lay heavy upon the  hills. 

He picketed Miss Allen's horse with his rope', and fashioned  a  hobble for his own mount. Then he ate a little

of the food  he carried  and sat down to rest and smoke and consider how  best he could find  Miss Allen or the

Kidor both. He  believed Miss Allen to be somewhere  not far awaysince she  was afoot, and had left her

lunch tied to the  saddle. She  could not travel far without food. 

After a little he climbed back up the ridge to where he had  noticed a patch of brush, and there he started a

fire. Not a  very  large one, but large enough to be seen for a long  distance where the  vision was not blocked

by intervening  hills. Then he sat down beside  it and waited and listened and  tended the fire. It was all that he

could do for the present,  and it seemed pitifully little. If she saw  the fire, he  believed that she would come; if

she did not see it,  there  was no hope of his finding her in the dark. Had there been  fuel  on the high peak, he

might have gone up there to start  his fire; but  that was out of the question, since the peak  was barren. 

Heavyeyed, tired in every fibre of his being, Andy dragged  up a  dead buckbush and laid the butt of it

across his blaze.  Then he lay  down near itand went to sleep as quickly as if  he had been  chloroformed. 

It may have been an hour after thatit may have been more.  He sat  up suddenly and listened. Through the

stupor of his  sleep he had heard  Miss Allen call. At least, he believed he  had heard her call, though  he knew

he might easily have  dreamed it. He knew he had been asleep,  because the fire had  eaten part of the way to

the branches of the bush  and had  died down to smoking embers. He kicked the branch upon the  coals and a

blaze shot up into the night. He stood up and  walked a  little distance away from the fire so that he could  see

better, and  stood staring down into the canyon. 

From below he heard a faint callhe was sure of it. The  wonder to  him was that he had heard it at all in his

sleep.  His anxiety must  have been strong enough even then to send  the signal to his brain and  rouse him. 

He shouted, and again he heard a faint call. It seemed to be  far  down the canyon. He started running that way. 

The next time he shouted, she answered him more clearly. And  farther along he distinctly heard and

recognized her voice.  You may  be sure he ran, after that! 

After all, it was not so very far, to a man who is running  recklessly down hill. Before he realized how close

he was he  saw her  standing before him in the starlight. Andy did not  stop. He kept right  on running until he

could catch her in  his arms; and when he had her  there he held her close and  then he kissed her. That was not

proper,  of coursebut a man  does sometimes do terribly improper things under  the stress  of big emotions;

Andy had been haunted by the fear that she  was dead. 

Well, Miss Allen was just as improper as he was, for that  matter.  She did say "Oh!" in a breathless kind of

way, and  then she must have  known who he was. There surely could be no  other excuse for the way  she clung

to him and without the  faintest resistance let him kiss her. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY 90



Top




Page No 93


"Oh, I've found him!" she whispered after the first terribly  unconventional greetings were over. "I've found

him, Mr.  Green. I  couldn't come up to the fire, because he's asleep  and I couldn't carry  him, and I wouldn't

wake him unless I  had to. He's just down hereI  was afraid to go very far, for  fear of losing him again. Oh,

Mr.  Green! I" 

"My name is Andy," he told her. "What's your name?" 

"Mine? It'swell, it's Rosemary. Never mind now. I should  think  you'd be just wild to see that poor little

fellowhe's  a brick,  though." 

"I've been wild," said Andy, "over a good many thingsyou,  for  one. Where's the Kid?" 

They went together, hand in handterribly silly, wasn't  it?to  where the Kid lay wrapped in the gray

blanket in the  shelter of a  bank. Andy struck a match and held it so that he  could see the Kid  faceand Miss

Allen, looking at the man  whose wooing had been so  abrupt, saw his mouth tremble and  his lashes glisten as

he stared down  while the matchblaze  lasted. 

"Poor little tadhe's sure a great Kid," he said huskily  when the  match went out. He stood up and put his

arm around  Miss Allen just as  though that was his habit. "And it was you  that found him!" he  murmured with

his face against hers. "And  I've found you both, thank  God." 

CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME

I don't suppose anything can equal the aplomb of a child that  has  always had his own way and has developed

normally. The  Kid, for  instance, had been wandering in the wild places  this was the morning  of the sixth

day. The whole of Northern  Montana waited anxiously for  news of him. The ranch had been  turned into a

rendezvous for  searchers. Men rode as long as  they could sit in the saddle. Women  were hysterical in the

affection they lavished upon their own young.  And yet, the  Kid himself opened his eyes to the sun and his

mind was  untroubled save where his immediate needs were concerned. He  sat up  thinking of breakfast, and

he spied Andy Green humped  on his knees  over a heap of campfire coals, toasting rabbit  hamsthe joy of

iton a forked stick. Opposite him Miss  Allen crouched and held  another rabbitleg on a forked stick.  The

Kid sat up as if a spring  had been suddenly released, and  threw off the gray blanket 

"Say, I want to do that too!" he cried. "Get me a stick,  Andy, so  I can do it. I never did and I want to!" 

Andy grabbed him as he came up and kissed himand the Kid  wondered at the tremble of Andy's arms. He

wondered also at  the  unusual caress; but it was very nice to have Andy's arms  around him  and Andy's cheek

against his, and of a sudden the  baby of him came to  the surface. 

"I want my Daddy Chip!" he whimpered, and laid his head down  on  Andy's shoulder . "And I want my

Doctor Dell and mycat!  She's  lonesome for me. And I forgot to take the string off  her tail and  maybe it

ain't comfortable any more!" 

"We're going to hit the trail, oldtimer, just as soon as we  get  outside of a little grub." Andy's voice was so

tender  that Miss Allen  gulped back a sob of sympathy. "You take this  stick and finish  roasting the meat, and

then see what you  think of rabbithams. I hear  you've been a real old  cowpuncher, Buck. The way you took

care of Miss  Allen proves  you're the goods, all right. Not quite so close, or  you'll  burn it, Buck. That's better.

I'll go get another stick and  roast the back." 

The Kid, squatting on his heels by the fire, watched gravely  the  rabbitleg on the two prongs of the willow


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME 91



Top




Page No 94


stick he held.  He glanced  across at Miss Allen and smiled his Little Doctor  smile. 

"He's my pal," he announced. "I bet if I stayed we could round  up  all them cattle our own selves. And I bet he

can find your  horse, too.  Hehe's 'customed to this country. I'd a found  your horse today, all  rightbut I

guess Andy could find him  quicker. Us punchers'll take  care of you, all right." The  rabbitleg sagged to the

coals and began  to scorch, and the  Kid lifted it startled and was grateful when Miss  Allen did  not seem to

have seen the accident. 

"I'd a killed a rabbit for you," he explained, "only I didn't  have  no gun or no matches so I couldn't. When I'm

ten my  Daddy Chip is  going to give me a gun. And then if you get  lost I can take care of  you like Andy can.

I'll be ten next  week, I guess." He turned as Andy  came back slicing off the  branches of a willow the size of

his thumb. 

"Say, oldtimer, where's the rest of the bunch?" he inquired  casually. "Did you git your cattle rounded up?" 

"Not yet." Andy sharpened the prongs of his stick and  carefully  impaled the back of the rabbit. 

"Well, I'll help you out. But I guess I better go home  firstI  guess Doctor Dell might need me, maybe." 

"I know she does, Buck." Andy's voice had a peculiar, shaky  sound  that the Kid did not understand. "She

needs you right  bad. We'll hit  the high places right away quick." 

Since Andy had gone at daybreak and brought the horses over  into  this canyon, his statement was a literal

one. They ate  hurriedly and  startedand Miss Allen insisted that Andy was  all turned around, and  that they

were going in exactly the  wrong direction, and blushed and  was silent when Andy,  turning his face full

toward her, made a kissing  motion with  his lips. 

"You quit that!" the Kid commanded him sharply. "She's my  girl I  guess I found her first 'fore you did, and

you ain't  goin' to kiss  her." 

After that there was no lovemaking but the most decorous  conversation between these two. 

Flying U Coulee lay deserted under the warm sunlight of early  forenoon. Deserted, and silent with the silence

that tells  where  Death has stopped with his sickle. Even the Kid seemed  to feel a  strangeness in the

atmospherea stillness that  made his face sober  while he looked around the little pasture  and up at the hill

trail. In  all the way home they had not  met anyonebut that may have been  because Andy chose the  way up

Flying U Creek as being shorter and  therefore more  desirable. 

At the lower line fence of the little pasture Andy refused to  believe the Kid's assertion of having opened and

shut the  gate, until  the Kid got down and proved that he could open  itthe shutting  process being too slow

for Andy's raw  nerves. He lifted the Kid into  the saddle and shut the gate  himself, and led the way up the

creek at  a fast trot. 

"I guess Doctor Dell will be glad to see me," the Kid  observed  wistfully. "I've been gone most a year, I

guess." 

Neither Andy nor Miss Allen made any reply to this. Their  eyes  were searching the hilltop for riders, that

they might  signal. But  there was no one in sight anywhere. 

"Hadn't you better shout?" suggested Miss Allen. "Or would it  be  better to go quietly" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME 92



Top




Page No 95


Andy did not reply; nor did he shout. Andy, at that moment,  was  fighting a dryness in his throat. He could not

have  called out if he  had wanted to. They rode to the stable and  stopped. Andy lifted the  Kid down and set

him on his two feet  by the stable door while he  turned to Miss Allen. For once in  his life he was at a loss. He

did  not know how best to bring  the Kid to the Little Doctor; How best to  lighten the shock  of seeing safe and

well the manchild who she thought  was  dead. He hesitated. Perhaps he should have ridden on to the  house

with him. Perhaps he should have fired the signal when  first he came  into the coulee. Perhaps. . . 

The Kid himself swept aside Andy's uncertainties. Adeline,  the  cat, came out of the stable and looked at them

contemplatively.  Adeline still had the string tied to her  tail, and a wisp of paper  tied to the string. The Kid

pounced  and caught her by the middle. 

"I guess I can tie knots so they stay, by cripes!" he shouted  vaingloriously. "I guess Happy Jack can't tie

strings any  better 'n  me, can he? Nice kittyc'm back here, you sona  gun!" 

Adeline had not worried over the absence of the Kid, but his  hilarious arrival seemed to worry her

considerably. She went  bounding  up the path to the house, and after her went the  Kid, yelling epithets  which

were a bit shocking for one of  his age. 

So he came to the porch just when Chip and the Little Doctor  reached it, whitefaced and trembling. Adeline

paused to  squeeze  under the steps, and the Kid catching her by the  tail, dragged her  back yowling. While his

astounded parents  watched him unbelievingly,  the Kid gripped Adeline firmly and  started up the steps. 

"I ketched the sonagun!" he cried jubilantly. 

"Say, I seen a skink, Daddy Chip, and I frowed a rock and  knocked  his block off 'cause he was going to swipe

my grub.  Was you s'prised,  Doctor Dell?" 

Doctor Dell did not say. Doctor Dell was kneeling on the  porch  floor with the Kid held closer in her arms

than ever he  held the cat,  and she was crying and laughing and kissing him  all at oncethough  nobody

except a mother can perform that  feat. 

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON

It is amazing how quickly life swings back to the normal  after  even so harrowing an experience as had come

to the  Flying U. Tragedy  had hovered there a while and had turned  away with a smile, and the  smile was

reflected upon the faces  and in the eyes of everyone upon  whose souls had fallen her  shadow. The Kid was

safe, and he was well,  and he had not  suffered from the experience; on the contrary he spent  most  of his

waking hours in recounting his adventures to an  admiring  audience. He was a real old cowpuncher. He had

gone  into the  wilderness and he had proven the stuff that was in  him. He had made  "drycamp" just exactly

as well as any of  the Happy Family could have  done. He had slept out under the  stars rolled in a

blanketand do you  think for one minute  that he would ever submit to lacetrimmed  nighties again? If  you

do, ask the little Doctor what the Kid said on  the first  night after his return, when she essayed to robe him in

spotless white and rock him, held tight in her starved arms.  Or you  might ask his Daddy Chip, who hovered

pretty close to  them both, his  eyes betraying how his soul gave thanks. Or  never mind, I'll tell  you myself. 

The Little Doctor brought the nightie, and reached out her  two  eager arms to take the kid off Chip's knees

where he was  perched  contentedly relating his adventures with sundry hair  raising  additions born of his

imagination. The Kid was  telling Daddy Chip  about the skunk he saw, and he hated to be  interrupted. He

looked at  his Doctor Dell and at the  familiar, white garment with lace at the  neck and wristbands,  and he

waved his hand with a gesture of  dismissal. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON 93



Top




Page No 96


"Aw, take that damn' thing away!" he told her in the tone of  the  real old cowpuncher. "When I get ready to hit

the bed  ground, a  blanket is all I'll need." 

Lest you should think him less lovable than he really was, I  must  add that, when Chip set him down hastily so

that he  himself could rush  off somewhere and laugh in secret, the Kid  spread his arms with a  little chuckle

and rushed straight at  his Doctor Dell and gave her a  real bear hug. 

"I want to be rocked," he told herand was her own baby man  again, except that he absolutely refused to

reconsider the  nightgown.  "And I want you to tell me a storyabout when  Silver breaked his leg.  Silver's a

good ole scout, you bet. I  don't know what I'd a done  'theut Silver. And tell about the  bunch makin' a man

outa straw to  scare you, and the horses  runned away. I was such a far ways, Doctor  Dell, and I  couldn't get

back to hear them stories and I've most  forgot  about 'em. And tell about Whizzer, Doctor Dell." 

The Little Doctor rocked him and told him of the old days,  and she  never again brought him his

lacetrimmed nightie at  bedtime. She never  mentioned his language upon the subject,  either. The Little

Doctor was  learning some things about her  manchild, and one of them was this:  When he rode away into  the

Badlands and was lost, other things were  lost, and lost  permanently; he was no longer her baby, for all he

liked to  be rocked. He had come back to her changed, so that she  studied him amazedly while she

worshipped. He had entered  boldly into  the life which men live, and he would never come  back entirely to the

old order of things. He would never be  her baby; there would be a  difference, even while she held  him in her

arms and him rocked him to  sleep. 

She knew that it was so, when the Kid insisted, next day,  upon  going home with the bunch; with Andy,

rather, who was  just now the  Kid's particular hero. He had to help the bunch  he said; they needed  him, and

Andy needed him and Miss Allen  needed him. 

"Aw, you needn't be scared, Doctor Dell," he told her  shrewdly. "I  ain't going to find them brakes any more.

I'll  stick with the bunch,  cross my heart. and I'll come back  tonight if you're scared 'theut me.  Honest to

gran'ma, I've  got to go and help the bunch lick the stuffen'  outa them  nesters, Doctor Dell." 

The Little Doctor looked at him strangely, hugged him tight  and  let him go. Chip would be with them, and

he would bring  the Kid home  safely, andthe limitations of dooryard play no  longer sufficed; her  fledgling

had found what his wings were  for, and the nest was too  little, now. 

"We'll take care of him," Andy promised her understandingly.  "If  Chip don't come up, this afternoon, I'll

bring him home  myself. Don't  you worry a minute about him." 

"I'd tell a man she needn't!" added the Kid patronizingly. 

"I suppose he's a lot safer with you boys than he is here at  the  ranchunless one of us stood over him all the

time, or  we tied him  up," she told Andy gamely. "I feel like a hen  trying to raise a duck!  Go on, Buckbut

give mother a kiss  first." 

The Kid kissed her violently and with a haste that betrayed  where  his thoughts were, in spite of the fact that

never  before had his  mother called him Buck. 

To her it was a supreme surrender of his babyhoodto him it  was  merely his due. The Little Doctor sighed

and watched him  ride away  beside Andy. "Children are such selfcentred little  beasts!" she told  J. G.

ruefully. "I almost wish he was a  girl." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON 94



Top




Page No 97


"Ay? If he was a girl he wouldn't git lost, maybe, but some  feller'd take him away from yuh just the same.

The Kid's all  right.  He's just the kind you expect him to be and want him  to be. You're  tickled to death

because he's like he is.  Doggone it, Dell, that Kid's  got the real stuff in him! He's  a dead ringer fer his

dadthat ought  to do yuh." 

"It does," the Little Doctor declared. "But it does seem as  if he  might be contented here with me for a little

while  after such a  horrible time" 

"It wasn't horrible to him, yuh want to recollect. Doggone  it, I  wish that Blake would come back. You write

to him,  Dell, and tell him  how things is stacking up. He oughta be  here on the ground. No tellin'  what them

nesters'll build up  next." 

So the Old Man slipped back into the old channels of worry  and  thought, just as life itself slips back after a

stressful  period. The  little Doctor sighed again and sat down to write  the letter and to  discuss with the Old

Man what she should  say. 

There was a good deal to say. For one thing, more contests  had  been filed and more shacks built upon claims

belonging to  the Happy  Family. She must tell Blake that. Also, Blake must  help make some  arrangement

whereby the Happy Family could  hire an outfit to gather  their stock and the alien stock  which they meant to

drive back out of  the Badlands. And there  was Irish, who had quietly taken to the hills  again as soon  as the

Kid returned. Blake was needed to look into that  particular bit of trouble and try and discover just how

serious it  was. The man whom Irish had floored with a chair  was apparently  hovering close to deathand

there were these  who emphasized the  adverb and asserted that the hurt was only  apparent, but could prove

nothing. 

"And you tell 'im," directed the Old Man querulously, "that  I'll  stand good for his time while he's lookin' after

things  for the boys.  And tell 'im if he's so doggoned scared I'll  buy into the game, he  needn't to show up here

at the ranch at  all; tell him to stay in Dry  Lake if he wants toserve him  right to stop at that hotel fer a  while.

But tell him for the  Lord's sake git a move on. The way it  looks to me, things is  piling up on them boys till

they can't hardly  see over the  top, and something's got to be done. Tell 'imhere! Give  me  a sheet of paper

and a pencil and I'll tell him a few things  myself. Chances are you'd smooth 'em out too much, gitting  'em on

paper. And the things I've got to say to Blake don't  want any  smoothing." 

The things he wrote painfully with his rheumatic hand were  not  smoothed for politeness' sake, and it made

the Old Man  feel better to  get them off his mind. He read the letter over  three times, and  lingered over the

most scathing sentences  relishfully. He sent one of  his new men to town for the  express purpose of mailing

that letter,  and he felt a glow of  satisfaction at actually speaking his mind upon  the subject. 

Perhaps it was just as well he did not know that Blake was in  Dry  Lake when the letter reached his office in

Helena, and  that it was  forwarded to the place whence it had started.  Blake was already  "getting a move on,"

and he needed no such  spur as the Old Man's  letter. But the letter did the Old Man  a lot of good, so that it

served its purpose. 

Blake had no intention of handling the case from the Flying U  porch, for instance. He had laid his plans quite

independently of the  Flying U outfit. He had no intention of  letting Irish be arrested upon  a trumped up

charge, and he  managed to send a word of warning to that  hotheaded young  man not to put himself in the

way of any groping arm  of the  law; it was so much simpler than arrest and preliminary trial  and bail, and all

that. He had sent word to Weary to come and  see  him, before ever he received the Old Man's letter, and he

had placed  at Weary's disposal what funds would be needed for  the immediate plans  of the Happy Family. He

had attended in  person to the hauling of the  fence material to their boundary  line on the day he arrived and

discovered by sheer accident  that the stuff was still in the warehouse  of the general  store. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON 95



Top




Page No 98


After he did all that, the Honorable Blake received the Old  Man's  letter, read it through slowly and afterwards

stroked  down his Vandyke  beard and laughed quietly to himself. The  letter itself was both  peremptory and

profane, and commanded  the Honorable Blake to do  exactly what he had already done,  and what he intended

to do when the  time came for the doing. 

CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS

Florence Grace Hallman must not be counted a woman without  principle or kindness of heart or these

qualities which make  women  beloved of men. She was a pretty nice young woman,  unless one roused  her

antagonism. Had Andy Green, for  instance, accepted in good faith  her offer of a position with  the Syndicate,

he would have found her  generous and humorous  and loyal and kind. He would probably have  fallen in love

with her before the summer was over, and he would never  have  discovered in her nature that hardness and

that ability for  spiteful scheming which came to the surface and made the  whole Happy  Family look upon her

as an enemy. 

Florence Grace Hillman was intensely human, as well as  intensely  loyal to her firm. She had liked Andy

Green better  than  anyoneherself includedrealized. It was not  altogether her vanity  that was hurt when

she discovered how  he had worked against herhow  little her personality had  counted with him. She felt

chagrined and  humiliated and as  though nothing save the complete subjugation of Andy  Green  and the

complete thwarting of his plans could ease her own  hurt. 

Deep in her heart she hoped that he would eventually want her  to  forgive him his treachery. She would give

him a good, hard  fightshe  would show him that she was mistress of the  situation. She would force  him to

respect her as a foe; after  thatAndy Green was human,  certainly. She trusted to her  feminine intuition to

say just what  should transpire after  the fight; trusted to her feminine charm also  to bring her  whatever she

might desire. 

That was the personal side of the situation. There was also  the  professional side, which urged her to do battle

for the  interests of  her firm. And since both the personal and the  professional aspects of  the case pointed to

the same general  goal, it may be assumed that  Florence Grace was prepared to  make a stiff fight. 

Then Andy Green proceeded to fall in love with that sharp  tongued  Rosemary Allen; and Rosemary Allen

had no better  taste than to let  herself be lost and finally found by Andy,  and had the nerve to show  very

plainly that she not only  approved of his love but returned it.  After that, Florence  Grace was in a condition to

stop at  nothingshort of  murderthat would defeat the Happy Family in their  latest  project. 

While all the Bear Paw country was stirred up over the lost  child,  Florence Grace Hillman said it was too bad,

and had  they found him  yet? and went right along planting contestants  upon the claims of the  Happy Family.

She encouraged the  building of claimshacks and urged  firmness in holding  possession of them. She visited

the man whom Irish  had  knocked down with a bottle of whisky, and she had a long talk  with him and with

the doctor who attended him. She saw to it  that the  contest notices were served promptly upon the Happy

Family, and she  hurried in shipments of stock. Oh, she was  very busy indeed, during  the week that was spent

in hunting  the Kid. When he was found, and the  rumor of an engagement  between Rosemary Allen and that

treacherous  Andy Green  reached her, she was busier still; but since she had  changed  her methods and was

careful to mask her real purpose behind  an air of passive resentment, her industry became less  apparent. 

The Happy Family did not pay much attention to Florence Grace  Hallman and her studied opposition. They

were pretty busy  attending  to their own affairs; Andy Green was not only busy  but very much in  love, so that

he almost forgot the existence  of Florence Grace except  on the rare occasions when he met  her riding over the

prairie trails. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS 96



Top




Page No 99


First of all they rounded up the stock that had been  scattered,  and they did not stop when they crossed

Antelope  Coulee with the  settlers' cattle. They bedded them there  until after dark. Then they  drove them on to

the valley of  Dry Lake, crossed that valley on the  train traveled road and  pushed the herd up on Lonesome

Prairie and out  as far upon  the benchland as they had time to drive them. 

They did not make much effort toward keeping it a secret.  Indeed  Weary told three or four of the most

indignant  settlers, next day,  where they would find their cattle. But  he added that the feed was  pretty good

back there, and  advised them to leave the stock out there  for the present. 

"It isn't going to do you fellows any good to rear up on your  hind  legs and make a holler," he said calmly.

"We haven't  hurt your cattle.  We don't want to have trouble with anybody.  But we're pretty sure to  have a

fine, large row with our  neighbors if they don't keep on their  own side the fence." 

That fence was growing to be more than a mere figure of  speech The  Happy Family did not love the digging

of post  holes and the  stretching of barbed wire; on the contrary they  hated it so deeply  that you could not get

a civil word out of  one of them while the work  went on; yet they put in long  hours at the fencebuilding. 

They had to take the work in shifts on account of having  their own  cattle to watch day and night. Sometimes

it  happened that a man tamped  posts or helped stretch wire all  day, and then stood guard two or  three hours

on the herd at  night; which was wearing on the temper.  Sometimes, because  they were tired, they quarreled

over small things. 

New shipments of cattle, too, kept coming to Dry Lake.  Invariably  these would be driven out towards

Antelope  Couleefarther if the  drivers could manage itand would  have to be driven back again with  what

patience the Happy  Family could muster. No one helped them among  the settlers.  There was every attitude

among the claimdwellers, from  open  opposition to latent antagonism. None were quite neutraland  yet the

Happy Family did not bother any save these who had  filed  contests to their claims, or who took active part in

the cattle  driving. 

The Happy Family were not half as brutal as they might have  been.  In spite of their notrespassing signs they

permitted  settlers to  drive across their claims with wagons and water  barrels, to haul  water from One Man

Creek when the springs  and the creek in Antelope  Coulee went dry. 

They did not attempt to move the shacks of the later  contestants  off their claims. Though they hated the sight

of  them and of the  owners who bore themselves with such  provocative assurance, they  grudged the time the

moving would  take. Besides that the Honorable  Blake had told them that  moving the shacks would

accomplish no real,  permanent good.  Within thirty days they must appear before the  register and  receiver and

file answer to the contest, and he assured  them  that forbearance upon their part would serve to strengthen

their  case with the Commissioner. 

It goes to prove how deeply in earnest they were, that they  immediately began to practice assiduously the

virtues of  mildness and  forbearance. They could, he told them, postpone  the filing of their  answers until close

to the end of the  thirty days; which would serve  also to delay the date of  actual trial of the contests, and give

the  Happy Family more  time for their work. 

Their plans had enlarged somewhat. They talked now of fencing  the  whole tract on all four sides, and of

building a dam  across the mouth  of a certain coulee in the foothills which  drained several miles of  rough

country, thereby converting  the coulee into a reservoir that  would furnish water for  their desert claims. It

would take work, of  course; but the  Happy Family; were beginning to see prosperity on the  trail  ahead and

nothing in the shape of hard work could stop them  from coming to hanggrips with fortune. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS 97



Top




Page No 100


Chip helped them all he could, but he had the Flying U to  look  after, and that without the good teamwork of

the Happy  Family which  had kept things moving along so smoothly. The  teamwork now was being  used in

a different game; a losing  game, one would say at first  glance. 

So far the summer had been favorable to dryfarming. The more  enterprising of the settlers had some grain

and planted  potatoes upon  freshly broken soil, and these were growing  apace. They did not know  about these

scorching August winds,  that might shrivel crops in a day.  They did not realize that  early frosts might kill

what the hot winds  spared. They  became enthusiastic over dryfarming, and their  resentment  toward the

Happy family increased as their enthusiasm waxed  strong. The Happy Family complained to one another that

you  couldn't  pry a nester loose from his claim with a crowbar. 

In this manner did civilization march out and take possession  of  the high prairies that lay close to the Flying

U. They had  a Sunday  School organized, with the meetings held in a double  shack near the  trail to Dry Lake.

The Happy family, riding  that way, sometimes heard  voices mingled in the shrill  singing of some hymn

where, a year  before, they had listened  to the hunting song of the coyote. 

Eighty acres to the manwith that climate and that soil they  never could make it pay; with that soil

especially since it  was  mostly barren. The Happy Family knew it, and could find  it in their  hearts to pity the

men who were putting in  dollars and time and hard  work there. But for obvious reasons  they did not put their

pity into  speech. 

They fenced their west line in record time. There was only  one  gate in the whole length of it, and that was on

the trail  to Dry Lake.  Not content with trusting to the warning of four  strands of barbed  wire stretched so tight

that they hummed to  the touch, they took turns  in watching it"riding fence," in  range parlanceand in

watching the  settlers' cattle. 

To H. J. Owens and his fellow contestants they paid not the  slightest attention, because the Honorable Blake

had urged  them  personally to ignore any and all claimants. To Florence  Grace Hallman  they gave no heed,

believing that she had done  her worst, and that her  worst was after all pretty weak,  since the contests she had

caused to  be filed could not  possibly be approved by the government so long as  the Happy  Family continued

to abide by every law and bylaw and  condition and requirement in their present throughgoing and

exemplary manner. 

You should have seen how mildmannered and how industrious  the  Happy Family were, during these three

weeks which  followed the  excitement of the Kid's adventuring into the  wild. You would have been

astonished, and you would have made  the mistake of thinking that they  had changed permanently and  might

be expected now to settle down with  wives and raise  families and hay and cattle and potatoes, and grow

beards,  perhaps, and become welltodo ranchers. 

The Happy Family were almost convinced that they were  actually  leaving excitement behind them for good

and all.  They might hold back  the encroaching tide of immigration from  the rough land along the  riverthat

sounded like something  exciting, to be sure. But they must  hold back the tide with  legal proceedings and by

pastoral pursuits,  and that promised  little in the way of brisk, decisive action and  strong nerves  and all these

qualities which set the Happy Family  somewhat  apart from their fellows. 

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP

Miss Rosemary Allen rode down into One Man Coulee and boldly  up to  the cabin of Andy Green, and

shouted musically for him  to come forth.  Andy made a hasty pass at his hair with a  brush, jerked his tie

straight and came out eagerly. There  was no hesitation in his manner.  He went straight up to her  and reached


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP 98



Top




Page No 101


up to pull her from the saddle,  that he might  hold her in his arms and kiss herafter the manner of  bold

young men who are very much in love. But Miss Rosemary Allen  stopped him with a push that was not

altogether playful, and  scowled  at him viciously. 

"I am in a most furious mood today," she said. "I want to  scratch  somebody's eyes out! I want to say

WORDS. Don't come  close, or I might  pull your hair or something, James." She  called him James because

that  was not his name, and because  she had learned a good deal about his  past misdeeds and liked  to take a

sly whack at his notorious tendency  to forget the  truth, by calling him Truthful James. 

"All right; that suits me fine. It's worth a lot to have you  close  enough to pull hair. Where have you been all

this long  while?" Being a  bold young man and very much in love, he  kissed her in spite of her  professed

viciousness. 

"Oh, I've been to townit hasn't been more than three days  since  we met and had that terrible quarrel James.

What was it  about?" She  frowned down at him thoughtfully. "I'm still  furious about  itwhatever it is. Do

you know, Mr. Man, that  I am an outlaw amongst  my neighbors, and that our happy  little household, up there

on the  hill, is a house divided  against itself? I've put up a green burlap  curtain on my  southwest corner, and

bought me a smelly oil stove and I  positively refuse to look at my neighbors or speak to them.  I'm  going to

get some lumber and board up that side of my  house. 

"Those three catsthey get together on the other side of my  curtain and say the meanest things!" 

Andy Green had the temerity to laugh. "That sounds good to  me," he  told her unsympathetically. "Now

maybe you'll come  down and keep house  for me and let that pinnacle go to  thunder. It's no good anyway, and

I  told you so long ago.  That whole eighty acres of yours wouldn't  support a family of  jackrabbits month.

What" 

"And let those old hens say they drove me off? That Kate  Price is  the limit. The things she said to me you

wouldn't  believe. And it all  started over my going with little Buck a  few times to ride along your  fence when

you boys were busy. I  consider that I had a perfect right  to ride where I pleased.  Of course they're furious

anyway, because I  don't side  against you boys andand all that. Whenwhen they found  out  aboutyou

and me, James, they said some pretty sarcastic  things,  but I didn't pay any attention to that. Poor old  freaks, I

expected  them to be jealous, because nobody ever  pays any attention to THEM.  Kate Price is the

worstshe's an  old maid. The others have had  husbands and can act superior. 

"Well, I didn't mind the things they said then; I took that  for  granted. But a week or so ago Florence Hallman

came, and  she did stir  things up in great style! Since then the girls  have hardly spoken to  me except to say

something insulting.  And Florence Grace came right  out and called me a traitor;  that was before little Buck

and I took to  'riding fence' as  you call it, for you boys. You imagine what they've  been  saying since then!" 

"Well, what do you care? You don't have to stay with them,  and you  know it. I'm just waiting" 

"Well, but I'm no quitter, James. I'm going to hold down that  claim now if I have to wear a sixshooter!" Her

eyes twinkled  at that  idea. "Besides, I can stir them up now and then and  get them to say  things that are

useful. For instance,  Florence Hallman told Kate Price  about that last trainload of  cattle coming, and that they

were going  to cut your fence and  drive them through in the nightand I stirred  dear little  Katie up so she

couldn't keep still about that. And  therefore" She reached out and gave Andy Green's ear a  small

tweek"somebody found out about it, and a lot of  somebodys happened  around that way and just quietly

managed  to give folks a hint that  there was fine grass somewhere  else. That saved a lot of horseflesh  and

words and work,  didn't it?" 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP 99



Top




Page No 102


"It sure did." Andy smiled up at her worshipfully. "Just the  same" 

"But listen here, nice, levelheaded Katiegirl has lost her  temper  since then, and let out a little more that is

useful  knowledge to  somebody. There's one great weak point in the  character of Florence  Hallman; maybe

you have noticed it.  She's just simply GOT to have  somebody to tell things to, and  she doesn't always show

the best  judgment in her choice of a  confessional" 

"I've noticed that before," Andy Green admitted, and smiled  reminiscently. "She sure does talk too

muchfor a lady that  has so  much up her sleeve." 

"Yesand she's been making a chum of Katie Price since she  discovered what an untrustworthy creature I

am. I did a  little favor  for Irish Mallory, James. I overheard Florence  Grace talking to Kate  about that man

who is supposed to be at  death's door. So I made a trip  to Great Falls, if you please,  and I scouted around and

located the  gentlemanwell, anyway,  I gave that nice, sleek little lawyer of  yours a few facts  that will let

Irish come back to his claim." 

"Irish has been coming back to his claim pretty regular as it  is,"  Andy informed her quietly. "Did you think he

was hiding  out, all this  time? Why"he laughed at her"you talked to  him yourself, one day,  and thought it

was Weary. Remember  when you came over with the mail?  That was Irish helping me  string wire. He's been

wearing Weary's hat  and clothes and  cultivating a twinkle to his eyesthat's all" 

"Why, Iwell, anyway, that man they've been making a fuss  over is  just as well as you are, James. They

only wanted to  get Irish in jail  and make a little troublepretty cheap  warfare at that, if you want  my

opinion." 

"Oh, wellwhat's the odds? While they're wasting time and  energy  that way, we're going right along doing

what we've  laid out to do.  Say, do you know I'm kinda getting stuck on  this ranch proposition. If  I just had a

housekeeper" 

Miss Rosemary Allen seldom let him get beyond that point, and  she  interrupted him now by wrinkling her

nose at him in a  manner that made  Andy Green forget altogether that he had  begun a sentence upon a  subject

forbidden. Later she went  back to her worries; she was a very  persistent young woman. 

"I hope you boys are going to attend to that contest business  right away," she said, with a pucker between her

eyes and not  much  twinkle in them. "There's something about that which I  don't quite  understand. I heard

Florence Hallman and Kate  talking yesterday about  it going by default. Are you sure  it's wise to put off filing

your  answers so long? When are  you supposed to appear, James?" 

"Me? On or before the twentyoneth day of July, my dear girl.  They  lumped us up and served us all on the

same dayI reckon  to save  shoeleather; therefore, inasmuch as said adverse  parties have got  over a week

left" 

"You'd better not take a chance, waiting till the last day in  the  afternoon," she warned him vaguely. "Maybe

they think  you've forgotten  the date or somethingbut whatever they  think, I believe they're  counting on

your not answering in  time. I think Florence Hallman knows  they haven't any real  proof against you. I know

she knows it. She's  perfectly wild  over the way you boys have stuck here and worked. And  from  what I can

gather, she hasn't been able to scrape up the  weentiest bit of evidence that the Flying U is backing you  and

of  course that is the only ground they could contest your  claims on. So  if it comes to trial, you'll all win;

you're  bound to. I told Kate  Price soand those other old hens,  yesterday, and that's what we had  the row

over." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP 100



Top




Page No 103


"My money's on you, girl," Andy told her, grinning. "How are  the  wounded?" 

"The wounded? Oh, they've clubbed together this morning and  are  washing hankies and collars and things,

and talking about  me. And they  have snouged every speck of water from the  barrelI paid my share for  the

hauling, tooand the man  won't come again till day after tomorrow  with more. Fifty  cents a barrel, straight,

he's charging now, James.  And you ,  boys with a great, big, long creekful of it that you can get  right in and

swim in! I've come over to borrow two waterbags  of it,  if you please, James I never dreamed water was so

precious. Florence  Hallman ought to be made to lie on one of  these dry claims she's  fooled us into taking. I

really don't  know, James, what's going to  become of some of these poor  farmers. You knew, didn't you, that

Mr.  Murphy spent nearly  two hundred dollars boring a welland now it's so  strong of  alkali they daren't use

a drop of it? Mr. Murphy is living  right up to his name and nationality, since then. He's away  back  there

beyond the Sands place, you know. He has to haul  water about six  miles. Believe me, James, Florence

Hallman  had better keep away from  Murphy! I met him as I was coming  out from town, and he called her a

Jezebel!" 

"That's mild!" Andy commented dryly. "Get down, why don't  you? I  want you to take a look at the inside of

my shack and  see how bad I  need a housekeepersince you won't take my  word for it. I hope every  drop of

water leaks outa these bags  before you get home. I hope old  Mister falls down and spills  it. I've a good mind

not to let you have  any, anyway. Maybe  you could be starved and tortured into coming down  here where  you

belong." 

"Maybe I couldn't. I'll get me a barrel of my own, and hire  Simpson to fill it four times a week, if you please!

And I'll  put a  lid with a padlock on it, so Katie dear can't rob me in  the nightand  I'll use a whole quart at a

time to wash  dishes, and two quarts when I  take a bath! I shall," she  asserted with much emphasis, "lie in

luxury, James!" 

Andy laughed and waved his hand toward One Man Creek. "That's  all  rightbut how would you like to have

that running past  your house, so  you could wake up in the night and hear it go  gurglegurgle?, Wouldn't  that

be all right?" 

Rosemary Allen clasped her two gloved hands together and drew  a  long breath. "I should want to run out and

stop it," she  declared. "To  think of water actually running around loose in  this world!! And think  of us up on

that dry prairie, paying  fifty cents a barrel for itand  a lot slopped out of the  barrel on the road!" She

glanced down into  Andy's lovelighted  eyes, and her own softened. She placed her hand on  his  shoulder and

shook her head at him with a tender  remonstrance. 

"I know, boybut it isn't in me to give up anything I set  out to  do, any more than it is in you. You wouldn't

like me  half so well if I  could just drop that claim and think no  more about it. I've got enough  money to

commute, when the  time comes, and I'll feel a lot better if I  go through with  it now I've started.

AndJames!" She smiled at him  wistfully. "Even if it is only eighty acres, it will make  good  pasture,

andit will help some, won't it?" 

After that you could not expect Andy Green to do any more  badgering or to discourage the girl. He did like

her better  for  having grit and a mental backboneand he found a way of  telling her  so and of making the

assurance convincing enough. 

He filled her canvas waterbags and went with her to carry  them,  and he cheered her much with his

aircastles. Afterwards  he took the  team and rustled a waterbarrel and hauled her a  barrel of water and  gave

Kate Price a stonyeyed stare when  she was caught watching him  superciliously; and in divers  ways

managed to make Miss Rosemary Allen  feel that she was  fighting a good fight and that the odds were all in

her favor  and in the favor of the Happy Familyand of Andy Green in  particular. She felt that the spite of


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP 101



Top




Page No 104


her three very near  neighbors  was really a matter to laugh over, and the spleen  of Florence Hallman  a joke. 

But for all that she gave Andy Green one last warning when he  climbed up to the spring seat of the wagon

and unwound the  lines from  the brakehandle, ready to drive back to his own  work. She went close  to the

front wheel, so that  eavesdroppers could not hear, and held her  front hair from  blowing across her earnest,

windtanned face while she  looked  up at him. 

"Now remember, boy, do go and file your answer to those  contestsall of you!" she urged. "I don't know

whybut I've  a  feeling some kind of a scheme is being hatched to make you  trouble on  that one point. And

if you see Buck, tell him I'll  ride fence with him  tomorrow again. If you realized how much  I like that old

cowpuncher,  you'd be horribly jealous,  James." 

"I'm jealous right now, without realizing a thing except that  I've  got to go off and leave you here with a bunch

of  lemons," he  retortedand he spoke loud enough so that any  eavesdroppers might  hear. 

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME

Did you ever stop to think of the tremendous moral lesson in  the  Bible tale of David and Goliath? And how

great, human  issues are often  decided one way or the other by little  things? Not all crises are  passed in the

clashing of swords  and the boom of cannon. It was a  pebble the size of your  thumbend, remember, that slew

the giant. 

In the struggle which the Happy Family was making to preserve  the  shrunken range of the Flying U, and to

hold back the  sweeping tide of  immigration, one might logically look for  some big, overwhelming  element to

turn the tide one way or  the other. With the Homeseekers'  Syndicate backing the  natural animosity of the

settlers, who had filed  upon  semiarid land because the Happy Family had taken all of the  tract that was

tillable, a big, open clash might be  considered  inevitable. 

And yet the struggle was resolving itself into the question  of  whether the contest filings should be approved

by the  landoffice, or  the filings of the Happy Family be allowed to  stand as having been  made in good faith.

Florence Hallman  therefore, having taken upon  herself the leadership in the  contest fight, must do one of two

things  if she would have  victory to salve the hurt to her selfesteem and to  vindicate  the firm's policy in the

eyes of the settlers. 

She must produce evidence of the collusion of the Flying U  outfit  with the Happy Family, in the taking of the

claims. Or  she must  connive to prevent the filing of answers to the  contest notices within  the timelimit fixed

by law, so that  the cases would go by default.  That, of course, was the  simplestsince she had not been able

to  gather any evidence  of collusion that would stand in court. 

There was another element in the land strugglethat was the  soil  and climate that would fight inexorably

against the  settlers; but with  them we have little to do, since the Happy  Family had nothing to do  with them

save in a purely negative  way. 

A fourwire fence and a systematic patrol along the line was  having its effect upon the stock question. If the

settlers  drove  their cattle south until they passed the farthest  corner of Flying U  fence, they came plump

against Bert  Rogers' barbed boundary line. West  of that was his father's  placeand that stretched to the

railroad  rightofway,  fenced on either side with a stockproof barrier and  hugging  the Missouri all the way

to the Mariaswhere were other  settlers. If they went north until they passed the fence of  the Happy  Family,

there were the Meeker holdings to bar the  way to the very foot  of Old Centennial, and as far up its  sides as

cattle would go. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME 102



Top




Page No 105


The Happy Family had planned wisely when they took their  claims in  a long chain that stretched across the

benchland  north of the Flying  U. Florence Grace knew this perfectly  wellbut what could she prove?  The

Happy Family had bought  cattle of their own, and were grazing them  lawfully upon  their own claims. A

lawyer had assured her that there  was no  evidence to be gained there. They never went near J. G.  Whitmore,

nor did they make use of his wagons, his teams or  his tools  or his money; instead they hired what they

needed,  openly and from  Bert Rogers. They had bought their cattle  from the Flying U, and that  was the extent

of their business  relationson the surface. And since  collusion had been the  ground given for the contests, it

will be  easily seen what  slight hope Florence Grace and her clients must have  of  winning any contest suit.

Still, there was that alternative  the  Happy Family had been so eager to build that fence and  gather their

cattle and put them back on the claims,  and so anxious lest in their  absence the settlers should slip  cattle

across the dead line and into  the breaks, that they  had postponed their trip to Great Falls as long  as possible.

The Honorable Blake had tacitly advised them to do so;  and  the Happy Family never gave a thought to their

being hindered  when they did get ready to attend to it. 

Buta pebble killed Goliath. 

H. J. Owens, whose eyes were the wrong shade of blue, sat  upon a  rocky hilltop which overlooked the trail

from Flying U  Coulee and a  greater portion of the shackdotted benchland as  well, and swept the  far

horizons with his field glasses. Just  down the eastern slope,  where the jutting sandstone cast a  shadow, his

horse stood tied to a  dejected wildcurrant bush.  He laid the glasses across his knees while  he refilled his

pipe, and tilted his hatbrim to shield his pale blue  eyes  from the sun that was sliding past midday. 

H. J. Owens looked at his watch, nevertheless, as though the  position of the sun meant nothing to him. He

scowled a  little,  stretched a leg straight out before him to ease it of  cramp, and  afterwards moved farther

along in the shade. The  wind swept past with  a faint whistle, and laid the ripening  grasses flat where it

passed. A  cloud shadow moved slowly  along the slope beneath him, and he watched  the darkening of  the

earth where it touched, and the sharp contrast of  the  sunyellowed sea of grass all around it. H. J. Owens

looked  bored  and sleepy; yet he did not leave the hilltopnor did  he go to sleep. 

Instead, he lifted the glasses, turned them toward Flying U  Coulee  a half mile to the south of him, and stared

long at  the trail. After a  few minutes he made a gesture to lower the  glasses, and then abruptly  fixed them

steadily upon one spot,  where the trail wound up over the  crest of the bluff. He  looked for a minute, and laid

the glasses down  upon a rock. 

H. J. Owens fumbled in the pocket of his coat, which he had  folded  and laid beside him on the yellow gravel

of the hill.  He found  something he wanted, stood up, and with his back  against a boulder he  faced to the

southwest. He was careful  about the direction. He glanced  up at the sun, squinting his  eyes at the glare; he

looked at what he  held in his hand. 

A glitter of sun on glass showed briefly. H. J. Owens laid  his  palm over it, waited while he could count ten,

and took  his palm away.  Replaced it, waited, and revealed the glass  again with the sun glare  upon it full. He

held it so for a  full minute, and slid the glass back  into his pocket. 

He glanced down toward Flying U Coulee againtoward where  the  trail stretched like a brown ribbon

through the grass. He  seemed to be  in something of a hurry nowif impatient  movement meant

anythingyet  he did not leave the place at  once. He kept looking off there toward  the southwestoff

beyond Antelope Coulee and the sparsely dotted  shacks of the  settlers. 

A smudge of smoke rose thinly there, behind a hill. Unless  one had  been watching the place, one would

scarcely have  noticed it, but H. J.  Owens saw it at once and smiled his  twisted smile and went running  down

the hill to where his  horse was tied. He mounted and rode down to  the level,  skirted the knoll and came out


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME 103



Top




Page No 106


on the trail, down which he  rode at an easy lope until he met the Kid. 

The Kid was going to see Rosemary Allen and take a ride with  her  along the new fence; but he pulled up with

the air of  condescension  which was his usual attitude toward "nesters,"  and in response to the  twisted smile of

H. J. Owens he  grinned amiably. 

"Want to go on a bearhunt with me, Buck?" began H. J. Owens  with  just the right tone of comradeship, to

win the undivided  attention of  the Kid. 

"I was goin' to ride fence with Miss Allen," the Kid declined  regretfully. "There ain't any bears got very close,

there  ain't. I  guess you musta swallered something Andy told you."  He looked at H. J.  Owens tolerantly. 

"No sir. I never talked to Andy about this." Had he been  perfectly  truthful he would have added that he had

not talked  with Andy about  anything whatever, but he let it go. "This is  a bear den I found  myself; There's

two little baby cubs,  Buck, and I was wondering if you  wouldn't like to go along  and get one for a pet. You

could learn it to  dance and play  soldier, and all kinds of stunts." 

The Kid's eyes shone, but he was wary. This man was a nester,  so  it would be just at well to be careful

"Where 'bouts is  it?" he  therefore demanded in a tone of doubt that would have  done credit to  Happy Jack. 

"Oh, down over there in the hills. It's a secret, though,  till we  get them out. Some fellows are after them for

themselves, Buck. They  want toskin 'em." 

"The mean devils!" condemned the Kid promptly. "I'd take a  fall  outa them if I ketched 'em skinning any

baby bear cubs  while I was  around." 

H. J. Owens glanced behind him with an uneasiness not  altogether  assumed. 

"Let's go down into this next gully to talk it over, Buck,"  he  suggested with an air of secretiveness that fired

the  Kid's  imagination. "They started out to follow me, and I  don't want 'em to  see me talking to you, you

know." 

The Kid went with him unsuspectingly. In all the six years of  his  life, no man had ever offered him injury.

Fear had not  yet become  associated with those who spoke him fair. Nesters  he did not consider  friends

because they were not friends  with his bunch. Personally he  did not know anything about  enemies. This man

was a nesterbut he  called him Buck, and  he talked very nice and friendly, and he said he  knew where  there

were some little baby bear cubs. The Kid had never  before realized how much he wanted a bear cub for a pet.

So  do our  wants grow to meet our opportunities. 

H. J. Owens led the way into a shallow draw between two low  hills,  glancing often behind him and around

him until they  were shielded by  the higher ground. He was careful to keep  where the grass was thickest  and

would hold no hoofprints to  betray them, but the Kid never  noticed. He was thinking how  nice it would be to

have a bear cub for a  pet. But it was  funny that the Happy Family had never found him one,  if there  were any

in the country. 

He turned to put the question direct to H. J. Owens, I but  that  gentleman forestalled him. 

"You wait here a minute, Buck, while I ride back on this hill  a  little ways to see if those fellows are on our

trail," he  said, and  rode off before the Kid could ask him the question. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME 104



Top




Page No 107


The Kid waited obediently. He saw H. J. Owens get off his  horse  and go sneaking up to the brow of the hill,

and take  some field  glasses out of his pocket and look all around over  the prairie with  them. The sight tingled

the Kid's blood so  that he almost forgot about  the bear cub. It was almost  exactly like fighting Injuns, like

Uncle  Geegee told about  when he wasn't cross. 

In a few minutes Owens came back to the Kid, and they went on  slowly, keeping always in the low, grassy

places where there  would be  no tracks left to tell of their passing that way.  Behind them a  yellowbrown

cloud drifted sullenly with the  wind. Now and then a  black flake settled past them to the  ground. A peculiar,

tangy smell  was in the airthe smell of  burning grass. 

H. J. Owens related a long, fulldetailed account of how he  had  been down in the hills along the river, and

had seen the  old mother  bear digging ants out of a sandhill for her cubs. 

"I knowthat's jes' 'zactly the way they do!" the Kid  interrupted  excitedly. "Daddy Chip seen one doing it on

the  Musselshell one time.  He told me 'bout it." 

H. J. Owens glanced sidelong at the Kid's flushed face,  smiled his  twisted smile and went on with his story.

He had  not bothered them, he  said, because he did not have any way  of carrying both cubs, and he  hated to

kill them. He had  thought of Buck, and how he would like a  pet cub, so he had  followed the bear to her den

and had come away to  get a sack  to carry them in, and to tell Buck about it. 

The Kid never once doubted that it was so. Whenever any of  the  Happy Family found anything in the hills

that was nice,  they always  thought of Buck, and they always brought it to  him. You would be  amazed at the

number of rattlesnake  rattles, and eagle's claws, and  elk teeth, and things like  that, which the Kid possessed

and kept  carefully stowed away  in a closet kept sacred to his uses. 

"'Course you'd 'member I wanted a baby bear cub; for a pet,"  he  assented gravely and with a certain

satisfaction. "Is it a  far ways to  that mother bear's home?" 

"Why?" H. J. Owens turned from staring at the rolling smoke  cloud,  and looked at the Kid curiously. "Ain't

you big enough  to ride far?" 

"'Course I'm big enough" The Kid's pride was touched. "I can  ride  as far as a horse can travel I bet I can ride

farther  and faster 'n  you can, you pilgrims" He eyed the other  disdainfully. "Huh! You can't  ride. When you

trot you go this  way!" The Kid kicked Silver into a  trot and went bouncing  along with his elbows flapping

loosely in  imitation of H. J.  Owens' ungraceful riding. 

"I don't want to go a far ways," he explained when the other  was  again Riding alongside, "'cause Doctor Dell

would cry if  I didn't come  back to supper. She cried when I was out  huntin' the bunch. Doctor  Dell gets

lonesome awful easy." He  looked over his shoulder uneasily.  "I guess I better go back  and tell her I'm goin' to

git a baby bear  cub for a pet," he  said, and reined Silver around to act upon the  impulse. 

"Nodon't do that, Buck." H. J. Owens pulled his horse in  front  of Silver. "It isn't farjust a little ways.

And it  would be fun to  surprise them at the ranch Gee! When they saw  you ride up with a pet  bear cub in

your arms" H. J. Owens  shook his head as though he could  not find words to express  the surprise of the

Kid's family 

The Kid smiled his Little Doctor smile. "I'd tell a man!" he  assented enthusiastically. "I bet the Countess

would holler  when she  seen it. She scares awful easy. She's scared of a  mice, even! Huh! My  kitty ketched a

mice and she carried it  right in her mouth and brought  it into the kitchen and let it  set down on the floor a

minute, and it  started to run away  the mice did. And it runned right up to the  Countess, and she  jes'


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME 105



Top




Page No 108


hollered and yelled And she got right up and  stood on a  chair and hollered for Daddy Chip to come and ketch

that  mice. He didn't do it though. Adeline ketched it herself. And  I took  it away from her and put it in a box

for a pet. I  wasn't scared." 

"She'll be scared when she sees the bear cub," H. J. Owens  declared absentmindedly. "I know you won't be,

though. If we  hurry  maybe we can watch how he digs ants for his supper.  That's lots of  fun, Buck" 

"YesI 'member it's fun to watch baby bear cubs dig ants,"  the  Kid assented earnestly, and followed

willingly where  H. J. Owens led  the way. 

That the way was far did not impress itself upon the Kid,  beguiled  with wonderful stories of how baby bear

cubs might  be taught to do  tricks. He listened and believed, and  invented some very wonderful  tricks that he

meant to teach  his baby bear cub. Not until the shadows  began to fill the  gullies through which they rode did

the Kid awake to  the fact  that night was coming close and that they were still  traveling away from home and

in a direction which was strange  to him.  Never in his life had he been tricked by any one with  unfriendly

intent. He did not guess that he was being tricked  now. Ho rode away  into the wild places in search of a baby

bear cub for a pet. 

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP"

It is a penitentiary offense for anyone to set fire to  prairie  grass or timber; and if you know the havoc which

one  blazing match may  work upon dry grassland when the wind is  blowing free, you will not  wonder at the

penalty for lighting  that match with deliberate intent  to set the prairie afire. 

Within five minutes after H. J. Owens slipped the bit of  mirror  back into his pocket after flashing a signal that

the  Kid was riding  alone upon the trail, a line of fire several  rods long was creeping up  out of a grassy hollow

to the  hilltop beyond, whence it would go  racing away to the east  and the north, growing bigger and harder to

fight with every  grass tuft it fed on. 

The Happy Family were working hard that day upon the system  of  irrigation by which they meant to reclaim

and make really  valuable  their desert claims. They happened to be, at the  time when the fire  was started, six

or seven miles away,  wrangling over the best means of  getting their main ditch  around a certain coulee

without building a  lot of expensive  flume. A surveyor would have been a blessing, at this  point  in the

undertaking; but a surveyor charged good money for his  services, and the Happy Family were trying to be

very  economical with  money; with time, and effort, and with words  they were not so frugal. 

The fire had been burning for an hour and had spread so  alarmingly  before the gusty breeze that it threatened

several  claimshacks before  they noticed the telltale, brownish tint  to the sunlight and smelled  other smoke

than the smoke of the  wordbattle then waging fiercely  among them. They dropped  stakes, flags and

ditchlevel and ran to  where their horses  waited sleepily the pleasure of their masters. 

They reached the level of the benchland to see disaster  swooping  down upon them like a racehorse. They

did not stop  then to wonder how  the fire had started, or why it had gained  such headway. They raced  their

horses after sacks, and after  the wagon and team and water  barrels with which to fight the  flames. For it was

not the  claimshacks in its path which  alone were threatened. The grass that  was burning meant a  great deal

to the stock, and therefore to the  general welfare  of every settler upon that bench, be he native or  newcomer. 

Florence Grace Hallman had, upon one of her periodical visits  among her "clients," warned them of the

danger of prairie  fires and  urged them to plow and burn guards around all their  buildings. A few  of the

settlers had done so and were  comparatively safe in the face of  that leaping, red line. But  there were some


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP" 106



Top




Page No 109


who had delayedand these  must fight now if  they would escape. 

The Happy Family, to a man, had delayed; rather they had not  considered that there was any immediate

danger from fire; it  was too  early in the season for the grass to be tinder dry,  as it would become  a month or

six weeks later. They were  wholly unprepared for the  catastrophe, so far as any  expectation of it went. But for

all that  they knew exactly  what to do and how to go about doing it, and they  did not  waste a single minute in

meeting the emergency. 

While the Kid was riding with H. J. Owens into the hills, his  friends, the bunch, were riding furiously in the

opposite  direction.  And that was exactly what had been planned  beforehand. There was an  absolute certainty

in the minds of  those who planned that it would be  so, Florence Grace  Hallman, for instance, knew just what

would furnish  complete  occupation for the minds and the hands of the Happy Family  and of every other man

in that neighborhood, that afternoon.  Perhaps  a claimshack or two would go up in smoke and some  grass

would burn.  But when one has a stubborn disposition and  is fighting for prestige  and revenge and the success

of ones  business, a shack or two and a few  acres of prairie grass do  not count for very much. 

For the rest of that afternoon the boys of the Flying U  fought  side by side with hated nesters and told the

inexperienced how best to  fight. For the rest of that  afternoon no one remembered the Kid, or  wondered why

H. J.  Owens was not there in the grimy line of  firefighters who  slapped doggedly at the leaping flames with

sacks  kept wet  from the barrels of water hauled here and there as they were  needed. No one had time to call

the roll and see who was  missing  among the settlers. No one dreamed that this  mysterious fire that had  crept

up out of a coulee and spread  a black, smoking blanket over the  hills where it passed, was  nothing more nor

lees than a diversion  while a greater crime  was being committed behind their backs. 

In spite of them the fire, beaten out of existence at one  point,  gained unexpected fury elsewhere and raced on.

In  spite of them women  and children were in actual danger of  being burned to death, and  rushed weeping

from flimsy shelter  to find safety in the nearest  barren coulee. The sick lady  whom the Little Doctor had been

tending  was carried out on  her bed and laid upon the blackened prairie,  hysterical from  the fright she had

received. The shack she had lately  occupied smoked while the tarred paper on the roof crisped  and  curled;

and then the whole structure burst into flames  and sent  blazing bits of paper and boards to spread the fire

faster. 

Fire guards which the inexperienced settlers thought safe  were  jumped without any perceptible check upon

the flames.  The wind was  just right for the fanning of the fire. It  shifted now and then  erratically and sent the

yellow line  leaping in new directions.  Florence Grace Hallman was in Dry  Lake that day, and she did not hear

until after dark how  completely her little diversion had been a  success; how more  than half of her colony had

been left homeless and  hungry  upon the charred prairie. Florence Grace Hallman would not  have relished her

supper, I fear, had the news reached her  earlier in  the evening. 

At Antelope Coulee the Happy Family and such of the settlers  as  they could muster hastily for the fight, made

a desperate  stand  against the common enemy. Flying U Coulee was safe,  thanks to the  permanent fireguards

which the Old Man  maintained year after year as  a matter of course. But there  were the claims of the Happy

Family and  all the grassland  east of there which must be saved. 

Men drove their work horses at a gallop after plows, and when  they  had brought them they lashed the horses

into a trot  while they plowed  crooked furrows in the sunbaked prairie  sod, just over the eastern  rim of

Antelope Coulee. The Happy  Family knelt here and there along  the freshturned sod, and  started a line of fire

that must beat up  against the wind  until it met the flames, rushing before it.  Backfiring is  always a more or

less, ticklish proceeding, and they  would  not trust the work to stranger. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP" 107



Top




Page No 110


Every man of them took a certain stretch of furrow to watch,  and  ran backward and forward with blackened,

frayed sacks to  beat out the  wayward flames that licked treacherously through  the smallest break in  the line of

fresh soil. They knew too  well the danger of those little,  licking flame tongues; not  one was left to live and

grow and race  leaping away through  the grass. 

They workedheavens, how they worked!and they stopped the  fire  there on the rim of Antelope Coulee.

Florence Grace  Hallman would have  been sick with fury, had she seen that  dogged line of fighters, and  the

ragged hem of charred black  ashes against the yellowbrown, which  showed how well those  men whom she

hated had fought. 

So the fire was stopped well outside the fence which marked  the  boundary of the Happy Family's claims. All

west of there  and far to  the north the hills and the coulees lay black as  far as one could  seewhich was to the

rim of the hills which  bordered Dry Lake valley  on the east. Here and there a claim  shack stood forlorn

amid the  blackness. Here and there a heap  of embers still smoked and sent forth  an occasional spitting  of

sparks when a gust fanned the heap. Men,  women and  children stood about blankly or wandered

disconsolately here  and there, coughing in the acrid clouds of warm grass cinders  kicked  up by their own

lagging feet. 

No one missed the Kid. No one dreamed that he was lost again.  Chip  was with the Happy Family and did not

know that the Kid  had left the  ranch that afternoon. The Little Doctor had  taken it for granted that  he had

gone with his daddy, as he  so frequently did; and with his  daddy and the whole Happy  Family to look after

him, she never once  doubted that he was  perfectly safe, even among the firefighters. She  supposed he  would

be up on the seat beside Patsy, probably, proudly  riding on the wagon that hauled the water barrels. 

The Little Doctor had troubles of her own to occupy her mind  She  had ridden hurriedly up the hill and

straight to the  shack of the sick  woman, when first she discovered that the  prairie was afire. And she  had

found the sick woman lying on  a makeshift bed on the smoking,  black area that was  pathetically safe now

from fire because there was  nothing  more to burn. 

"Little black shack's all burnt up! Everything's black now.  Black  hills, black hollows, black future, black

world, black  heartseverything matcheseverything's black. Sky's black,  I'm  blackyou're blacklittle

black shack won't have to  stand all alone  any morelittle black shack's just black  asheslittle black shack's

all burnt up!" And then the woman  laughed shrilly, with that terrible,  meaningless laughter of  hysteria. 

She was a pretty woman, and young. Her hair was that bright  shade  of red that goes with a skin like thin,

rosetinted  ivory. Her eyes  were big and so dark a blue that they  sometimes looked black, and her  mouth was

sweet and had a  tired droop to match the mute pathos of her  eyes. Her husband  was a coarse lout of a man

who seldom spoke to her  when they  were together. The Little Doctor had felt that all the  tragedy of

womanhood and poverty and loneliness was  synthesized in  this woman with the unusual hair and skin and

eyes and expression. She  had been coming every day to see  her; the woman was rather seriously  ill, and

needed better  care than she could get out there on the bald  prairie, even  with the Little Doctor to watch over

her. If she died  her  face would haunt the Little Doctor always. Even if she did  not  die she would remain a

vivid memory. Just now even the  Little Doctor's  mother instinct was submerged under her  professional

instincts and her  woman sympathy. She did not  stop to wonder whether she was perfectly  sure that the Kid

was with Chip. She took it for granted and dismissed  the Kid  from her mind, and worked to save the woman. 

Yes, the little diversion of a prairie fire that would call  all  hands to the westward so that the Kid might be

lured away  in another  direction without the mishap of being seen, proved  a startling  success. As a diversion it

could scarcely be  improved uponunless  Florence Grace Hallman had ordered a  wholesale massacre or

something  like that. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP" 108



Top




Page No 111


CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN ADDITION

Miss Rosemary Allen, having wielded a wet gunny sack until  her  eyes were red and smarting and her lungs

choked with  cinders and her  arms so tired she could scarcely lift them,  was permitted by fate to  be almost the

first person who  discovered that her quarter of the  fourroom shack built upon  the four contiguous corners of

four claims,  was afire in the  very middle of its roof. Miss Rosemary Allen stood  still and  watched it burn, and

was a trifle surprised because she felt  so little regret. 

Other shacks had caught fire and burned hotly, and she had  wept  with sympathy for the owners. But she did

not weep when  her own shack  began to crackle and show yellow, licking  tongues of flame. Those  three old

catsI am using her own  term, which was spitefulwould  probably give up now, and go  back where they

belonged. She hoped so.  And for herself 

"By gracious, I'm glad to see that one go, anyhow!" Andy  Green  paused long enough in his headlong gallop

to shout to  her. "I was  going to sneak up and touch it off myself, if it  wouldn't start any  other way. Now you

and me'll get down to  cases, girl, and have a  settlement. And say!" He had started  on, but he pulled up again.

"The  Little Doctor's back here,  somewhere. You go home with her when she  goes, and stay till  I come and

get you." 

"I like your nerve!" Rosemary retorted ambiguously. 

"Surefolks generally do. I'll tell her to stop for you. You  know  she'll be glad enough to have youand so

will the Kid." 

"Where is Buck?" Rosemary was the first person who asked that  question. "I saw him ride up on the bench

just before the  fire  started. I was watching for him, through the glasses" 

"Dunnohaven't seen him. With his mother, I guess." Andy  rode on  to find Patsy and send him back down

the line with  the water wagon. He  did not think anything more about the  Kid, though he thought a good  deal

about Miss Allen. 

Now that her shack was burned, she would be easier to  persuade  into giving up that practically worthless

eighty.  That was what filled  the mind of Andy Green to the exclusion  of everything else except the  fire. He

was in a hurry to  deliver his message to Patsy, so that he  could hunt up the  Little Doctor and speak her

hospitality for the girl  he meant  to marry just as soon as he could persuade her to stand with  him before a

preacher. 

He found the Little Doctor still fighting a dogged battle  with  death for the life of the woman who laughed

wildly  because her home  was a heap of smoking embers. The Little  Doctor told him to send  Rosemary Allen

on down to the ranch,  or take her himself, and to tell  the Countess to send up her  biggest medicine case

immediately. She  could not leave, she  said, for some time yet. She might have to stay  all nightor  she

would if there was any place to stay. She was half  decided, she said, to have someone take the woman in to

Dry  Lake  right away, and up to the hospital in Great Falls. She  supposed she  would have to go along. Would

Andy tell J. G. to  send up some money?  Clothes didn't mattershe would go the  way she was; there were

plenty  of clothes in the stores, she  declared. And would Andy rustle a team,  right away, so they  could start? If

they went at all they ought to  catch the  evening train. The Little Doctor was making her decisions  and  her

plans while she talked, as is the way with those strong  natures who can act promptly and surely in the face of

an  emergency. 

By the time she had thought of having a team come right away,  she  had decided that she would not wait for


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN ADDITION 109



Top




Page No 112


her medicinecase  or for  money. She could get all the money she needed in Dry  Lake; and she had  her little

emergency case with her. Since  she was going to take the  woman to a hospital, she said,  there was no great

need of more than  she had with her. She  was a thoughtful Little Doctor. At the last  minute she  detained Andy

long enough to urge him to see that Miss  Allen  helped herself to clothes or anything she needed; and to send

a  goodbye message to Chipin case he did not show up before  she  leftand a kiss to her manchild. 

Andy was lucky. He met a man driving a good team and spring  wagon,  with a barrel of water in the back. He

promptly  dismounted and helped  the man unload the waterbarrel where  it was, and sent him bumping

swiftly over the burned sod to  where the Little Doctor waited. So Fate  was kinder to the  Little Doctor than

were those who would wring anew  the mother  heart of her that their own petty schemes might succeed.  She

went away with the sick woman laughing crazily because all  the  little black shacks were burned and now

everything was  black so  everything matched nicelynicely, thank you. She  was terribly worried  over the

woman's condition, and she gave  herself wholly to her  professional zeal and never dreamed  that her manchild

was at that  moment riding deeper and deeper  into the Badlands with a tricky devil  of a man, looking for a

baby bear cub for a pet. 

Neither did Chip dream it, nor any of the Happy Family, nor  even  Miss Rosemary Allen, until they rode

down into Flying U  Coulee at  suppertime and were met squarely by the fact that  the Kid was not  there. The

Old Man threw the bomb that  exploded tragedy in the midst  of the little group. He heard  that "Dell" had gone

to take a sick  woman to the hospital in  Great Falls, and would not be back for a day  or so, probably. 

"What'd she do with the Kid?" he demanded. Take him with  her?" 

Chip stared blankly at him, and turned his eyes finally to  Andy's  face. Andy had not mentioned the Kid to

him. 

"He wasn't with her," Andy replied to the look. "She sent him  a  kiss and word that he was to take care of

Miss Allen. He  must be  somewhere around here." 

"Well, he ain't. I was looking fer him myself," put in the  Countess sharply. "Somebody shut the cat up in the

flour  chest and I  didn't study much on what it was done it! If I'd  a got my hands on  'im" 

"I saw him ride up on the hill trail just before the fire  started," volunteered Rosemary Allen. "I had my opera

glasses  and was  looking for him, because I like to meet him and hear  him talk. He said  yesterday that he was

coming to see me  today. And he rode up on the  hill in sight of my claim. I saw  him." She stopped and looked

from one  to the other with her  eyebrows pinched together and her lips pursed. 

"Listen," she went on hastily. "Maybe it has nothing to do  with  Buckbut I saw something else that was

very puzzling. I  was going to  investigate, but the fire broke out immediately  and put everything  else out of

my mind. A man was up on that  sharppointed knoll off east  of the trail where it leaves  this coulee, and he

had field glasses and  was looking for  something over this way. I thought he was watching the  trail.  I just

caught him with the glasses by accident as I swung  them  over the edge of the benchland to get the trail

focused.  He was  watching somethingbecause I kept turning the glasses  on him to see  what he was doing. 

"Then Buck came into sight, and I started to ride out and  meet  him. I hate to leave the little mite riding alone

anywhereI'm always  afraid something may happen. But before  I got on my horse I took  another look at

this man on the  hill. He had a mirror or something  bright in his hands. I saw  it flash, just exactly as though he

was  signaling to  someoneover that way." She pointed to the west. "He  kept  looking that way, and then

back this way; and he covered up  the,  piece of mirror with his hand and then took it off and  let it shine a

minute, and put it in his pocket. I know he  was making signals. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN ADDITION 110



Top




Page No 113


"I got my horse and started to meet little Buck. He was  coming  along the trail and rode into a little hollow out

of  sight. I kept  looking and looking toward Dry Lakebecause  the man looked that way,  I guess. And in a

few minutes I saw  the smoke of the fire" 

"Who was that man?" Andy took a step toward her, his eyes  hard and  bright in their inflamed lids. 

"The man? That Mr. Owens who jumped your south eighty." 

"Good Lord, what fools!" He brushed past her without a look  or  another word, so intent was he upon this

fresh disaster.  "I'm going  after the boys, Chip. You better come along and  see if you can pick up  the Kid's

trail where he left the  road. It's too bad Florence Grace  Hallman ain't a man! I'd  know better what to do if she

was." 

"Oh, do you think?" Miss Rosemary looked at him wideeyed. 

"Doggone it, if she's tried any of her schemes with fire  andwhy,  doggone it, being a woman ain't going to

help her  none!" The Old Man,  also, seemed to grasp the meaning of it  almost as quickly as had Andy.  "Chip,

you have Ole hitch up  the team. I'm going to town myself, by  thunder, and see if  she's going to play any of

her tricks on this  outfit and git  away with it! Burnt out half her doggoned colony tryin'  to  git a whack at you

boys! Where's my shoes? Doggone it, what  yuh  all standin' round with your jaws hangin' down for? We'll  see

about  this firesettin' and thiswhere's them shoes?" 

The Countess found his shoes, and his hat, and his second  best  coat and his driving gloves which he had not

worn for  more months than  anyone cared to reckon. Miss Rosemary Allen  did what she could to  help, and

wondered at the dominant note  struck by this bald old man  from the moment when he rose  stiffly from his big

chair and took the  initiative so long  left to others. 

While the team was being made ready the Old Man limped here  and  there, collecting things he did not need

and trying to  remember what  he must have, and keeping the Countess moving  at a flurried trot. Chip  and

Andy were not yet up the bluff  when the Old Man climbed painfully  into the covered buggy,  took the lines

and the whip and cut a circle  with the wheels  on the hardpacked earth as clean and as small as Chip  himself

could have done, and went whirling through the big  gate and  across the creek and up the long slope beyond.

He  shouted to the boys  and they rode slowly until he overtook  themthough their nerves were  all on edge

and haste seemed  to them the most important thing in the  world. But habit is  strongit was their Old Man

who called to them to  wait. 

"You boys wait to git out after that Owens," he shouted when  he  passed them. "If they've got the Kid,

killing's too good  for 'em!" The  brown team went trotting up the grade with back  straightened to the  pull of

the lurching buggy, and nostrils  flaring wide with excitement.  The Old Man leaned sidewise and  called back

to the two loping after  him in the obscuring  dustcloud he left behind. 

"I'll have that woman arrested on suspicion uh setting  prairie  fires!" he called. "I'll git Blake after her. You  git

that Owens if  you haveto haze him to hell and back! Yuh  don't want to worry about  the Kid, Chipthey

ain't goin' to  hurt him. All they want is to keep  you boys huntin' high and  low and combin' the breaks to find

'im. I  see their scheme,  all right." 

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST"

The Kid wriggled uncomfortably in the saddle and glanced at  the  narrowbrowed face of H. J. Owens, who

was looking this  way and that  at the enfolding hills and scowling  abstractedly. The Kid was only  six, but he


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST" 111



Top




Page No 114


was fairly good at  reading moods and glances, having lived  all his life amongst  grownups. 

"It's a pretty far ways to them baby bear cubs," he remarked.  "I  bet you're lost, oldtimer. It's awful easy to

get lost. I  bet you  don't know where that motherbear lives." 

"You shut up!" snarled H. J. Owens. The Kid had hit  uncomfortably  close to the truth. 

"You shut up your own self, you darned pilgrim." the Kid  flung  back instantly. That was the way he learned

to say rude  things; they  were said to him and he remembered and gave them  back in full measure. 

"Say, I'll slap you if you call me that again." H. J. Owens,  because he did not relish the task he had

undertaken, and  because he  had lost his bearing here in the confusion of  hills and hollows and  deep gullies,

was in a very bad humor. 

"You darn pilgrim, you dassent slap me. If you do the  bunch'll fix  you, all right. I guess they'd just about kill

you. Daddy Chip would  just knock the stuffin' outa you." He  considered something very  briefly, and then

tilted his small  chin so that he looked more than  ever like the Little Doctor.  "I bet you was just lying all the

time,"  he accused. "I bet  there ain't any baby bear cubs." 

H. J. Owens laughed disagreeably, but he did not say whether  or  not the Kid was right in his conjecture. The

Kid pinched  his lips  together and winked very fast for a minute. Never,  never in all the  six years of his life

had anyone played him  so shabby a trick. He knew  what the laugh meant; it meant  that this man had lied to

him and led  him away down here in  the hills where he had promised his Doctor Dell,  crosshis  heart, that

he would never go again. He eyed the man  resentfully. 

"What made you lie about them baby bear cubs?" he demanded.  "I  didn't want to come such a far ways." 

"You keep quiet. I've heard about enough from you, young man.  A  little more of that and you'll get

something you ain't  looking for." 

"I'm a going home!" The Kid pulled Silver half around in the  grassy gulch they were following. "And I'm

going to tell the  bunch  what you said. I bet the bunch'll make you hard to  ketch, youyou  sonagun!" 

"Here! You come back here, young man!" H. J. Owens reached  over  and caught Silver's bridle. "You don't go

home till I let  you go; see.  You're going right along with me, if anybody  should ask you. And you  ain't going

to talk like that either.  now mind!" He turned his pale  blue eyes threateningly upon  the Kid. "Not another

word out of you if  you don't want a  good thrashing. You come along and behave yourself or  I'll  cut your ears

off." 

The Kid's eyes blazed with anger. He did not flinch while he  glared back at the man, and he did not seem to

care, just at  that  moment, whether he lost his ears or kept them. "You let  go my horse!"  he gritted. "You wait.

The bunch'll fix YOU,  and fix you right. You  wait!" 

H. J. Owens hesitated, tempted to lay violent hands upon the  small  rebel. But he did not. He led Silver a rod

or two,  found it awkward,  since the way was rough and he was not much  of a horseman, and in a  few minutes

let the rein drop from  his fingers. 

"You come on, Buck, and be a good boyand maybe we'll find  them  cubs yet," he conciliated. "You'd die

alaughing at the  way they set  up and scratch their ears when a big, black ant  bites 'em, Buck. I'll  show you

in a little while. And there's  a funny camp down here, too,  where we can get some supper." 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST" 112



Top




Page No 115


The Kid made no reply, but he rode along docilely beside H.  J.  Owens and listened to the new story he told of

the bears.  That is, he  appeared to be listening; in reality he was  struggling to solve the  biggest problem he had

ever known  the problem of danger and of  treachery. Poor little tad, he  did not even know the names of his

troubles. He only knew  that this man had told him a lie about those  baby bear cubs,  and had brought him

away down here where he had been  lost,  and that it was getting dark and he wanted to go home and the  man

was mean and would not let him go. He did not understand  why the  man should be so meanbut the man

was mean to him,  and he did not  intend to "stand for it." He wanted to go  home. And when the Kid  really

wanted to do a certain thing,  he nearly always did it, as you  may have observed. 

H. J. Owens would not let him go home; therefore the Kid  meant to  go anyway. Only he would have to sneak

off, or run  off, or something,  and hide where the man could not find him,  and then go home to his  Doctor

Dell and Daddy Chip, and tell  them how mean this pilgrim had  been to him. And he would tell  the bunch The

bunch would fix him all  right! The thought  cheered the Kid so that he smiled and made the man  think he  was

listening to his darned old bear story that was just a  big lie. Think he would listen to any story that pilgrim

could tell?  Huh! 

The gulches wore growing dusky now The Kid was tired, and he  was  hungry and could hardly keep from

crying, he was so  miserable. But he  was the son of his fatherhe was Chip's  kid; it would take a great  deal

more misery and unkindness to  make him cry before this pilgrim  who had been so mean to him.  He rode

along without saying a word. H.  J. Owens did not say  anything, either. He kept scanning each jagged  peak

and each  gloomy canyon as they passed, and he seemed uneasy about  something. The Kid knew what it was,

all right; H. J. Owens  was lost. 

They came to a wide, flatbottomed coulee with high ragged  bluffs  shutting it in upon every side. The Kid

dimly  remembered that coulee,  because that was where Andy got down  to tighten the cinch on Miss  Allen's

horse, and looked up at  her the way Daddy Chip looked at  Doctor Dell sometimes, and  made a kiss with his

lipsand got called  down for it, too.  The Kid remembered. 

He looked at the man, shut his mouth tight and wheeled Silver  suddenly to the left. He leaned forward as he

had always seen  the  Happy Family do when they started a race, and struck  Silver smartly  down the rump with

the braided romal on his  bridlereins. H. J. Owens  was taken off his guard and did  nothing but stare

openmouthed until  the Kid was well under  way; then he shouted and galloped after him, up  the little  flat. 

He might as well have saved his horse's wind and his own  energy.  He was no match for little Buck Bennett,

who had the  whole Flying U  outfit to teach him how to ride, and the  spirit of his Daddy Chip and  the little

Doctor combined to  give him grit and initiative. H. J.  Owens pounded along to  the head of the coulee, where

he had seen the  Kid galloping  dimly in the dusk. He turned up into the canyon that  sloped  invitingly up from

the level, and went on at the top speed of  his horsewhich was not fast enough to boast about. 

When he had left the coulee well behind him, the Kid rode out  from  behind a clump of bushes that was a

mere black shadow  against the  coulee wall, and turned back whence he had come.  The Kid giggled a  little

over the way he had fooled the  pilgrim, and wished that the  bunch had been there to see him  do it. He kept

Silver galloping until  he had reached the  other end of the level, and then he pulled him down  to a walk  and let

the reins drop loosely upon Silver's neck. That was  what Daddy Chip and the boys had told him he must do,

next  time he  got lost and did not know the way home. He must just  let Silver go  wherever he wanted to go,

and not try to guide  him at all. Silver  would go straight home; he had the word of  the whole bunch for that,

and he believed it implicitly. 

Silver looked back inquiringly at his small rider, hesitated  and  then swung back up the coulee. The Kid was

afraid that H.  J. Owens  would come back and see him and cut off his ears if  he went that  waybut he did not

pull Silver back and make  him go some other way,  for all that. If he left him alone,  Silver would take him


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST" 113



Top




Page No 116


right  straight home. Daddy Chip and the  boys said so. And he would tell them  how mean that man was.  They

would fix him, all right! 

Halfway up the coulee Silver turned into a narrow gulch that  seemed to lead nowhere at all except into the

side of a big,  blackshadowed bluff. Up on the hillside a coyote began to  yap with a  shrill staccato of sounds

that trailed off into a  disconsolate  whimper. The Kid looked that way interestedly.  He was not afraid of

coyotes. They would not hurt anyone;  they were more scared than you  werethe bunch had told him  so. He

wished he could get a sight of  him, though. He liked  to see their ears stick up and their noses stick  out in a

sharp point, and see them drop their tails and go sliding  away out of sight. When he was ten and Daddy Chip

gave him a  gun, he  would shoot coyotes and skin them his own self. 

The coyote yapped shrilly again, and the Kid wondered what  his  Doctor Dell would say when he got home.

He was terribly  hungry, and he  was tired and wanted to go to bed. He wished  the bunch would happen  along

and fix that man. His heart  swelled in his chest with rage and  disappointment when he  thought of those baby

bear cubs that were not  anywhere at  allbecause the man was just lying all the time. In spite  of  himself the

Kid cried whimperingly to himself while he rode  slowly  up the gorge which Silver had chosen to follow

because  the reins were  drooping low alongside his neck and he might  go where he pleased. 

By and by the moon rose and lightened the hills so that they  glowed softly; and the Kid, looking sleepily

around him, saw  a coyote  slinking along a barren slope. He was going to shout  at it and see it  run, but he

thought of the man who was  looking for him and glanced  fearfully over his shoulder. The  moon shone full in

his face and  showed the tearstreaks and  the tired droop to his lips. 

The Kid thought he must be going wrong, because at the ranch  the  moon came up in another place altogether.

He knew about  the moon.  Doctor Dell had explained to him how it just kept  going round and  round the world

and you saw it when it came  up over the edge. That was  how Santa Claus found out if kids  were good; he

lived in the moon, and  it went round and round  so he could look down and see if you were bad.  The Kid

rubbed  the tears off his cheeks with his palm, so that Santa  Claus  could not see that he had been crying. After

that he rode  bravely, with a consciously straight spine, because Santa  Claus was  looking at him all the time

and he must be a rell  ole cowpuncher. 

After a long while the way grew less rough, and Silver  trotted  down the easier slopes. The Kid was pretty

tired now.  He held on by  the horn of his saddle so Silver would not jolt  him so much. He was  terribly hungry,

too, and his eyes kept  going shut. But Santa Claus  kept looking at him to see if he  were a dead game sport, so

he did not  cry any more. He wished  he had some grub in a sack, but he thought he  must be nearly  home now.

He had come a terribly far ways since he ran  away  from that pilgrim who was going to cut off his ears. 

The Kid was so sleepy, and so tired that he almost fell out  of the  saddle once when Silver, who had been

loping easily  across a fairly  level stretch of ground, slowed abruptly to  negotiate a washout  crossing. He had

been thinking about  those baby bear cubs digging ants  and eating them. He had  almost seen them doing it;

but he remembered  now that he was  going home to tell the bunch how the man had lied to  him and  tried to

make him stay down here. The bunch would sure fix  him when they heard about that. 

He was still thinking vengefully of the punishment which the  Happy  Family would surely mete out to H. J.

Owens when Silver  lifted his  head, looked off to the right and gave a shrill  whinny. Somebody  shouted, and

immediately a couple of  horsemen emerged from the shadow  of a hill and galloped  toward him. 

The Kid gave a cry and then laughed. It was his Daddy Chip  and  somebody. He thought the other was Andy

Green. He was too  tired to  kick Silver in the ribs and race toward them. He  waited until they  came up, their

horses pounding over the  uneven sod urged by the  jubilance of their riders. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST" 114



Top




Page No 117


Chip rode up and lifted the Kid bodily from the saddle and  held  him so tight in his arms that the Kid kicked

half  heartedly with both  feet, to free himself. But he had a  message for his Daddy Chip, and as  soon as he

could get his  breath he delivered it. 

"Daddy Chip, I just want you to kill that damn' pilgrim!" he  commanded. "There wasn't any baby bear cubs at

all. He was  just  astringin' me. And he was going to cut off my ears. He  said it wasn't  a far ways to where the

baby bear cubs lived  with the old mother bear,  and it was. I wish you'd lick the  stuffin' outa him. I'm awful

hungry,  Daddy Chip." 

"We'll be home pretty quick," Chip said in a queer, choked  voice.  "Who was the man, Buck? Where is he

now?" 

The Kid lifted his head sleepily from his Daddy Chip's  shoulder  and pointed vaguely toward the moon. "He's

the man  that jumped Andy's  ranch right on the edge of One Man," he  explained. "He's back there  ridin' the

rimrocks a lookin'  for me. I'd a come home before, only he  wouldn't let me come.  He said he'd cut my ears

off. I runned away from  him, Daddy  Chip. And I cussed him a plenty for lying to mebut you  needn't tell

Doctor Dell." 

"I won't, Buck." Chip lifted him into a more comfortable  position  and held him so. While the Kid slept he

talked with  Andy about getting  the Happy Family on the trail of H. J.  Owens. Then he rode thankfully  home

with the Kid in his arms  and Silver following docilely after. 

CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT

They found H. J. Owens the next forenoon wandering hopelessly  lost  in the hills. Since killing him was

barred, they tied  his arms behind  him and turned him toward the Flying U. He  was sullen, like an animal  that

is trapped and will do  nothing but lie flattened to the ground  and glare redeyed at  its captors. For that matter,

the Happy Family  themselves  were pretty sullen. They had fought fire for hoursand  that  is killing work;

and they had been in the saddle ever since,  looking for the Kid and for this man who rode bound in their

midst. 

Weary and Irish and Pink, who had run across him in a narrow  canyon, fired pistolshot signals to bring the

others to the  spot.  But when the others emerged from various points upon  the scene, there  was very little said

about the capture. 

In town, the Old man had been quite as eager to come close to  Florence Grace Hallmanbut he was not so

lucky. Florence  Grace had  heard the news of the fire a good half hour before  the train left for  Great Falls. 

She would have preferred a train going the other way, but she  decided not to wait. She watched the sick

woman put aboard  the one  Pullman coach, and then she herself went into the  stuffy daycoach.  Florence

Grace Hallman was not in the habit  of riding in daycoaches  in the nighttime when there was a  Pullman

sleeper attached to the  train. She did not stop at  Great Falls; she went on to Butteand from  there I do not

know where she went. Certainly she never came back. 

That, of course, simplified matters considerably for Florence  Graceand for the Happy Family as well. For

at the  preliminary  hearing of H. J. Owens for the high crime of  kidnapping, that  gentleman proceeded to

unburden his soul in  a way that would have  horrified Florence Grace, had she been  there to hear. Remember,

I told  you that his eyes were the  wrong shade of blue. 

A man of whom you have never heard tried to slip out of the  court  room during the unburdening process, and


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT 115



Top




Page No 118


was stopped by  Andy Green,  who had been keeping an eye on him for the simple  reason that the  fellow had

been much in the company of H. J.  Owens during the week  preceding the fire and the luring away  of the Kid.

The sheriff led him  off somewhereand so they  had the man who had set the prairie afire. 

As is the habit of those who confess easily the crimes of  others,  H. J. Owens professed himself as innocent as

he  consistently could in  the face of the Happy Family and of the  Kid's loudwhispered remarks  when he saw

him there. He knew  absolutely nothing about the fire, he  said, and had nothing  to do with the setting of it. He

was two miles  away at the  time it started. 

And then Miss Rosemary Allen took the witness stand and told  about  the man on the hilltop and the bit of

mirror that had  flashed  sunsignals toward the west. 

H.J. Owens crimpled down visibly in his chair. Imagine for  yourself the trouble he would have in convincing

men of his  innocence  after that. 

Just to satisfy your curiosity, at the trial a month later he  failed absolutely to convince the jury that he was

anything  but what  he wasa criminal without the strength to stand by  his own friends.  He was sentenced to

ten years in Deer Lodge,  and the judge informed  him that he had been dealt with  leniently at that, because

after all  he was only a tool in  the hands of the real instigator of the crime.  That real  instigator, by the way,

was never apprehended. 

The other manhe who had set fire to the prairiegot six  years,  and cursed the judge and threatened the

whole Happy  Family with death  when the sentence was passed upon himas  so many guilty men do. 

To go back to that preliminary, trial: The Happy Family, when  H.  J. Owens was committed safely to the

county jail, along  with the  firebug, took the next train to Great Falls with  witnesses and the  Honorable

Blake. They filed their answers  to the contests two days  before the timelimit had expired.  You may call that

shaving too close  the margin of safety. But  the Happy family did not worry over  thatseeing there was a

margin of safety. Nor did they worry over the  outcome of the  matter. With the Homeseekers' Syndicate in

extremely  bad  repute, and with fully half of the colonists homeless and  disgusted, why should they worry

over their own ultimate  success? 

They planned great things with their irrigation scheme.... I  am  not going to tell any more about them just

now. Some of  you will  complain, and want to know a good many things that  have not been told  in detail. But

if I should try to satisfy  you, there would be no more  meetings between you and the  Happy Familysince

there would be no  more to tell. 

So I am not even going to tell you whether Andy succeeded in  persuading Miss Rosemary Allen to go with

him to the parson.  Nor  whether the Happy Family really did settle down to raise  families and  alfalfa and

beards. Not another thing shall you  know about them now. 

You may take a look at them as they go trailing contentedly  away  from the landoffice, with their hats tilted

at various  characteristic  angles and their wellknown voices mingled in  more or less joyful  converse, and

their toes pointed toward  Central Avenue and certain  liquid refreshments. You need not  worry over that

bunch, surely. You  may safely leave them to  meet future problems and emergencies as they  have always met

them in the paston their feet, with eyes that do not  wave  or flinch, shoulder to shoulder, ready alike far grin

fate or  a  frolic. 


The Flying U's Last Stand

CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT 116



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. The Flying U's Last Stand, page = 4

   3. B. M. Bower, page = 4

   4. CHAPTER 1.  OLD WAYS AND NEW, page = 4

   5. CHAPTER 2.  ANDY GREEN'S NEW ACQUAINTANCE, page = 6

   6. CHAPTER 3.  THE KID LEARNS SOME THINGS ABOUT HORSES, page = 12

   7. CHAPTER 4.  ANDY TAKES A HAND IN THE GAME, page = 18

   8. CHAPTER 5.  THE HAPPY FAMILY TURN NESTERS, page = 23

   9. CHAPTER 6.  THE FIRST BLOW IN THE FIGHT, page = 28

   10. CHAPTER 7.  THE COMING OF THE COLONY, page = 32

   11. CHAPTER 8.  FLORENCE GRACE HALLMAN SPEAKS PLAINLY, page = 39

   12. CHAPTER 9.  THE HAPPY FAMILY BUYS A BUNCH OF CATTLE, page = 44

   13. CHAPTER 10.  WHEREIN ANDY GREEN LIES TO A LADY, page = 47

   14. CHAPTER 11.  A MOVING CHAPTER IN EVENTS, page = 51

   15. CHAPTER 12.  SHACKS, LIVE STOCK AND PILGRIMS PROMPTLY AND  PAINFULLY REMOVED, page = 56

   16. CHAPTER 13.  IRISH WORKS FOR THE CAUSE, page = 62

   17. CHAPTER 14.  JUST ONE THING AFTER ANOTHER, page = 69

   18. CHAPTER 15.  THE KID HAS IDEAS OF HIS OWN, page = 74

   19. CHAPTER 16.  "A RELL OLD COWPUNCHER", page = 79

   20. CHAPTER 17.  "LOST CHILD", page = 81

   21. CHAPTER 18.  THE LONG WAY ROUND, page = 86

   22. CHAPTER 19.  HER NAME WAS ROSEMARY, page = 90

   23. CHAPTER 20.  THE RELL OLE COWPUNCHER GOES HOME, page = 94

   24. CHAPTER 21.  THE FIGHT GOES ON, page = 96

   25. CHAPTER 22.  LAWFUL IMPROVEMENTS, page = 99

   26. CHAPTER 23.  THE WATER QUESTION AND SOME GOSSIP, page = 101

   27. CHAPTER 24.  THE KID IS USED FOR A PAWN IN THE GAME, page = 105

   28. CHAPTER 25.  "LITTLE BLACK SHACK'S ALL BURNT UP", page = 109

   29. CHAPTER 26.  ROSEMARY ALLEN DOES A SMALL SUM IN ADDITION, page = 112

   30. CHAPTER 27.  "ITS AWFUL EASY TO GET LOST", page = 114

   31. CHAPTER 28.  AS IT TURNED OUT, page = 118